all | frequencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
manuals | photos | labels |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 |
|
User Guide 1 | Users Manual | 5.75 MiB | August 31 2019 / March 08 2020 | delayed release | ||
1 2 3 |
|
User Guide 2 | Users Manual | 4.64 MiB | August 31 2019 / March 08 2020 | delayed release | ||
1 2 3 |
|
User Guide 3 | Users Manual | 4.32 MiB | August 31 2019 / March 08 2020 | delayed release | ||
1 2 3 |
|
Internal Photographs | Internal Photos | 1.75 MiB | August 31 2019 / March 08 2020 | delayed release | ||
1 2 3 |
|
External Photographs | External Photos | 562.42 KiB | August 31 2019 / March 08 2020 | delayed release | ||
1 2 3 |
|
FCC E-Label Info | ID Label/Location Info | 242.78 KiB | August 31 2019 / September 10 2019 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
FCC Regulatory Label Location | ID Label/Location Info | 29.67 KiB | August 31 2019 / September 10 2019 | |||
1 2 3 | Antenna Gain | Operational Description | August 31 2019 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 | Antenna Location | Operational Description | August 31 2019 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
Authorization Application Letter | Attestation Statements | 73.57 KiB | August 31 2019 / September 10 2019 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Authorization Letter | Attestation Statements | 33.92 KiB | August 31 2019 / September 10 2019 | |||
1 2 3 | BOM | Parts List/Tune Up Info | August 31 2019 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 | Test Report | August 31 2019 / September 10 2019 | ||||||
1 2 3 |
|
Confidentiality Request Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 82.65 KiB | August 31 2019 / September 10 2019 | |||
1 2 3 | HW Info | Operational Description | August 31 2019 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 | Power Reduction Verification | Operational Description | August 31 2019 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 | Product Specification | Operational Description | August 31 2019 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 | RF Exposure Info | August 31 2019 / September 10 2019 | ||||||
1 2 3 | RT Correspondence | Operational Description | August 31 2019 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 | SAR Test Set-up Photographs | Test Setup Photos | August 31 2019 / March 08 2020 | delayed release | ||||
1 2 3 | Simultaneous Transmission | Operational Description | August 31 2019 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 | Software Security Description | Operational Description | August 31 2019 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 | System Block Diagram | Block Diagram | August 31 2019 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 | System Electrical Schematics | Schematics | August 31 2019 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 | Technical Description | Operational Description | August 31 2019 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 | Test Set-up Photographs | Test Setup Photos | August 31 2019 / March 08 2020 | delayed release | ||||
1 2 3 | WiFi Electrical Schematics | Schematics | August 31 2019 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 | WiFi-BT Block Diagram | Block Diagram | August 31 2019 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 | Test Report | August 31 2019 / September 10 2019 | ||||||
1 2 3 | SAR Test Setup Photographs | Test Setup Photos | August 31 2019 / March 08 2020 | delayed release | ||||
1 2 3 | Test Setup Photographs | Test Setup Photos | August 31 2019 / March 08 2020 | delayed release | ||||
1 2 3 | Test Report | August 31 2019 / September 10 2019 | ||||||
1 2 3 | Test Report | August 31 2019 / September 10 2019 | ||||||
1 2 3 | Test Report | August 31 2019 / September 10 2019 | ||||||
1 2 3 | Test Report | August 31 2019 / September 10 2019 | ||||||
1 2 3 | Test Report | August 31 2019 / September 10 2019 | ||||||
1 2 3 | Test Report | August 31 2019 / September 10 2019 | ||||||
1 2 3 | Test Report | August 31 2019 / September 10 2019 |
1 2 3 | User Guide 1 | Users Manual | 5.75 MiB | August 31 2019 / March 08 2020 | delayed release |
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Welcome iPad User Guide Everything you need to know about iPad 1 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE More information at your ngertips Pin favorite widgets to the home screen, multitask with Split View and Slide Over. Multitask on iPad 2 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Create instant notes from the Lock screen, add your signature, mark up photos and other documents, and give wings Extend your reach with Apple Pencil to your inner artist. Create notes, sign documents, and more 3 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Use Maps to scout your destination and create a collection of must-see locations, keep the kids occupied, and relive Your ideal travel companion your trips best moments. Take your iPad on the road To browse the iPad User Guide, click Table of Contents at the top of the page. If you need more help, visit the iPad Support website. More information at your ngertips 4 Multitask on iPad Keep useful widgets on the Home screen, work with multiple apps at the same time, and quickly switch between your favorite apps. Pin widgets to the Home screen To keep an eye on the information that matters most, pin your favorite widgets to your Home screen. With iPad in landscape orientation, swipe right on the Home screen to see Today View, tap Edit, then turn on Keep on Home Screen. Drag your favorite widgets to Pinned Favorites. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 5 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Work with two apps at once Do you routinely browse the web while chatting in Messages? Like to dash o! a quick email while reviewing your reminders? Split View makes it possible. With one app open, swipe up from the bottom edge and pause to reveal the Dock, then touch and drag another app to the right or left side of the screen. Drag the divider over an app to close Split View. Quickly switch between favorite apps 6 While using an app, swipe up from the bottom edge and pause to reveal apps in the Dock. Tap an app to open it, or touch and drag another app above the Dock and the app appears in the Slide Over window. To switch to another open app, swipe up from the bottom of the Slide Over window, then tap an app to use it. Want to switch to another app in the Slide Over window? Swipe up from the bottom of the Slide Over window, then tap an app. To learn more, check out Explore the Home screen and open apps, Open two items in Split View, and Open an app in Slide Over. Not all features are available for all iPad models. Extend your reach with Apple Pencil Extend your reach with Apple Pencil Whether you want to do something as simple as adding your signature to a PDF, or youre an artist who needs to draw and sketch, you can use Apple Pencil to take your iPad experience to the next level. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 7 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE New note, no waiting To quickly create a note, wake your iPad, then tap the Lock screen with Apple Pencil. In an instant, a new note appears, ready for your sketches. Easily reposition the Markup toolbar by dragging it to any edge. 8 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Sign here Create a signature with Apple Pencil in a few easy steps. Swipe up from the bottom corner of the screen, tap + in the Markup toolbar, choose Signature, sign your name, then tap Done. When you next need your signature, you dont have to sign again. Just tap + in the Markup toolbar of a supported app, then tap Signature. 9 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Mark up in a moment Want to call attention to the ne print on a web page? Decorate a portrait of the family cat with hearts and rainbows? Use Apple Pencil to swipe up from the bottom corner to capture the screen, choose a tool from the Markup toolbar, then start writing or sketching. 10 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Sketch it out Drawing and writing with Apple Pencil is easy. You can rest your palm on the display without it registering as a mark. And as you draw, increase your pressure for thicker lines, and tilt your pencil to shade. Want to learn more about Apple Pencil and your iPad? Check out Use Apple Pencil with. Not all features are available for all iPad models. Your ideal traveling companion 11 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Take your iPad on the road Get ready for your next trip with iPad. Use Maps to scout your destination and create a collection of must-see locations, keep the kids occupied with podcasts and books, and relive your trip with Photos. Scout the sites Before you take o!, explore your travel destination in Maps so you can hit the ground running. To view sites or locations in 3D, type the name in the Maps search eld, then tap Look Around. Drag your nger to pan in 360 degrees and move down streets. 12 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Make a list of must-see places Create a collection in Maps to keep track of the places you want to visit on your trip restaurants, museums, or local attractions. To start a collection, enter a place in Maps, tap Add to, then name the collection. Continue to add places to the collection and then share it with your fellow travelers. 13 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Occupy the kids Travel is stressful enough without the constant chants of when are we going to get there? from the back seat. iPad is the perfect companion for squirming children and entertaining them neednt cost a nickel. Open the Podcasts app, tap Search, and enter stories for kids to nd a wealth of age-appropriate podcasts. Or, open the Books app, tap Search, then enter children books. 14 Relive the memories After you return home, you can revisit your trip highlights in the Photos app. Tap Photos, then tap Months to see your photos organized by trips and signicant events. Tap to play a movie of the trip or to share photos and videos with friends and family. You can also quickly search for photosjust tap Search, type something in the search eld like California 2016 or camping, then tap a result. Want to learn more? Check out View a 3D map, Find podcasts on, Read a book, and Search in Photos on iPad. Not all features are available for all iPad models. Say hello to the future APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 15 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Get to know the new iPad Pro Learn intuitive gestures, use your face as your password, and stay connected in new ways with iPad Pro (11-inch) and iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation). Its all screen The new iPad Pro is all displaywith an edge-to-edge screen you navigate with familiar gestures. To quickly go to the Home screen at any time, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen. Swipe up to the middle of the screen and pause to switch between open apps. To open Control Center, swipe down from the top-right edge. 16 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Unlock with a glance Face ID is a powerful and secure authentication system. Use Face ID to unlock your iPad Pro (11-inch) and iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation), authorize purchases with Apple Pay, and sign in to apps and websites. To set up Face ID, go to Settings > Face ID & Passcode. 17 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Start a Group FaceTime call Use Group FaceTime to visit with friends face-to-face, or lead a team meeting with coworkers in di!erent o"ces. A Group FaceTime call can support up to 32 participants, and organizes the callers on the screen so you can easily tell who is on the call and who is speaking. To start a Group FaceTime call, tap
, then add people to the call. Want to learn more about features on your new iPad? Check out Learn gestures for iPad models with Face ID and Make a Group FaceTime call on. Not all features are available for all iPad models. Work smart at school 18 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Stay ahead of the curve Use iPad at school to get more donemore e"ciently. Easily collaborate with your classmates, take great notes with drawings and sketches, and multitask in all your favorite apps. Add a sketch to your note Sometimes class notes need more than words. To add a quick sketch or diagram, tap touch your nger or Apple Pencil to the screen and start drawing. When youre done, tap return to the keyboard and continue typing.
, then to 19 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Work in two apps at once Use Split View to work in two apps side by sideto do things like take notes while researching online, or respond to email while viewing an attachment. Open one app, then swipe up from the bottom of the screen and pause to reveal the Dock. Touch and hold the icon of a second app, then drag it to the right or left edge of the screen. To stop using Split View, drag the divider over the app you want to close. 20 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Work together in a shared note Keep a group project to-do list in a shared note that everyone can update from their own device. In Notes, start a new note, tap updates the note, the whole group will see the change. to make a checklist, then tap to share. When one person 21 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Block distractions while you study When youre at the library or in class, you can quickly silence calls, alerts, and notications on your iPad. Swipe down from the right corner of the screen, then tap Disturb. to turn on Do Not Touch and hold class or meeting. to schedule Do Not Disturbso it turns on automatically when youre in a Want to learn more? Check out Draw a sketch in Notes, Open two items in Split View on iPad, Share notes, and Set Do Not Disturb. Not all features are available for all iPad models. Set up Screen Time for your child See how your child spends time on iPad Use Screen Time to gain insight into the time your kids spend on their devices. You can receive weekly activity reports, set app allowances, and schedule device downtime to help your child nd the right screen time balance. 22 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Find out whats happening With Screen Time, you can access real-time and weekly activity reports that detail how your child uses iPad. You can see how much time is spent using certain apps, when those apps are used, how often your child picks up iPad during the day, and more. 23 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Set app limits Based on your childs activity report, you can set daily time limits for specic apps or app categories like games or social media. When the allotted time is almost up, your child receives a notication and can ask you to approve more time. 24 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Block inappropriate content Adjust the content and privacy restrictions in Screen Time to limit what your child can view and download on iPad. You can change the settings to ensure content is age appropriate, allow or disable in-app purchases, and more. 25 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Help them unplug Schedule Downtime to help your child take a break from certain apps in order to focus on homework or ease into bedtime. You can customize Downtime for each day of the week depending on your childs schedule. 26 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Set up from your deviceor theirs To manage your childs screen time from your own device, set up a Family Sharing account in Settings > [your name] > Set Up Family Sharing, then add your child to it. Open Screen Time on your device, then tap your childs name. You can also manage your childs screen time settings from their iPad. Go to Settings > Screen Time, then tap This is My Childs iPad. Want to learn more about the Screen Time features that you can use to customize iPad for your child? Check out Set up Screen Time for a family member on. Not all features are available for all iPad models. 27 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Relax after a busy day Unwind with iPad Use iPad to connect with a friend, get lost in a good book, start a sketchbook, and more. Hang out with a friend Open FaceTime, tap stickers, labels, lters, or use Animoji and Memoji on iPad Pro 11-inch or iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation).
, then call a friend. As you chat, you can tap to add fun e!ects like 28 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Escape with a great read Discover a new book or revisit a favorite classic. Open the Books app, then tap Book Store to browse bestsellers, sta! picks, and other collections. If you feel like listening to a story instead, tap Audiobooks to nd books narrated by your favorite authors and celebrities. 29 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Start a sketchbook Use the drawing tools in the Notes app to doodle, draw, or anything in between. To get started, tap
, tap Add Sketch, then start drawing. If you have an Apple Pencil, you can change the line weight of the pencil and marker tools by adjusting the angle of Apple Pencil on the screen. Need a fresh page? Swipe left with two ngers. To add details to your drawing, pinch the screen open for a closer look, then pinch closed to zoom back out. 30 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Watch a video while you surf the web With Picture in Picture, you can watch your favorite TV show while you browse the web, or keep an eye on the game while you play a game yourself. Tap at the bottom of your video player to make the screen shrink so you can use other apps while you watch. To learn more, check out Make and answer FaceTime calls, Buy books from Apple Books, Draw a sketch in Notes, and Multitask with Picture in Picture on iPad. Not all features are available for all iPad models. Whats new 31 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Whats new in iPadOS New Home screen The Home screen has been redesigned to take advantage of the large iPad display. A rened layout lets you see more apps, and you can pin useful widgets on the Home screen. See Explore the Home screen and open apps. Dark Mode A new Dark Mode option gives the entire iPadOS experience a beautiful dark color scheme that is perfect for low-light environments. Quickly turn on Dark Mode from Control Center, or set to automatically turn on at night. When Dark Mode is turned on, the light from your device wont disturb the people around you. See Adjust the screen brightness and color. Slide Over and Split View Keep multiple apps at the ready in Slide Over and quickly access your favorites with just a swipe. Open multiple windows from the same app in Split View perfect for working on two documents side by side. See Open an app in Slide Over and Open two items in Split View. Tool palette and Markup Use a new set of tools in a redesigned palette that you can move to any side of the screen. Capture a screenshot of an entire webpage, document, or email, and mark it up. See Draw in apps with Markup. 32 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Files Easily browse and access les in nested deep in folders in the new Column View. See high#resolution previews of selected les in the Preview pane that let you perform Quick Actions like markup and rotate. Use On My iPad to create folders and store les that reside only on the local drive. See View les and folders in Files. Text editing iPadOS makes it easier to precisely select and edit text using just your ngers. See Select and revise text. Keyboard Pinch to shrink the keyboard and move it wherever you want for one-handed typing, then use QuickPath to enter a word by sliding your nger from one letter to the next. See Enter text using the onscreen keyboard. Photos The re-designed Photos apps displays your photo library by days, months, and years so its easier to browse and share your photos and videos. As you scroll, Live Photos and videos play, bringing your photo library to life. All new editing tools make it easy for you to make changes to your photos and videos and see at a glance where those changes were made. See View photos and videos on iPad and Edit photos and videos on iPad. 33 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Safari New features make Safari on iPadOS a desktop-class browsing experience. Safari now automatically shows you a websites desktop version so you can use web apps like Google Docs, Squarespace, and Wordpress. See Change text size, display, and website settings. Fonts You can now get custom fonts from the App Store to use in documents you create on iPad. See Install fonts. Maps Rebuilt from the ground up, Maps features more realistic details for roads, beaches, parks, and buildings. Explore where youre going before you get there with Look Around, build collections of your favorite locations, share your ETA, and more. See Look around in Maps on and Create a collection. 34 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Sign in with Apple ID Sign in to apps and websites quickly and easily using the Apple ID you already haveno lling out forms or creating new passwordsjust tap Sign in with Apple, use Face ID or Touch ID, and youre all set. See Sign in with Apple on. 35 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Siri The new Siri voice sounds incredibly natural, particularly when speaking longer phrases. Siri o!ers personalized suggestions when you search in Podcasts, Safari, and Maps, and can detect reminders in Messages. See Find out what Siri can do on. Animoji and Memoji Three new Animoji charactersmouse, octopus, and cowgive you more options to express yourself. Make your Memoji one in a trillion with new hairstyles, headwear, makeup, and piercings. Automatically generate sticker packs based on your Animoji and Memoji characters that allow you to express a range of emotions in Messages. See Use Animoji and Memoji in Messages on. Messages Automatically share your name and photo when you start a conversation. You can use an Animoji, an image, or a monogram for your photo. See Send and receive text messages on. Audio Sharing with AirPods Pair two sets of AirPods to one iPad and enjoy the same song or movie along with a friend. See Share audio with another pair of AirPods from. App Store Subscribe to Apple Arcade (not available in all countries or regions), a game service with over 100 amazing new games, all with no ads or additional purchases. A single subscription lets you download and play any Apple Arcade game from the App Store. See Get apps, games, and fonts in the App Store on. Reminders The all-new Reminders app makes it easier than ever to create and organize reminders. Use the quick toolbar to add dates, times, locations, ags, photos, and even 36 scanned documents to your reminders. See Set reminders on. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Shortcuts The Shortcuts app is now built into iPadOS and is the home for all your shortcuts. Get started with the Shortcuts app by adding a personalized daily routine to help streamline your day. See Use Shortcuts to automate tasks on. Performance FaceID unlocks iPadOS up to 30 percent faster and apps launch up to 2 times faster. Apps from the App Store are packaged in a new way that makes them up to 50 percent smaller in download size. Privacy and security Control the location data that you share with apps. You can choose to grant an app access to your location once or anytime you use it. When you receive alerts about an app that is using your location in the background, you can decide whether to update your permissions. See Set which apps can access your location on iPad Learn tricks for iPadOS The Tips app adds new suggestions frequently, so you can get the most from your iPad. See Get tips. Note: New features and apps may vary depending on your iPad model, region, language, and carrier. Supported models NAV TITLE: Supported models 37 Supported iPad models This guide helps you get started using iPad and discover all the amazing things it can do on iPadOS, which is compatible with the following models:
(table aria-label=iPad models) iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation) iPad Pro (11-inch) iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (1st and 2nd generation) iPad Pro (10.5-inch) iPad Pro (9.7-inch) iPad Air (3rd generation) iPad Air 2 iPad (7th generation) iPad (6th generation) iPad (5th generation) iPad mini (5th generation) iPad mini 4 You can update to the latest iPadOS software if your model supports it. To see the model and software version of your iPad, go to Settings Get information about your iPad.
> General > About. See Your features and apps may vary depending on your iPad model, region, language, and carrier. To nd out which features are supported in your region, see the iOS Feature Availability website. Note: Apps and services that send or receive data over a cellular network may incur additional fees. Contact your carrier for information about your service plan and fees. See also Apple Support article: Identify your iPad model Set up and get started NAV TITLE: Turn on and set up APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 38 Turn on and set up iPad Turn on and set up your new iPad over an Internet connection. You can also set up iPad by connecting it to your computer. If you have another iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or an Android device, you can transfer your data to your new iPad. Note: If your iPad is deployed or managed by a company, school, or other organization, see an administrator or teacher for setup instructions. For general information, see the Apple at Work website or Education website. Prepare for setup To make setup as smooth as possible, have the following items available:
An Internet connection through a Wi-Fi network (you may need the name and password of the network) or cellular data service through a carrier (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Your Apple ID and password; if you dont have an Apple ID, you can create one during setup Your credit or debit card account information, if you want to add a card to Apple Pay during setup Your previous iPad or a backup of your device, if youre transferring your data to your new device Your Android device, if youre transferring your Android content Turn on and set up your iPad 1. Press and hold the top button until the Apple logo appears. If iPad doesnt turn on, you might need to charge the battery. For more help, see the Apple Support article If your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch wont turn on or is frozen. 2. Do one of the following:
Tap Set Up Manually, then follow the onscreen setup instructions. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 39 If you have another iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch with iPadOS 13 or iOS 11 or later, you can use Quick Start to automatically set up your new device. Bring the two devices close together, then follow the onscreen instructions to securely copy many of your settings, preferences, and iCloud Keychain. You can then restore the rest of your data and content to your new device from your iCloud backup. Or, if both devices have iPadOS 13 or iOS 12.4 or later installed, you can transfer all your data wirelessly from your previous device to your new one. Keep your devices near each other and plugged into power until the migration process is complete. You can also transfer your data using a wired connection between your devices. See Use Quick Start to transfer data from your previous iOS device to your new iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. If youre blind or have low vision, triple-click the Home button to turn on VoiceOver, the screen reader. Move from an Android device to iPad When you rst set up your new iPad, you can automatically and securely move your data from an Android device. Note: You can use the Move to iOS app only when you rst set up iPad. If you already nished setup and want to use Move to iOS, you must erase your iPad and start over, or move your data manually. See the Apple Support article Move content manually from your Android device to your iOS device. 1. On your device with Android version 4.0 or later, see the Apple Support article Move from Android to iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch and download the Move to iOS app. b. On the Apps & Data screen, tap Move Data from Android. 2. On your iPad:
a. Follow the setup assistant. 3. On the Android device:
a. Turn on Wi-Fi. b. Open the Move to iOS app. c. Follow the onscreen instructions. WARNING: To avoid injury, read Important safety information for iPad before using iPad. See also Connect and your computer using USB Apple Support article: Turn o Find My iPhone Activation Lock Apple Support article: Help your child set up an iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 40 NAV TITLE: Set up cellular service Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) If you have a Wi-Fi + Cellular model, you can sign up for a cellular data plan. This helps you stay connected to the Internet when youre away from a Wi-Fi network. You can set up a cellular data plan with any of the following:
eSIM Embedded Apple SIM or Apple SIM card Third-party nano-SIM (from a cellular provider) Set up your cellular plan with eSIM On models that support eSIM, you can activate the cellular service from your iPad. You may also be able to travel abroad with iPad and sign up for cellular service with a local carrier in the region youre visiting. This isnt available in all regions, and not all carriers are supported. 1. Go to Settings
> Cellular Data. 2. Do one of the following:
To set up the rst cellular plan on your iPad, select a carrier, then follow the onscreen instructions. To add another cellular plan to your iPad, tap Add a New Plan. To scan a QR code provided by your carrier, tap Other. Position iPad so that the QR code provided by your carrier appears in the frame, or enter the details manually. You may be asked to enter a conrmation code provided by your carrier. Alternatively, you can activate your cellular plan through your carriers app (if supported). Go to the App Store, download your carriers app, then use the app to purchase a cellular plan. You can store more than one eSIM on your iPad, but you can use only one eSIM at a time. To switch eSIMs, go to Settings > Cellular Data, then tap the plan you want to use (below Cellular Plans). Set up your cellular plan with an embedded Apple SIM or Apple SIM card On models with an embedded Apple SIM or Apple SIM card, you can activate the cellular service from your iPad. You may also be able to travel abroad with iPad and sign up for cellular service with a local carrier in the region youre visiting. This isnt available in all regions, and not all carriers are supported. 1. Go to Settings
> Cellular Data. 2. Tap Add a New Plan, then follow the onscreen instructions. You can choose a carrier and a plan, or you can add your iPad to an existing plan. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 41 See the Apple Support article Set up cellular data service on your Wi-Fi + Cellular model iPad, or contact your carrier. Install a nano-SIM You can install an Apple SIM card or a nano-SIM provided by a carrier. 1. Insert a paper clip or SIM eject tool (not included) into the small hole of the SIM tray, then push in toward iPad to eject the tray. Note: The shape and orientation of the SIM tray depend on the iPad model and your region. 2. Remove the tray from iPad. 3. Place the nano-SIM in the tray. The angled corner determines the correct orientation. 4. Insert the tray back into iPad. 5. If you previously set up a PIN on the nano-SIM, carefully enter the PIN when prompted. WARNING: Never try to guess a SIM PIN. An incorrect guess can permanently lock your SIM, and you wont be able to use cellular data through your carrier until you get a new SIM. See the Apple Support article Use a SIM PIN for your iPhone or iPad. Cellular data requires a wireless data plan. If youre using a third-party nano-SIM, contact your carrier to set up service. Manage your cellular data service 1. Go to Settings
> Cellular Data. 2. Do any of the following:
Restrict all data to Wi-Fi: Turn o Cellular Data. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 42 Turn on or o LTE and roaming: Tap Cellular Data Options. Turn on Personal Hotspot: Tap Set Up Personal Hotspot (available from certain carriers), then follow the onscreen instructions. Manage your cellular account: Tap Manage [account name] or Carrier Services. For information about managing your cellular data usage, see View or change cellular settings on iPad. Important: When using cellular services through GSM networks, you need an eSIM, embedded Apple SIM, Apple SIM card, or third-party nano-SIM. When using cellular services through CDMA networks, you need an embedded Apple SIM, Apple SIM card, or third-party nano-SIM. Your iPad is subject to your wireless service providers policies, which may include restrictions on switching service providers and roaming, even after the conclusion of any required minimum service contract. Contact your wireless service provider for more details. The availability of cellular capabilities depends on the wireless network, your iPad model, and your location. Connect iPad to the Internet Connect your iPad to the Internet by using an available Wi-Fi network. Wi-Fi + Cellular models can also connect to the Internet by using a cellular network. See also Connect to a cellular network ( models) NAV TITLE: Connect to the Internet Connect iPad to a Wi-Fi network 1. Go to Settings
> Wi-Fi, then turn on Wi-Fi. 2. Tap one of the following:
A network: Enter the password, if required. Other: Joins a hidden network. Enter the name of the hidden network, security type, and password. appears at the top of the screen, iPad is connected to a Wi-Fi network. (To verify this, open If Safari to view a webpage.) iPad reconnects when you return to the same location. Connect iPad to a cellular network (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Your iPad automatically connects to your carriers cellular data network if a Wi-Fi network isnt available. If iPad doesnt connect, check the following:
1. Verify that your SIM is activated and unlocked. See Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 43 2. Go to Settings
> Cellular Data. 3. Verify that Cellular Data is turned on. When you need an Internet connection, iPad does the following, in order, until the connection is made:
Tries to connect to the most recently used available Wi-Fi network Shows a list of Wi-Fi networks in range and connects to the one you choose Connects to your carriers cellular data network (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Note: If a Wi-Fi connection to the Internet isnt available, apps and services may transfer data over your carriers cellular network, which may result in additional fees. Contact your carrier for information about your cellular data plan rates. To manage cellular data usage, see View or change cellular settings on iPad. See also Apple Support article: Set up cellular data service on your Wi-Fi + Cellular model iPad NAV TITLE: Apple ID and iCloud settings Manage Apple ID and iCloud settings on iPad Your Apple ID is the account you use to access Apple services such as the App Store, the iTunes Store, Apple Books, Apple Music, FaceTime, iCloud, iMessage, and more. Use iCloud to securely store your photos, videos, documents, music, apps, and moreand keep them updated across all your devices. With iCloud, you can easily share photos, calendars, locations, and more with friends and family. You can even use iCloud to help you nd your iPad if you lose it. iCloud provides you with a free email account and 5 GB of storage for your mail, documents, photos and videos, and backups. Your purchased music, apps, TV shows, and books dont count against your available storage space. You can upgrade your iCloud storage right from iPad
. Note: Some iCloud features have minimum system requirements. The availability of iCloud and its features varies by country or region. Sign in with your Apple ID If you didnt sign in during setup, do the following:
1. Go to Settings
. 2. Tap Sign in to your iPad. 3. Enter your Apple ID and password. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 44 If you dont have an Apple ID, you can create one. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 4. If you protect your account with two-factor authentication, enter the six-digit verication code. If you forgot your Apple ID or password, see the Recover your Apple ID website. Change your Apple ID settings 1. Go to Settings
> [your name]. 2. Do any of the following:
Update your contact information Change your password Manage Family Sharing Change your iCloud settings 1. Go to Settings
> [your name] > iCloud. 2. Do any of the following:
See your iCloud storage status. 45 Upgrade your iCloud storagetap Manage Storage > Change Storage Plan. Turn on the features you want to use, such as Photos, Mail, Contacts, and Messages. Ways to use iCloud on iPad Keep the following content up to date:
Messages, Mail, Contacts, Calendars, Notes, and Reminders Photos and videos; see Use iCloud Photos on iPad Music, apps, and books Documents; see Set up iCloud Drive on Bookmarks, your reading list, and the webpages you have open in Safari; see Browse the web using Safari on Passwords and credit cards; see Set up iCloud Keychain on iPad You can also do the following:
View your iCloud data on iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, Mac, and iCloud.com (using a Mac or a Windows PC). Share your photos and videos with the people you choose. See Share iPad photos with Shared Albums in iCloud. Share your iCloud storage on plans with 200 GB or more with up to six family members. See Set up Family Sharing on. Locate a missing iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, Mac, or AirPods that belong to you or your family members. See Locate a device in Find My on. Find your friends and family; you, your friends, and family can share locations, follow each other, and see everyones location on a map. See Locate a friend in Find My on. Back up and restore your data. See Back up using iCloud or iTunes. Note: If you enable iCloud for apps such as Music, Photos, Calendar, and Contacts on your iPad, you cant use iTunes to sync them with your computer. See also Apple Support article: Create and start using an Apple ID Apple ID account website iCloud Help NAV TITLE: Download or bookmark the user guide Download or bookmark the iPad User Guide APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 46 You can view the iPad User Guide in the Safari app you can read it even when youre oine.
, or download it to the Books app so View the user guide in Safari In Safari, go to https://support.apple.com/guide/ipad. To view the user guide in a dierent language, scroll down to the bottom of the page, tap the region link (United States, for example), then choose a region. Tip: For quick access, add the guide as a shortcut on your Home screen or as a bookmark in Safari. Tap
, then choose any of the following:
Add to Home Screen: The shortcut appears as a new icon on the Home screen. Add Bookmark: The bookmark appears when you tap in Safari. Download the user guide from Apple Books If you download the user guide from Apple Books, you can read it even when iPad isnt connected to the Internet. 1. Open the Books app
. 2. Tap Search, then enter iPad User Guide for iPadOS. 3. Tap Get, then wait for the book to download. See Buy books from Apple Books on iPad. Basics NAV TITLE: Wake and unlock Wake iPad To wake iPad, do one of the following:
Press the top button. Wake and unlock iPad iPad turns o the display to save power, locks for security, and goes to sleep when youre not using it. You can quickly wake and unlock iPad when you want to use it again. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 47 Tap the screen. Or, on supported models, you can tap the screen with Apple Pencil to wake iPad and open Notes. Unlock iPad with Face ID 1. On supported models, tap the screen, then glance at your iPad. The lock icon animates from closed to open to indicate that iPad is unlocked. 2. Swipe up from the bottom of the screen to view the Home screen. To lock iPad again, press the top button. iPad locks automatically if you dont touch the screen for a minute or so. However, if Attention Aware Features is turned on in Settings Face ID & Passcode, iPad wont dim or lock as long as it detects attention.
Unlock iPad with Touch ID On supported models, press the Home button using the nger you registered with Touch ID. If you didnt set up Touch ID when you set up iPad, see Set up Touch ID on iPad. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 48 To lock iPad again, press the top button. iPad locks automatically if you dont touch the screen for a minute or so. Unlock iPad with a passcode 1. Swipe up from the bottom of the Lock screen or press the Home button. 2. Enter the passcode (if you set up iPad to require a passcode). If you didnt create a passcode when you set up iPad, see Set or change the passcode. To lock iPad again, press the top button. iPad locks automatically if you dont touch the screen for a minute or so. NAV TITLE: Learn basic gestures Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Control iPad and its apps using a few simple gesturestap, touch and hold, swipe, scroll, and zoom.
(table aria-label=Basic gestures) Tap. Touch one nger lightly on the screen. Touch and hold. Touch and hold items in an app to preview contents and perform quick actions. On the Home screen, touch and hold an app icon briey to open a quick actions menu. Swipe. Move one nger across the screen quickly. Scroll. Move one nger across the screen without lifting. For example, in Photos, you can drag a list up or down to see more. Swipe to scroll quickly;
touch the screen to stop scrolling. Zoom. Place two ngers on the screen near each other. Spread them apart to zoom in, or move them toward each other to zoom out. You can also double-tap a photo or webpage to zoom in, and double-tap again to zoom out. zoom out. In Maps, double-tap and hold, then drag up to zoom in or drag down to NAV TITLE: Learn gestures for models with Face ID Learn gestures for iPad models with Face ID APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 49 Heres a handy reference to the gestures you use for interacting with iPad Pro (11-inch) and iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation). Note: Many of these gestures also work on models with a Home button, as indicated below.
(table aria-label=Intuitive gestures) Go Home. Swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen to return to the Home screen at any time
(works on all iPad models). See Explore the Home screen and open apps. Quickly access controls. Swipe down from the top-right corner to open Control Center; touch and hold a control to reveal more options (works on all iPad models). To add or remove items, go to Settings > Control Center > Customize Controls. See Use and customize Control Center on. Open the App Switcher. Swipe up from the bottom edge, pause in the center of the screen, then lift your nger (works on all iPad models). To browse the open apps, swipe right, then tap the app you want to use. See Switch between apps on. Switch between open apps. Swipe left or right along the bottom edge of the screen to quickly switch between open apps. (On models with a Home button, swipe with a slight arc.) See Switch between apps on. Open the dock within an app. Swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen and pause to reveal the Dock (works on all iPad models). To quickly open another app, tap it in the Dock. See Open an app from the Dock. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 50 Ask Siri. Just say, Hey Siri. Or press and hold the top button and make your request. Siri listens until you release the button. See Ask Siri on. Use Accessibility Shortcut. Triple-click the top button. See Use accessibility shortcuts on. Take a screenshot. Simultaneously press and quickly release the top button and volume up button. See Take a screenshot or screen recording on. Turn o. Simultaneously press and hold the top button and either volume button until the sliders appear, then drag the top slider to power o. Or go to Settings > General > Shut Down. See Turn o and on. Force restart. Press and release the volume up button, press and release the volume down button, then press and hold the top button until the Apple logo appears. See Force restart. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 51 NAV TITLE: View previews and quick actions menus View previews and quick actions menus on iPad On the Home screen, in Control Center, and in apps, you can see previews, open quick actions menus, and more. See previews and quick actions menus In Photos, touch and hold an image to preview it and see a list of options. In Mail, touch and hold a message in a mailbox list to preview the message contents and see a list of options. On the Home screen, touch and hold an app icon briey to open a quick actions menu. (If the icons start to jiggle, tap Done at the top right, then try again.) Open Control Center, then touch and hold an item like Camera or the brightness control to see options. On the Lock screen, touch and hold briey a notication to respond to it. When typing, touch and hold the Space bar with one nger to turn your keyboard into a trackpad. NAV TITLE: Explore the Home screen and apps Explore the iPad Home screen and open apps Get to know the Home screen and apps on your iPad. The Home screen shows all your apps organized into pages. More pages are added when you need space for apps. 1. To go to the Home screen, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen or press the Home button. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 52 2. Swipe left or right to browse apps on other Home screen pages. 3. To open an app, tap its icon on the Home screen. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 53 4. To return to the rst Home screen page, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen or press the Home button. You can also move, organize, or remove apps. See Move and organize apps on and Remove apps from. NAV TITLE: Change common settings Change common iPad settings Use Settings You can set your language and region, change the name of your iPad, choose dierent sounds for notications, and much more.
(located on the Home screen) to congure and customize your iPad settings. The settings for specic apps are explained in the chapters for those apps. The following sections give some examples of common settings, including how to nd them. Find settings Go to Settings termalert or password, for examplethen tap a setting on the left side of the screen.
, swipe down from the left side of the screen to reveal the search eld, enter a APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 54 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Set the date and time By default, the date and time, visible on the Lock screen, are set automatically based on your location. If theyre incorrect, you can adjust them. 1. Go to Settings
> General > Date & Time. 2. Turn on either of the following:
Set Automatically: iPad gets the correct time over the network and updates it for the time zone youre in. Some networks dont support network time, so in some regions iPad may not be able to automatically determine the local time. 24-Hour Time: (not available in all regions) iPad displays the hours from 0 to 23. To change the default date and time, turn o! Set Automatically, then change the date and time displayed. Set the language and region 1. Go to Settings
> General > Language & Region. 2. Set the following:
The language for iPad 55 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE The region The calendar format The temperature unit (Celsius or Fahrenheit) 3. To add a keyboard for another language, go to Settings > General > Keyboard > Keyboards, The name of your iPad is used by iTunes, iCloud, AirDrop, and Personal Hotspot. then tap Add New Keyboard. See Add or change keyboards on. Change the name of your iPad 1. Go to Settings
> General > About > Name. 2. Tap
, enter a new name, then tap Done. Set up mail, contacts, and calendar accounts In addition to the apps that come with iPad and that you use with iCloud, iPad works with Microsoft Exchange and many of the most popular Internet-based mail, contacts, and calendar services. 1. Go to Settings
> Passwords & Accounts > Add Account. 2. To add a mail account, tap an email servicefor example, Google, Yahoo, or Aol.comthen enter your email account information. 3. To add a contacts or calendar account, tap Other, then do any of the following:
Contacts using an LDAP or CardDAV account, if your company or organization supports it;
see Use other contact accounts on iPad Calendars using a CalDAV calendar account; you can also subscribe to iCalendar (.ics) calendars or import them from Mail; see Set up multiple calendars on Add a contacts account: Tap Add LDAP Account or Add CardDAV Account (if your company or organization supports it), then enter your information; see Use other contact accounts on iPad. Add a calendar account: Tap Add CalDAV Account, then enter your information; see Set up multiple calendars on. Subscribe to iCal (.ics) calendars: Tap Add Subscribed Calendar, then enter the URL of the
.ics le to subscribe to; or import an .ics le from Mail. For information about setting up a Microsoft Exchange account in a corporate environment, see the Apple Support article Set up Exchange ActiveSync on your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. 56 Change the screen appearance NAV TITLE: Change or lock the screen orientation Change or lock the screen orientation on iPad Many apps give you a dierent view when you rotate iPad. Lock or unlock the screen orientation You can lock the screen orientation so that it doesnt change when you rotate iPad. Open Control Center, then tap
. When the screen orientation is locked, appears in the status bar. NAV TITLE: Change the wallpaper Change the wallpaper on iPad APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 57 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE On iPad, choose an image or photo as wallpaper for the Lock screen or Home screen. You can choose from dynamic and still images. 1. Go to Settings
> Wallpaper > Choose a New Wallpaper. Change the wallpaper 2. Do one of the following:
Choose a preset image from a group at the top of the screen (Dynamic, Stills, and so on). Wallpaper marked with changes appearance when Dark Mode is turned on. Select one of your own photos (tap an album, then tap the photo). To reposition your selected image, pinch open to zoom in on it, then drag the image to move it. Pinch closed to zoom back out. 3. Tap Set, then choose one of the following:
Set Lock Screen Set Home Screen Set Both You may be able to make your wallpaper move when you change the viewing angle of your screen by turning on Perspective Zoom when you choose new wallpaper. To turn on the Perspective Zoom option for wallpaper youve already set, go to Settings > Wallpaper, tap the image of the Lock screen or Home screen, then tap Perspective. 58 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Note: The Perspective Zoom option doesnt appear for all wallpaper choices, and it doesnt appear if Reduce Motion (in Accessibility settings) is turned on. See Reduce or stop the motion of screen elements on. NAV TITLE: Adjust the screen brightness and color balance Adjust the iPad screen brightness and color On iPad, dim the screen to extend battery life, set Dark Mode, and use Night Shift. On supported models, use True Tone to automatically adapt the color and intensity of the display to match the light in your environment. Turn Dark Mode on or o!
Dark Mode gives the entire iPad experience with a dark color scheme thats perfect for low-light environments. You can turn on Dark Mode from Control Center or set it to turn on automatically at night (or on a custom schedule) in Settings. With Dark Mode turned on, you can use your iPad while, for example reading in bed, without disturbing the person next to you. Do any of the following:
Go to Settings Light to turn it o!. Open Control Center, touch and hold
, then tap to turn Dark Mode on or o!.
> Display & Brightness, then select Dark to turn on Dark Mode or select Schedule Dark Mode to turn on and o! automatically 1. Go to Settings
> Display & Brightness. 59 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 2. Turn on Automatic, then tap Options. 3. Select either Sunset to Sunrise or Custom Schedule. If you choose Custom Schedule, tap the options to schedule the times you want Dark Mode to turn on and o!. If you select Sunset to Sunrise, iPad uses the data from your clock and geolocation to determine when its nighttime for you. Note: The Sunset to Sunrise option isnt available if you turned o! Location Services in Settings Location Services > System Services.
> Privacy, or if you turned o! Setting Time Zone in Settings
> Privacy >
Adjust the screen brightness manually To make your iPad screen dimmer or brighter, do one of the following:
Open Control Center, then drag
. Go to Settings
> Display & Brightness, then drag the slider. Adjust the screen brightness automatically iPad adjusts the screen brightness for current light conditions using the built-in ambient light sensor. 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility. 2. Tap Display & Text Size, then turn on Auto-Brightness. Turn True Tone on or o!
On supported models, turn on True Tone to automatically adapt the color and intensity of the display to match the light in your environment. Do any of the following:
Open Control Center, touch and hold
, then tap to turn True Tone on or o!. Go to Settings
> Display & Brightness, then turn True Tone on or o!. Turn Night Shift on or o!
You can turn on Night Shift manually, which is helpful when youre in a darkened room during the day. Open Control Center, touch and hold
, then tap
. Schedule Night Shift to turn on and o! automatically Use Night Shift to shift the colors in your display to the warmer end of the spectrum at night and make viewing the screen easier on your eyes. 1. Go to Settings
> Display & Brightness > Night Shift. 60 2. Turn on Scheduled. 3. To adjust the color balance for Night Shift, drag the slider below Color Temperature toward the warmer or cooler end of the spectrum. 4. Tap From, then select either Sunset to Sunrise or Custom Schedule. If you choose Custom Schedule, tap the options to schedule the times you want Night Shift to turn on and o. If you select Sunset to Sunrise, iPad uses the data from your clock and geolocation to determine when its nighttime for you. Note: The Sunset to Sunrise option isnt available if you turned o Location Services in Settings Location Services > System Services.
> Privacy, or if you turned o Setting Time Zone in Settings
> Privacy >
NAV TITLE: Magnify the screen Magnify the iPad screen with Display Zoom On iPad Pro (12.9-inch), you can magnify the screen display. 1. Go to Settings
> Display & Brightness. 2. Tap View (below Display Zoom), choose Zoomed, then tap Set. For additional zoom features, See Zoom in on the screen. NAV TITLE: Take a screenshot or screen recording Take a screenshot or screen recording on iPad You can take a picture of the screen just as it appears, or a recording of actions on the screen, to share with others or use in documents. Take a screenshot 1. Do one of the following:
Models with the Home button: Simultaneously press and then release the top button and the Home button. Other models: Simultaneously press and then release the top button and the volume up button. 2. Tap the screenshot in the lower-left corner, then tap Done. 3. Choose Save to Photos or Delete Screenshot. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 61 If you save the screenshot, you can view it in the Screenshots album in the Photos app, or in the All Photos album if youre using iCloud Photos. Tip: To quickly create a PDF of a webpage, document, or email, take a screenshot, tap the thumbnail, then tap Full Page. Create a screen recording You can create a screen recording and capture sound on your iPad. 1. Go to Settings
> Control Center > Customize Controls, then tap next to Screen Recording. then tap Stop. 2. Open Control Center, tap
, then wait for the three-second countdown. 3. To stop recording, open Control Center, tap or the red status bar at the top of the screen, Go to Photos
, then select your screen recording. NAV TITLE: Adjust the volume Adjust the volume on iPad Use the Volume buttons on the side of iPad to adjust the volume of songs and other media, alerts, and sound eects. You can also use Siri to turn the volume up or down. Ask Siri. Say something like: Turn up the volume or Turn down the volume. Learn how to ask Siri. You can use Control Center to silence audio alerts and notications. WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see Important safety information for iPad. Do Not Disturb doesnt mute the audio from music, podcasts, movies, and TV shows. Lock the ringer and alert volumes Go to Settings
> Sounds, then turn o Change with Buttons. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 62 Note: To limit the maximum headset volume, go to Settings use the slider to set the maximum volume. To prevent changes to the volume limit, go to Settings
> General > Restrictions > Volume Limit.
> Music > Volume Limit, then When iPad is locked or when youre using an app, you can adjust the volume in Control Center. Adjust the volume in Control Center Open Control Center, then drag
. Mute the sound Press and hold the Volume Down button. Temporarily silence calls, alerts, and notications Open Control Center, then tap
. (See Set Do Not Disturb on.) NAV TITLE: Change or turn o the sounds Change or turn off iPad sounds In Settings email, reminder, or other type of notication.
, change or turn o the sounds iPad plays when you get a call, text message, To temporarily silence incoming calls, alerts, and sound eects, turn on Do Not Disturb. Tip: If youre not hearing or seeing incoming calls and notications when you expect, Open Control Center, then check whether Do Not Disturb is on. If o Do Not Disturb. (When Do Not Disturb is on, also appears in the status bar.) is highlighted, tap it to turn Set sound options Set options for alert tones and ringtones, and ringer and alert volumes. 1. Go to Settings
> Sounds. 2. Drag the slider to set the volume for the ringer and alerts. 3. Tap Ringtone and other options to select sounds for the ringtone and alert tones. Silence iPad To temporarily silence incoming calls, alerts, and sound eects, open Control Center, then tap
. Tip: If youre not hearing or seeing incoming calls and notications when you expect them, open Control Center, then check to see if Do Not Disturb is on. If o Do Not Disturb. (When Do Not Disturb is on, also appears in the status bar.) is highlighted, tap it to turn APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 63 Use notications NAV TITLE: View and respond to notications View and respond to notications on iPad Notications help you keep track of whats newthey let you know if you missed a call, if the date of an event moved, and more. You can customize your notications so you see only whats important to you. View and respond to notications on the iPad Lock screen or in Notication Center. Find all your notications in one place iPad displays notications as they arrive, but if you dont read one right away, its saved in Notication Center so you can check it later. To see your notications in Notication Center, swipe down from the top center of any screen;
scroll up to see older notications. To close Notication Center, swipe up from the bottom, or press the Home button (on supported models). Respond to notications When you have multiple notications, theyre grouped by app, which makes them easier to view and manage. Notications from some apps may also be grouped by organizing features within the app, such as by topic or thread. Grouped notications appear as small stacks, with the most recent notication on top. Do any of the following:
To view a notication, tap it. To expand a group of notications to see them individually, tap the group. To close the group again, tap Show Less. To view and respond to a notication or group of notications, swipe it right, then tap Open. To respond when iPad is locked, touch and hold the notication. Dismiss, clear, and manage notications From the Lock screen, do any of the following:
Handle a notication you receive while using another app: Pull it down to view it, then swipe up to dismiss it. Clear notications: Swipe left over the notication or group, then tap Clear or Clear All. Send notications directly to Notication Center: Swipe left over the notication or group of notications, tap Manage, then tap Deliver Quietly. This prevents these notications from appearing on the Lock screen, playing a sound, lighting up the screen, or presenting a banner. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 64 To see and hear these notications again, swipe left on a notication in Notication Center, tap Manage, then tap Deliver Prominently. Turn o notications for an app or notication group: Swipe left on the notication or group of notications, tap Manage, then tap Turn O. Change how an app displays notications: Swipe left on a notication, tap Manage, tap Settings, then choose an option. You can choose whether to allow notications from the app, where the notications appear (in Notication Center, for example), whether to play an alert sound, and so on. Clear all your notications in Notication Center: Tap
, then tap Clear. When you havent used an app for a while, Siri suggests that you turn o notications for that app. NAV TITLE: Change notication settings Change notication settings on iPad In Settings location-based alerts, allow government alerts, and more.
, choose which apps can send notications, change the alert sound, set up Change notication settings Turn o notications from specic apps, have the notication play a sound, choose how and where you want notications to appear when your device is unlocked, and more. 1. Go to Settings
> Notications. option. 2. To choose when notication previews should appear, tap Show Previews, then choose an Previews can include things like text (from Messages and Mail), and invitation details (from Calendar). 3. Tap Back, then tap an app below Notication Style and turn Allow Notications on or o. If you turn on notications, choose how and where you want the notications to appear for the appfor example, on the Lock screen or in Notication Center. 4. Tap Notication Grouping, then choose how you want the notications grouped:
By App: All the notications from the app are grouped together. Automatic: The notications from the app are grouped according to organizing criteria within the app, such as by topic or thread. O: Turn o grouping. To turn o notications selectively for apps, go to Settings > Notications > Siri Suggestions, then turn o any app. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 65 Show recent notications on the Lock screen You can allow access to Notication Center on the Lock screen. 1. Go to Settings
, then, depending on your model, tap one of the following. Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Enter your passcode. 3. Turn on Notication Center (below Allow Access When Locked). Silence all your notications Ask Siri. Say something like: Turn on Do Not Disturb. Learn how to ask Siri. You can also go to Settings
> Do Not Disturb, then turn on Do Not Disturb. Set up location-based alerts Some apps use your location to send you relevant alerts based on where you are. For example, you might get a reminder to call someone when you get to a specic place or when you leave for your next location. If you dont want to see these types of alerts, you can turn them o. 1. Go to Settings
> Privacy > Location Services. 2. Turn on Location Services. 3. Tap an app, then choose whether you want to share your location while using that app. See the Apple Support article About privacy and Location Services. NAV TITLE: Set Do Not Disturb Set Do Not Disturb on iPad To quickly silence iPad, whether youre going to dinner or going to sleep, turn on Do Not Disturb. It silences notications and calls and prevents them from lighting up the screen. Turn on Do Not Disturb Ask Siri. Say something like: Turn on Do Not Disturb. Learn how to ask Siri. 1. You can also open Control Center, then tap to turn on Do Not Disturb. When Do Not Disturb is on, appears in the status bar. 2. To choose an ending time for Do Not Disturb, touch and hold in Control Center, then choose an option, such as For 1 hour, or Until the end of this event. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 66 You can also tap Schedule, turn on Scheduled, then set beginning and ending times. Allow calls when Do Not Disturb is on 1. Go to Settings
> Do Not Disturb. 2. Do any of the following:
Tap Allow Calls From: To allow incoming FaceTime and Wi-Fi calls from selected groups. Turn on Repeated Calls: To allow repeated calls from the same caller to come through for emergencies. Allow calls from emergency contacts when Do Not Disturb is on You can allow FaceTime and Wi-Fi calls and messages from emergency contacts when Do Not Disturb is on. 3. Tap Ringtone or Text Tone, then turn on Emergency Bypass. 1. Open Contacts
. 2. Select a contact, then tap Edit. Schedule quiet hours 1. Go to Settings
> Do Not Disturb. 2. Turn on Scheduled, then set the start time and end time for quiet hours. Choose when Do Not Disturb silences iPad You can choose whether Do Not Disturb silences iPad only when its locked, or even when its unlocked. 1. Go to Settings
> Do Not Disturb. 2. Do one of the following:
Silence iPad any time Do Not Disturb is on: Tap Always. Silence iPad only when its locked: Tap While iPad is locked. To dim your display and silence notications while you sleep, turn on Do Not Disturb During Bedtime. NAV TITLE: Set Do Not Disturb During Bedtime Set Do Not Disturb During Bedtime on iPad You can turn on Do Not Disturb During Bedtime to help you sleep. It dims your display and silences overnight notications until you unlock your iPad in the morning. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 67 Turn on Do Not Disturb During Bedtime 1. Go to Settings
> Do Not Disturb. 2. Turn on Do Not Disturb, turn on Scheduled, then turn on Bedtime. 3. Tap From, then set the beginning and ending times for Bedtime. During Bedtime hours, appears in the status bar. Bedtime turns o automatically at the end of the quiet hours you specify. To turn it o sooner, tap the Do Not Disturb notication on the Lock screen, then tap Turn O. When Bedtime is o, notications resume. Enter text NAV TITLE: Type and edit text Type and edit text on iPad You can use the onscreen or an external keyboard, a stylus, or your nger to add and edit text in iPad apps. Enter text using the onscreen keyboard In any app that allows text editing, open the onscreen keyboard by tapping a text eld. You can pinch closed to shrink the keyboard, then use QuickPath to type by sliding from one letter to the next without lifting your nger. To end a word, lift your nger. (If you tap after sliding to type a word, it deletes the whole word.) You can drag the smaller keyboard from the bottom to move it wherever you want for easy one-
handed typing. To return to the full-size keyboard, pinch open. On the full-size keyboard, you tap keys to type
(rather than slide). You can also use external keyboards to enter text on iPad. See Use Smart Keyboard and Smart Keyboard Folio with and Use Magic Keyboard with. While entering text, you can do any of the following:
Type uppercase letters: Tap Shift, or touch the Shift key and slide to a letter. Turn on Caps Lock: Double-tap Shift. Quickly end a sentence with a period and a space: Double-tap the Space bar. Enter numbers, punctuation, or symbols: Tap the Number key or the Symbol key
. Undo the last edit: Swipe left with three ngers or tap or
. Redo the last edit: Swipe right with three ngers or tap
. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 68 Enter emoji: Tap or to switch to the Emoji keyboard. Enter accented letters or other alternate characters: Touch and hold a key, then slide to choose one of the options. Hide the onscreen keyboard: Tap the Keyboard key
. You can also dictate text or use Magic Keyboard or Smart Keyboard (available separately) to enter text. Correct spelling While entering text, if you see a word underlined in red, you can correct it. 1. Tap the underlined word to see suggested corrections. 2. Tap a suggestion to replace the underlined word. If the word you want doesnt appear, type the correction. Set typing options You can turn typing features, such as spell check and auto-correction, on or o. 1. While typing text, touch and hold or
, then slide to Keyboard Settings, or go to Settings
> General > Keyboard. 2. In the list, turn special typing features on or o. Select and revise text To insert, revise, or replace text, do any of the following:
Navigate a long document: Touch and hold the right edge of the document, then drag the scroller to locate the text you want to revise. Insert text: Tap to place the insertion point where you want to insert text. You can also move the insertion point precisely by dragging it. Then start typing. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 69 Select a word: Double-tap the word with one nger. Select a sentence: Triple-tap the sentence with one nger. Select a paragraph: Quadruple-tap with one nger. Select a block of text: Touch and hold the rst word in the block, then drag to the last word. After selecting the text you want to revise, you can type, or tap the selection to see options. Copy: Tap Copy or pinch closed with three ngers. Cut: Tap Cut or pinch closed with three ngers two times. Paste: Tap Paste or pinch open with three ngers. B/I/U: Format the selected text. Replace: View suggested replacement text, or have Siri suggest alternative text. View more options. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 70 With Universal Clipboard, you can cut or copy something on one Apple device and paste it to another. You can also use drag and drop to move selected text within an app. Turn your keyboard into a trackpad 1. Touch and hold the Space bar with one nger until the keyboard turns light gray. 2. Move the insertion point by dragging around the keyboard. 3. To select text with drag points, continue holding the keyboard until drag points appear on the insertion point, then move your ngers. To use the trackpad to move the insertion point, drag the insertion point to a new location before drag points appear. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 71 See also Use the onscreen keyboard with VoiceOver on NAV TITLE: Use predictive text Use predictive text on iPad As you type text on the iPad keyboard, Siri predicts your next word, suggests emoji that could take the place of your word, and makes other suggestions based on your recent activity and information from your apps (not available for all languages). In Messages, for example, when you type something like:
Im at followed by a space, your current location appears as an option. My number is followed by a space, your phone number appears as an option. Accept or reject a predictive text suggestion To accept a suggested word or emoji while typing, tap it; to accept the highlighted suggestion, enter a space or punctuation. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 72 When you tap a suggested word, a space appears after the word. If you enter a comma, period, or other punctuation, the space is deleted. To reject the suggestions, tap your original word (shown as the predictive text option with quotation marks). Turn o predictive text 1. While editing text, touch and hold or
. 2. Slide to Keyboard Settings, then turn o Predictive. When you turn o predictive text, iPad may still try to suggest corrections for misspelled words. To accept a correction, enter a space or punctuation, or tap return. To reject a correction, tap the x. If you reject the same suggestion a few times, iPad stops suggesting it. NAV TITLE: Dictate text Dictate text on iPad On iPad, you can dictate text instead of typing it. Make sure Enable Dictation is turned on. On iPad Pro models, you can use dictation when youre not connected to the Internet. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 73 Note: Dictation may not be available in all languages or in all regions, and features may vary. Cellular data charges may apply. See View or change cellular settings on iPad. Enable Dictation 1. Go to Settings
> General > Keyboard. 2. Turn on Enable Dictation. Dictate text 1. Tap on the onscreen keyboard, then speak. 2. When you nish, tap
. On iPad Pro models, you can use dictation even when youre not connected to the Internet. To insert text by dictating, tap to place the insertion point, then tap selected text by dictating. You can also replace Add punctuation or format text While dictating text, say the punctuation or formatting. For example, Dear Mary comma the check is in the mail exclamation mark becomes Dear Mary, the check is in the mail! Punctuation and formatting commands include the following:
quote end quote new paragraph new line capto capitalize the next word caps on caps oto capitalize the rst character of each word all capsto make the next word all uppercase all caps on all caps oto make the enclosed words all uppercase no caps on no caps oto make the enclosed words all lowercase APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 74 no spaceto eliminate the space between two words (not available for all languages) APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE no space on no space o!to run a series of words together (not available for all languages) smileyto insert :-) frownyto insert :-(
winkyto insert ;-) NAV TITLE: Use text replacements Save keystrokes on iPad with text replacements Set up a text replacement you can use to enter a word or phrase by typing just a few characters. For example, type omw to enter On my way! That ones already set up for you, but you can also add your own. Create a text replacement 1. While typing in a text eld, touch and hold or
. 2. Slide to Keyboard Settings, then tap Text Replacement. 3. Tap at the top right. eld. 4. Type a phrase in the Phrase eld and the text shortcut you want to use for it in the Shortcut Have a word or phrase you use and dont want it corrected?
to create a text replacement, then enter your word or phrase in the Phrase eld, but leave Tap the Shortcut eld blank. Use iCloud to keep your personal dictionary up to date on your other devices Go to Settings
> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on iCloud Drive. 75 NAV TITLE: Add or change keyboards Add or change keyboards on iPad You can turn typing features, such as spell checking, on or o; add keyboards for writing in dierent languages; and change the layout of your onscreen keyboard or your wireless keyboard. If you add keyboards for other languages, you can type in two languages without having to switch between keyboards. Your keyboard automatically switches between the two languages you use most often. (Not available for all languages.) Tip: On iPad Pro (12.9-inch), if youve added a Chinese, Korean, Japanese, or Hebrew keyboard, you can use the Caps Lock key to quickly switch back and forth between Latin script and the other keyboard youre using. Set typing features You can turn on or o special typing featuressuch as spell check, auto-correction, and auto-
capitalizationthat assist you when you type on iPad. 1. While typing text, touch and hold or
, then slide to Keyboard Settings; or go to Settings
> General > Keyboard. 2. In the list, turn special typing features on or o. Add a keyboard for another language 1. Go to Settings
> General > Keyboard. See Use international keyboards on. Switch to another keyboard 1. While typing text, touch and hold or
. 2. Tap Keyboards, tap Add New Keyboard, then choose a keyboard. 2. Slide your nger to the name of the keyboard you want to switch to. You can also tap other enabled keyboards. or to switch from one keyboard to another. Continue tapping to access To switch between keyboards on a Smart Keyboard or Smart Keyboard Folio, see Switch keyboard layouts. To switch between keyboards on Magic Keyboard, see Switch keyboards. See the Apple Support article Use your Smart Keyboard Folio or Smart Keyboard with iPad Pro. Change the keyboard layout 1. Go to Settings
> General > Keyboard. 2. Tap Keyboards, select a keyboard, then choose a layout. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 76 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE See the Apple Support article About the keyboards settings on your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. NAV TITLE: Use a split keyboard Use a split keyboard on iPad You can type with a split keyboard thats at the bottom of the screen, or undocked and in the middle of the screen. Adjust the keyboard In the onscreen keyboard, touch and hold
, then do any of the following:
Use a split keyboard: Slide your nger to Split, then release. Or spread the keyboard apart from the middle using two ngers. Move the keyboard to the middle of the screen: Slide your nger to Undock, then release. Return to a full keyboard: Slide your nger to Dock and Merge, then release. Return a full keyboard to the bottom of the screen: Slide your nger to Dock, then release. 77 Turn Split Keyboard on or o 1. Touch and hold or
. 2. Slide to Keyboard Settings, then select Split Keyboard; or go to Settings
> General >
Keyboard, then turn Split Keyboard on or o. Note: The split keyboard option is not available on iPad Pro (12.9-inch) or iPad Pro 11-inch. Tip: If youve added a Chinese, Korean, Japanese, or Hebrew keyboard, you can use the Caps Lock key to quickly switch back and forth between Latin script and the other keyboard youre using. NAV TITLE: Use international keyboards Use international keyboards on iPad With international keyboards you can type text in many dierent languages, including Asian languages and languages written from right to left. For a list of supported keyboards, go to Apples iPad website, choose your iPad, click Tech Specs, then scroll to Languages. Manage keyboards in Settings 1. Go to Settings
> General > Keyboard. 2. Tap Keyboards, then do any of the following:
Add a keyboard: Tap Add New Keyboard, then choose a keyboard from the list. Repeat to add more keyboards. Remove a keyboard: Tap Edit, tap then tap Done. Edit your keyboard list: Tap Edit, drag tap Done. next to the keyboard you want to remove, tap Delete, next to a keyboard to a new place in the list, then If you add an international keyboard, the corresponding language is automatically added to the Preferred Language Order list. You can view this list and add languages directly to it in Settings > General > Language & Region. You can also reorder the list to change how apps and websites display text. If youve added keyboards in other languages, you can type in two languages without having to switch between keyboards. Your keyboard automatically switches between the two languages you type in most often. (Not available for all languages.) Switch keyboards while typing 1. While typing text, touch and hold on the keyboard. 2. Slide your nger to the name of the keyboard you want to switch to. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 78 You can also tap enabled keyboards. to switch from one keyboard to another. Continue tapping to access other Enter accented letters or other characters while typing While typing, touch and hold the letter, number, or symbol on the keyboard thats related to the character you want. For example, to enter , touch and hold the e key, then slide to choose a variant. You can also do any of the following:
On a Thai keyboard: To choose native numbers, touch and hold the related Arabic number. On a Chinese, Japanese, or Arabic keyboard: Tap a suggested character or candidate at the top of the keyboard to enter it, or swipe left to see more candidates. Note: To view the full candidate list, tap the up arrow on the right. To return to the short list, tap the down arrow. Create a text replacement When using certain Chinese or Japanese keyboards, you can create a text replacement for word and input pairs. The text replacement is added to your personal dictionary. When you type a shortcut while using a supported keyboard, the paired word or input is substituted for the shortcut. Shortcuts are available for the following:
Simplied Chinese: Pinyin Traditional Chinese: Pinyin and Zhuyin Japanese: Romaji and Kana 1. Go to Settings
> General > Keyboard. 2. Tap Text Replacement. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 79 4. Type a word or input in the Phrase eld and the text shortcut you want to use for it in the 3. Tap at the top right. Shortcut eld. Reset your personal dictionary 1. Go to Settings
> General > Reset. 2. Tap Reset Keyboard Dictionary. All custom words and shortcuts are deleted, and the keyboard dictionary returns to its default state. NAV TITLE: Use special input methods Use special input methods on iPad You can use keyboards to enter some languages in dierent ways. A few examples are Chinese Cangjie and Wubihua, Japanese Kana, and Facemarks. You can also use your nger or a stylus to write Chinese characters on the screen. Build Chinese characters from the component Cangjie keys As you type, suggested characters appear. Tap a character to choose it, or continue typing up to ve components to see more options. Build Chinese Wubihua (stroke) characters 1. Use the keypad to build Chinese characters using up to ve strokes, in the correct writing sequence: horizontal, vertical, left falling, right falling, and hook. For example, the Chinese character (circle) should begin with the vertical stroke . 2. Do any of the following:
As you type, suggested Chinese characters appear (the most commonly used characters appear rst). Tap a character to choose it. If youre not sure of the correct stroke, enter an asterisk (*). To see more character options, type another stroke, or scroll through the character list. Tap the match key () to show only characters that match exactly what you typed. Write Chinese characters Write Chinese characters directly on the screen with your nger when Simplied or Traditional Chinese handwriting input is turned on (go to Settings Add New Keyboard).
> General > Keyboard > Keyboards >
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 80 As you write character strokes, iPad recognizes them and shows matching characters and predictions above the handwriting area. Tap a suggestion to use it. Type Japanese kana Use the Kana keypad to select syllables; for more syllable options, drag the list to the left or tap the arrow key. Type Japanese romaji 1. Use the Romaji keyboard to type syllables. Alternative choices appear along the top of the keyboard. 2. Tap a syllable to type it. For more syllable options, tap the arrow key and select another syllable or word from the window. Type facemarks or emoticons Do one of the following:
Use the Japanese Kana keyboard: Tap
. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 81 Use the Japanese Romaji keyboard: Tap
, then tap
. Use the Chinese (Simplied) Pinyin or (Traditional) Zhuyin or Pinyin keyboard: Tap
, tap
, then tap
. NAV TITLE: Search for content Use iPad to search for content When you search on iPad, you get results from the Internet, from media and other content on your iPad, from iTunes and the App Store, and from your apps, like Maps and Contacts. Powered by Siri, Search oers suggestions and updates results as you type. In Settings, you can specify which apps you want to be included in search results. Search with iPad 1. Swipe down from the middle of the Home screen. 2. Tap the search eld, then enter what youre looking for. 3. Do any of the following:
Hide the keyboard and see more results on the screen: Tap Search. Open a suggested app: Tap it. Get more information about a search suggestion: Tap it, then tap one of the results to open it. Start a new search: Tap in the search eld. Choose which apps to include in Search 1. Go to Settings
> Siri & Search. 2. Scroll down and tap an app, then turn Show in Search on or o. Turn o Suggestions in Search Go to Settings
> Siri & Search, then turn o Suggestions in Search. Turn o Location Services for suggestions 1. Go to Settings
> Privacy > Location Services. 2. Tap System Services, then turn o Location-Based Suggestions. Search in apps Many apps include a search eld or a search button so you can nd something within the app. For example, in the Maps app, you can search for a specic location. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 82 1. In an app, tap the search eld or button
(if there is one). If you dont see a search eld or button, swipe down from the top. 2. Type your search, then tap Search. Control CenterNAV TITLE: Use and customize Control Center Use and customize Control Center on iPad Control Center gives you instant access to airplane mode, Do Not Disturb, a ashlight, and other handy features. Open Control Center Swipe down from the top-right edge; to close it, swipe up from the bottom. Access more controls in Control Center Many controls oer additional options. To see available options, touch and hold a control. For example, you can do the following in Control Center:
Touch and hold the top-left group of controls, then tap to open the AirDrop options. Touch and hold to take a sele, record a video, scan a QR code, or take a photo. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 83 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Temporarily disconnect from a Wi-Fi network In Control Center, tap
; to reconnect, tap it again. To see the name of the connected Wi-Fi network, touch and hold
. Because Wi-Fi isnt turned o! when you disconnect from a network, AirPlay and AirDrop still work, and iPad joins known networks when you change locations or restart iPad. To turn o! Wi-
Fi, go to Settings
> Wi-Fi. (To turn on Wi-Fi again in Control Center, tap about turning Wi-Fi on or o! in Control Center while in airplane mode, see Choose settings for travel. ) For information Temporarily disconnect from Bluetooth devices In Control Center, tap
; to allow connections, tap the button again. Because Bluetooth isnt turned o! when you disconnect from devices, location accuracy and other services are still enabled. To turn o! Bluetooth, go to Settings o!. To turn on Bluetooth again in Control Center, tap on or o! in Control Center while in airplane mode, see Choose settings for travel.
> Bluetooth, then turn it
. For information about turning Bluetooth Turn o! access to Control Center in apps Go to Settings
> Control Center, then turn o! Access Within Apps. Add and organize controls 1. Go to Settings
> Control Center > Customize Controls. 2. To add or remove controls, tap or
. 3. To rearrange controls, touch next to a control, then drag it to a new position. 84 NAV TITLE: View and organize Today View View and organize Today View on iPad With Today View on iPad, you can get information from your favorite apps, at a glancesee todays headlines, weather, calendar events, Tips, and more. Open Today View Swipe right from the left edge of the Home screen or the Lock screen. Add and organize Today View widgets 1. Open Today View, swipe up, then tap Edit below the Today View widgets. 2. To add or remove widgets, tap or
. 3. To change the order of widgets in Today View, touch
, then drag to a new position. Keep Today View on your Home screen You can keep Today View on your Home screen next to your apps when iPad is in landscape orientation. 1. Open Today View, swipe up, then tap Edit below the Today View widgets. 2. Turn on Keep on Home Screen, then tap Done. Allow access to Today View when iPad is locked APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 85 1. Go to Settings
, then, depending on your model, tap one of the following:
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Enter your passcode. 3. Turn on Today View (below Allow Access When Locked). NAV TITLE: Access features from the Lock screen Access features from the iPad Lock screen The Lock screen, which shows the current time and date and your most recent notications, appears when you turn on or wake iPad. From the Lock screen, you can see notications, open Camera and Control Center, get information from your favorite apps at a glance, and more. Access features and information from the Lock screen 86 You can quickly access the features and information you need most from the Lock screen, even while iPad is locked. Open Camera: Swipe left. (See Take photos with the camera on iPad.) Open Control Center: Swipe down from the top-right corner. (See Use and customize Control Center on iPad.) See earlier notications: Swipe up from the center. (See View and respond to notications on iPad.) See Today View: Swipe right. (See View and organize Today View on iPad.) Start drawing and taking notes: (On supported models) Tap Apple Pencil on the Lock screen. Whatever you create is saved in Notes. To choose what you can access from the Lock screen, see Change access to items when iPad is locked. Show notication previews on the Lock screen 1. Go to Settings
> Notications. 2. Tap Show Previews, then tap Always. Notication previews include text from Messages, lines from Mail messages, and details about Calendar invitations. See View and respond to notications on iPad. NAV TITLE: Travel with iPad Choose iPad settings for travel When you travel with iPad, choose settings that comply with airline requirements. Some airlines let you keep your iPad turned on if you switch to airplane mode. Wi-Fi and Bluetooth are disabled so you cant make or receive FaceTime calls or use features or accessories that require wireless communication, but you can listen to music, play games, watch videos, or use other apps that dont require Internet access. When you travel abroad, you may be able to sign up for cellular service with a carrier in the region youre visiting, right from your iPad (available on iPad Wi-Fi + cellular models with either Touch ID or Face ID). See Connect iPad to a cellular network (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). Turn on airplane mode Open Control Center, then tap
. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 87 You can also turn airplane mode on or o in Settings in the status bar at the top of the screen. When airplane mode is on, appears Turn on Wi-Fi or Bluetooth while in airplane mode If your airline allows it, you can use Wi-Fi or Bluetooth while in airplane mode. 1. Open Control Center, then turn on airplane mode. 2. Tap
(for Wi-Fi) or
(for Bluetooth). If you turn on Wi-Fi or Bluetooth while in airplane mode, it will be on the next time you return to airplane mode. To turn o Wi-Fi or Bluetooth while in airplane mode, open Control Center, then tap or
. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 88 Set Screen Time allowances and limits NAV TITLE: View your Screen Time summary View your Screen Time summary on iPad Screen Time shows you how you use your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Macincluding which apps and websites you spend time with, how often you pick up your iPad, and so on. You can use this information to help you make decisions about managing the time you spend on your devices. You can set allowances and limits for using certain apps and websites, prevent access to explicit music and web content, and more. When you set up Screen Time, it begins building a description of your device use, including:
How much time you spend using apps by category (social networking, entertainment, reading, and so on) A breakdown of your app use by time of day How long you spend using each app, and which apps you used beyond your time limit An overview of the types of notications you get, and which apps are sending you the most notications How often you pick up your device and which apps you usethat is, how many times each app was the rst one used after picking up the device. You can tap each app in your Screen Time summary to see more information about its use. When Screen Time is set up, you can view your summary in Settings Activity. You can see a summary of your device use for the current day or the past week.
> Screen Time > See All APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 89 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE NAV TITLE: Set up Screen Time for yourself Set up Screen Time for yourself on iPad With Screen Time, you can set allowances and limits for your app use, schedule downtime, and more. You can change or turn o! any of these settings at any time. Set downtime You can block apps and notications during periods when you want time away from your devices. 1. Go to Settings
> Screen Time. 2. Tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then tap This is My iPad. 3. Tap Downtime, then turn on Downtime. 4. Select Every Day or Customize Days, then set the start and end times. Set app limits 90 You can set a time limit for a category of apps (for example, Games or Social Networking) and for individual apps. 2. If you havent already turned on Screen Time, tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then 1. Go to Settings
> Screen Time. tap This is My iPad. 3. Tap App Limits, then tap Add Limit. 4. Select one or more app categories. To set limits for individual apps, tap the category name to see all the apps in that category, then select the apps you want to limit. If you select multiple categories or apps, the time limit you set applies to all of them. 5. Tap Next, then set the amount of time allowed. To set an amount of time for each day, tap Customize Days, then set limits for specic days. 6. To set a limit for more apps or categories, tap Choose Apps, then repeat step 5. 7. When you nish setting limits, tap Add to return to the App Limits screen. To temporarily turn o all app limits, tap App Limits on the App Limits screen. To temporarily turn o a limit for a specic category, tap the category, then tap App Limit. To remove a limit for a category, tap the category, then tap Delete Limit. Choose apps you want to allow at all times You can specify apps that you want to be able to use at any time (for example, in the event of an emergency), even during downtime. 1. Go to Settings
> Screen Time. tap This is My iPad. Apps list. 2. If you havent already turned on Screen Time, tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then 3. Tap Always Allowed, then tap or next to an app to add or remove it from the Allowed Set content and privacy restrictions You can block inappropriate content and set restrictions for iTunes Store and App Store purchases. 1. Go to Settings
> Screen Time. tap This is My iPad. 2. If you havent already turned on Screen Time, tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then 3. Tap Content & Privacy Restrictions, turn on Content & Privacy Restrictions, then tap options to set content allowances for iTunes Store and App Store purchases, app use, content ratings, and so on. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 91 You can also set a passcode thats required before changing settings. To share your Screen Time settings and reports across all your devices, make youre signed in with the same Apple ID and Share Across Devices is turned on. NAV TITLE: Set up Screen Time for a family member Set up Screen Time for a family member on iPad Screen Time lets you and your family members see how theyre using their devices and use that information to structure the time they spend on them. You can set up Screen Time for a family member on their device, or, if youve set up Family Sharing, you can set up Screen Time for a family member on your device. See Set up Screen Time for family members on and the Apple Support article Family Sharing and Apple ID for your child. Set downtime and app limits on a family members device 1. On your family members device, go to Settings
> Screen Time. 2. Tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then tap This is My Childs iPad. 3. To schedule downtime for your family member (time away from the screen), enter the start and end times, then tap Set Downtime. 4. To set limits for categories of apps you want to manage (for example, Games or Social Networking), select the categories. To see all the categories, tap Show All Categories. 5. Tap Set, enter an amount of time, then tap Set App Limit. 6. Tap Continue, then enter a Screen Time passcode for managing your family members Screen Time settings. Choose which apps to allow at all times on a family members device You can set which apps you want your family member to be able to use at any time. 1. On your family members device, go to Settings > Screen Time. 2. Tap Always Allowed, then tap or to add or remove an app from the list. Note: If your family member needs health or accessibility apps, make sure theyre in the Allowed Apps list. If Messages isnt always allowed, your family member may not be able to send or receive messages (including to emergency numbers and contacts) during downtime or after the app limit has expired. Set content and privacy restrictions on a family members device You can help ensure that the content on your family members device is age appropriate by limiting the explicitness ratings in Content & Privacy Restrictions. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 92 1. On your family members device, go to Settings
> Screen Time. 2. Tap Content & Privacy Restrictions, then turn on Content & Privacy Restrictions. 3. Choose specic content and privacy options, then tap
. Add or change Screen Time settings for a family member later To add or change Screen Time settings later, follow the steps described in Set up Screen Time for yourself on iPad. Important: If you set up Screen Time for a family member on their device (not through Family Sharing), and you forget the Screen Time passcode, you need to erase iPad before restoring from an iCloud or iTunes backup. (See Restore all content to iPad from a backup.) However, if you set up Screen Time for a family member on your device through Family Sharing and you forget your Screen Time passcode, you can reset it on your device using your device passcode, Touch ID, or Face ID. NAV TITLE: Get a report of your device use Get a report of your device use on iPad When you have Screen Time set up, you can get a report of your device use. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 93 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 1. Go to Settings
> Screen Time. 2. Do one of the following:
Tap See All Activity to see a summary of your weekly use. Tap Day to see a summary of your daily use. You can also view your summary by tapping a Screen Time Weekly Report notication when it appears on your screen. (If the notication disappears, you can nd it in Notication Center. Alternatively, you can add a widget for Screen Time to Today View.) NAV TITLE: Charge and monitor the battery Charge and monitor the iPad battery iPad has an internal, lithium-ion rechargeable battery. Lithium-ion technology currently provides the best performance for your device. Compared with traditional battery technology, lithium-ion batteries are lighter, charge faster, last longer, and have a higher power density for more battery life. 94 To understand how your battery works so you can get the most out of it, see the Apple Lithium-
ion Batteries website. WARNING: For important safety information about the battery and charging iPad, see Important safety information for iPad. Charge the battery To charge your iPad battery, do one of the following:
Connect iPad to a power outlet using the included cable and power adapter. See Accessories included with. A USB-C Charge Cable and USB-C Power Adapter are included with iPad Pro (11-inch) and iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation). A Lightning to USB Cable and USB power adapter are included with other models. Note: Connecting iPad to a power outlet can start an iCloud backup or wireless iTunes syncing. See Connect and your computer using USB and Sync with your computer using iTunes. Connect and your computer using USB. If your Mac or PC doesnt provide enough power to charge iPad, a Not Charging message appears in the status bar. Note: Dont try to charge your iPad by connecting it to your keyboard, unless your keyboard has a high-power USB port. The battery icon in the upper-right corner of the status bar shows the battery level or charging status. When youre syncing or using iPad, it may take longer to charge the battery. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 95 Important: If iPad is connected to a computer thats turned o, the iPad battery may drain instead of charge. Look for on the battery icon to make sure iPad is charging. If iPad is very low on power, it may display an image of a nearly depleted battery, indicating that it needs to charge for up to 10 minutes before you can use it. If iPad is extremely low on power, the display may be blank for up to 2 minutes before the low-battery image appears. WARNING: If you suspect there may be liquid in the Lightning connector or the USB-C connector of iPad, dont use the connector to charge iPad. For information about exposure to liquid, and other important safety information about the battery and charging iPad, see Important safety information for iPad. Show the percentage of battery remaining in the status bar Go to Settings
> Battery, then turn on Battery Percentage. View your battery usage information Go to Settings
> Battery. Information about your battery usage and activity appears for the last 24 hours and up to the last 10 days. Insights and suggestions: You might see insights about conditions or usage patterns that cause iPad to consume energy. You might also see suggestions for lowering energy consumption. If a suggestion appears, you can tap it to go to the related setting. Last Charge Level: Indicates how fully the battery was last charged and the time it was disconnected. Battery Level graph (in Last 24 Hours): Shows the battery level, charging intervals, and periods when iPad was in Low Power Mode or the battery was critically low. Battery Usage graph (in Last 10 Days): Shows the percentage of battery used each day. Activity graph: Shows activity over time, split by whether the screen was on or o. Screen On and Screen O: Shows total activity for the selected time interval, for when the screen was on and when it was o. The Last 10 Days view shows the average per day. Battery Usage by App: Shows the proportion of the battery used by each app in the selected time interval. Activity by App: Shows the amount of time each app was used in the selected time interval. Note: To see battery information for a specic hour or day, tap that time interval in the graph. To deselect it, tap outside the graph. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 96 Rechargeable batteries, like those found in iPad, have a limited number of charge cycles and may eventually need to be replaced. The iPad battery should be replaced by Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider. See the Battery service and recycling website. To understand how your battery works so you can get the most out of it, see the Apple Lithium-
ion Batteries website. NAV TITLE: Learn the meaning of the status icons Learn the meaning of the iPad status icons The icons in the status bar at the top of the screen provide information about iPad:
(table aria-label=Status icon meanings) Status icon What it means Wi-Fi iPad has a Wi-Fi Internet connection. The more bars, the stronger the connection. See Connect iPad to a Wi-Fi network. Cell signal iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is in range of the cellular network. If theres no signal, No service appears. Airplane mode Airplane mode is on. Nonwireless features are available, but wireless functions may be disabled. See Choose iPad settings for travel
. LTE iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the Internet over a 4G LTE network (not available in all regions). See View or change cellular settings on iPad. 5G E Your carriers 5G E network is available, and supported models can connect to the Internet over that network (not available in all regions). See View or change cellular settings on iPad. 4G iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the Internet over a 4G network. (not available in all regions). See View or change cellular settings on iPad. 3G iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the Internet over a 3G network. See View or change cellular settings on iPad. EDGE iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the Internet over an EDGE network. See View or change cellular settings on iPad. GPRS iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the Internet over a GPRS network. See View or change cellular settings on iPad. Personal Hotspot iPad is connected to the Internet through the Personal Hotspot of another device. See Use Instant Hotspot. Personal Hotspot Indicator A blue bubble or bar indicates that iPad is either providing a Personal Hotspot or Screen Mirroring, or an app is actively using your location. See Share your Internet connection. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 97 Call Indicator A green bubble or bar indicates that iPad is on a call. See Make and receive Wi-Fi calls on. Recording Indicator A red bubble or bar indicates that iPad is either recording sound or recording your screen. See Make a recording in Voice Memos on. Syncing iPad is syncing with iTunes. Sync with your computer using iTunes. Activity There is network or other activity. Some third-party apps use this icon to show app activity. VPN iPad is connected to a network using VPN. See Use VPN on iPad. Lock iPad is locked. See Access features from the iPad Lock screen. RTT RTT is turned on. See Set up and use RTT on. Do Not Disturb Do Not Disturb is turned on. See Set Do Not Disturb on iPad. Orientation lock Screen orientation is locked. See Change or lock the screen orientation on iPad. Location Services An app is using Location Services. See Set which apps can access your location on iPad. Alarm An alarm is set. See Set an alarm or bedtime schedule on. Headphones connected iPad is paired with Bluetooth headphones that are turned on and within Bluetooth range. See Connect Bluetooth devices to. Bluetooth battery Shows the battery level of a supported paired Bluetooth device. Battery Shows the battery level or charging status. See Charge and monitor the iPad battery. Battery Charging Shows the iPad battery is charging. See Charge and monitor the iPad battery. Siri Ask SiriNAV TITLE: Ask Siri APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 98 Ask Siri on iPad Talking to Siri is a quick way to get things done. Ask Siri to translate a phrase, set a timer, nd a location, report on the weather, and more. The more you use Siri, the better it knows what you need. To use Siri, iPad must be connected to the Internet. Cellular charges may apply. If you didnt set up Siri when you rst set up your iPad, go to Settings turn on the following:
> Siri & Search, then Set up Siri Listen for Hey Siri Press Home for Siri (models with the Home button) or Press Top Button for Siri (other models) Summon Siri with your voice 1. Say Hey Siri, then ask Siri a question or to do a task for you. For example, say something like Hey Siri, hows the weather today? or Hey Siri, set an alarm for 8 a.m. 2. To ask Siri another question or to do another task, tap
. Note: To prevent iPad from responding to Hey Siri, place your iPad face down, or go to Settings
> Siri & Search, then turn o Listen for Hey Siri. Summon Siri with a button 1. Do one of the following:
Models with the Home button: Press and hold the Home button. Other models: Press and hold the top button. AirPods: (Available separately) Double-tap an AirPod. EarPods with Remote and Mic: (Available separately) Press and hold the center or call button. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 99 2. When Siri appears, ask Siri a question or to do a task for you. For example, say something like Whats 18 percent of 225? or Set the timer for 3 minutes. 3. To ask Siri another question or to do another task, tap
. Make a correction if Siri misunderstands you Rephrase your request: Tap
, then say your request in a dierent way. Spell out part of your request: Tap Siri didnt understand. For example, say Call, then spell the persons name.
, then repeat your request by spelling out any words that Edit your request with text: Above the response from Siri, tap Tap to Edit, then use the onscreen keyboard. Change a message before sending it: Say Change it. Type instead of speaking to Siri 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Siri, then turn on Type to Siri. 2. To make a request, summon Siri, then use the keyboard and text eld to ask Siri a question or to do a task for you. Siri is designed to protect your information, and you can choose what you share. To learn more, go to Settings
> Siri & Search > About Ask Siri & Privacy. NAV TITLE: Find out what else Siri can do Find out what Siri can do on iPad Use Siri on iPad to get information and perform tasks. Find answers to your questions: Find information from the web, get sports scores, get arithmetic calculations, and more. Say something like Hey Siri, what causes a rainbow, Hey Siri, what was the score of the Orioles game yesterday, or Hey Siri, whats the derivative of cosine x?
When Siri displays a web link, you can tap it to see more information in Safari. Perform tasks with apps on iPad: Use Siri to control apps with your voice. For example, to create an event in Calendar, say something like Hey Siri, set up a meeting with Gordon at 9, or to add an item to Reminders, say something like Hey Siri, add artichokes to my groceries list. When the onscreen response from Siri includes buttons or controls, you can tap them to take further action. Translate languages: Say something like Hey Siri, how do you say Thank You in Mandarin?
or Hey Siri, what languages can you translate?
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 100 Play a radio station: Say something like Hey Siri, play Wild 94.9 or Hey Siri, tune into ESPN Radio. Let Siri show you more examples: Say something like Hey Siri, what can you do? You can also tap after you summon Siri. Additional examples appear throughout this guide. To learn more about Siri, go to the Siri website. NAV TITLE: Tell Siri about yourself Tell Siri about yourself on iPad If you tell Siri about yourselfincluding things like your home and work addresses, and your relationshipsyou can get personalized service so you can say things like Send a message to my husband and FaceTime mom. Tell Siri who you are 1. Open Contacts
, then ll out your contact information. 2. Go to Settings
> Siri & Search > My Information, then tap your name. Tell Siri how to say your name Say something like Hey Siri, learn to pronounce my name. Tell Siri about a relationship Say something like Hey Siri, Eliza Block is my wife or Hey Siri, Ashley Kamin is my mom. Keep what Siri knows about you up to date on your Apple devices On each device, go to Settings
, then sign in with the same Apple ID. Your personal information is encrypted and remains private. To prevent Siri information from being updated between iPad and your other devices, go to Settings > [your name] > iCloud, then turn o Siri. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 101 Note: Siri uses Location Services when your requests require knowing your location. When Location Services is turned on, the location of your device at the time you make a request is sent to Apple to improve the accuracy of responses from Siri. See Set which apps can access your location on iPad. NAV TITLE: Add Siri Shortcuts Add Siri Shortcuts on iPad Some apps oer shortcuts for things you do frequently, so you can ask Siri to do them for you. For example, a travel app might let you view your upcoming trip event just by asking Siri Where am I going next?
Add a shortcut: Tap Add to Siri, then follow the onscreen instructions to record a phrase of your choice that performs the shortcut. Use the shortcut: Summon Siri, then speak your phrase for the shortcut. See Ask Siri on iPad. Based on your routines and how you use your apps, Siri also suggests shortcuts on the Lock screen and when you start a search. To turn o shortcut suggestions for an app, go to Settings
> Siri & Search, tap the app, then turn o Suggest Shortcuts. For information about how to manage, re-record, and delete shortcuts, see the Shortcuts User Guide. NAV TITLE: About Siri Suggestions About Siri Suggestions on iPad Siri makes suggestions for what you might want to do next, such as conrm an appointment or send an email, based on your routines and how you use your apps. For example, Siri might help when you do any of the following:
Glance at the Lock screen or start a search: As Siri learns your routines, you get suggestions for just what you need, at just the right time. For example, if you frequently order coee mid morning, Siri may suggest your order near the time you normally place it. Create email and events: When you start adding people to an email or calendar event, Siri suggests the people you included in previous emails or events. Leave for an event: If your calendar event includes a location, Siri assesses trac conditions and noties you when to leave. See your ight status: If you have a boarding pass in Mail, Siri shows your ight status in Maps. You can tap the suggestion when youre ready to get directions to the airport. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 102 Type: As you enter text, Siri can suggest names of movies, placesanything you viewed on iPad recently. If you tell a friend youre on your way, Siri can even suggest your estimated arrival time. Search in Safari: Siri suggests websites and other information in the search eld as you type.
(iPad Air 2 and later) Above the keyboard, Siri also suggests words and phrases based on what you were just reading. Conrm an appointment or book a ight on a travel website: (iPad Air 2 and later) Siri asks if you want to add it to your calendar. Read News stories: As Siri learns which topics youre interested in, theyll be suggested in News. To turn o Siri Suggestions, go to Settings
> Siri & Search, then turn o any of the following:
Suggestions in Search Suggestions in Lookup Suggestions on Lock Screen For a specic app, tap the app, then turn o Show Siri Suggestions. Your personal informationwhich is encrypted and remains privatestays up to date across all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. As Siri learns about you on one device, your experience with Siri is improved on your other devices. Siri is designed to protect your information, and you can choose what you share. To learn more, go to Settings
> Siri & Search > About Search Suggestions & Privacy. NAV TITLE: Change Siri settings Change Siri settings on iPad You can change the voice for Siri, prevent access to Siri when your device is locked, and more. Change Siri settings Go to Settings
> Siri & Search, then do any of the following:
Change the voice for Siri: (not available in all languages) Tap Siri Voice, then choose a male or female voice for Siri or change the accent. Prevent Siri from responding to the voice command Hey Siri: Turn o Listen for Hey Siri. Prevent Siri from responding to the Home button or the top button: Turn o Press Home for Siri (models with the Home button) or Press Top Button for Siri (other models). Change the language Siri responds to: Tap Language. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 103 Limit when Siri provides voice feedback: If you dont want Siri to always provide voice feedback, tap Voice Feedback, then choose an option. Prevent access to Siri when iPad is locked: Turn o Allow Siri When Locked. Adjust the Siri voice volume Use the volume buttons. See Adjust the volume on iPad. App basics NAV TITLE: Switch between apps Switch between apps on iPad Use the Dock, the App Switcher, or a gesture to quickly switch from one app to another on your iPad. When you switch back, you can pick up right where you left o. Open an app from the Dock From any app, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen and pause to reveal the Dock, then tap the app you want to use. Favorite apps are on the left side of the Dock, and suggested appslike ones you opened recently and ones open on your iPhone or Macappear on the right side of the Dock. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 104 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Use the App Switcher 1. To see all your open apps in the App Switcher, do one of the following:
Swipe up from the bottom edge and pause in the center of the screen. Double-click the Home button (models with the Home button). 2. To browse the open apps, swipe right, then tap the app or Split View workspace you want to use. 105 Switch between open apps Swipe left or right with four or ve ngers. Swipe left or right with one nger along the bottom edge of the screen. (On models with a Home button, perform this gesture with a slight arc.) To turn o the multinger swipe gesture, go to Settings
> General > Multitasking & Dock. NAV TITLE: Move and organize apps Move and organize apps on iPad Rearrange the apps on the Home screen, organize them in folders, and move them to other pages (or screens). You can also reorder your pages. Move apps around the Home screen, into the Dock, or to other pages 1. Touch and hold any app on the screen until the app icons jiggle. 2. Drag an app to one of the following locations:
Another location on the same page The Dock at the bottom of the screen Another pagedrag the app to the right edge of the screen. You might need to wait a second for the new page to appear. The dots above the Dock show how many pages you have, and which one youre viewing. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 106 3. When youre done, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen or press the Home button
(models with the Home button). Create folders and organize your apps You can group your apps in folders to help you nd them more easily on the Home screen. 1. Touch and hold any app on the screen until the app icons jiggle. 2. To create a folder, drag an app onto another app. 3. Drag other apps into the folder. You can have multiple pages of apps in the folder. 4. To rename the folder, tap the name eld, then enter the new name. 5. When youre done, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen or press the Home button
(models with the Home button). To delete a folder, drag all the apps out of the folder. The folder is automatically deleted. Reset the Home screen and apps to their original layout 1. Go to Settings
> General > Reset. 2. Tap Reset Home Screen Layout. Any folders youve created are removed, and apps youve downloaded are alphabetically ordered after apps that came with your iPad. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 107 NAV TITLE: Remove apps Remove apps from iPad You can easily remove apps from your iPad. If you change your mind, you can download the apps again later. Remove apps from the Home screen 1. Touch and hold an app on the Home screen until the app icons jiggle. 2. Tap on the app you want to remove, then tap Delete. 3. When youre done, swipe up from the bottom edge or press the Home button (models with the Home button). If you change your mind, you can redownload apps youve removed. In addition to removing third-party apps, you can remove the following built-in Apple apps that came with your iPad:
Contacts (Contact information remains available through Messages, Mail, FaceTime, and other apps. To remove a contact, you must restore Contacts.) Books Calendar FaceTime Files Find My Home iTunes Store Mail Maps Measure Music News Notes Photo Booth Podcasts Reminders APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 108 Shortcuts Stocks Tips TV Voice Memos Note: When you remove a built-in app from your Home screen, you also remove any related user data and conguration les. Removing built-in apps from your Home screen can aect other system functionality. See the Apple Support article Remove built-in Apple apps from the Home screen. NAV TITLE: Keep apps handy Keep your favorite apps readily available on iPad On iPad, you can keep your favorite apps handy in Control Center or Today View. In Control Center, shortcuts give you quick access to apps like Notes or Voice Memos. In Today View, widgets provide timely information from your favorite apps at a glance. You can also perform common app functions from the Home screen. On the Home screen, touch and hold an app icon to open a quick actions menu. Customize Control Center to include your favorite apps You can add shortcuts to many apps, such as Notes, Voice Memos, and more. 1. Go to Settings
> Control Center > Customize Controls. 2. Tap next to each app you want to add. Add widgets in Today View Get information from your favorite apps at a glance. Choose from Maps Nearby, Calendar, Notes, News, Reminders, and more. 1. From the Home screen, swipe right to open Today View. 2. Scroll to the bottom, then tap Edit. 3. Tap next to each app you want to add, then tap Done. Perform quick actions from the Home screen On the Home screen, touch and hold app icons to open quick actions menus. For example:
Touch and hold Camera
, then choose Take Sele. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 109 Touch and hold Maps
, then choose Send My Location. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Touch and hold Notes
, then choose New Note. Note: If you touch and hold an app icon for too long before choosing a quick action, the icons begin to jiggle. Tap Done or press the Home button (models with a Home button), then try again. Use Markup NAV TITLE: Draw in apps Draw in apps with Markup on iPad In supported apps such as Messages, Mail, Notes, and Books, you can annotate photos, screenshots, PDFs, and more using built-in drawing tools. 110 Show, move, and hide the Markup toolbar To show the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap or Markup, then do any of the following:
Move the Markup toolbar: Drag the toolbar to any edge of the screen.
(Drag from the middle edge of the toolbar closest to the center of the screen.) Automatically minimize the toolbar when youre drawing or entering text: Tap Auto-minize.
, then turn on To show the full toolbar again, tap the minimized version. Hide the toolbar: Tap or Done. Draw with Markup In the Markup toolbar, tap the pen, marker, or pencil tool, then write or draw with your nger or Apple Pencil (supported models). Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar on supported app, tap minimized, tap its minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is While drawing, do any of the following:
Change the line weight: Tap the drawing tool in the toolbar, then choose an option. Change the opacity: Tap the drawing tool in the toolbar, then drag the slider. Change the color: Choose a color from the color picker in the toolbar. Undo a mistake: Tap
. Draw a straight line: Tap the ruler tool in the toolbar, then draw a line along the edge of the ruler. To change the angle of the ruler, touch and hold the ruler with two ngers, then rotate your ngers. To move the ruler without changing its angle, drag it with one nger. To make the ruler disappear, tap the ruler tool again. Erase a mistake Tap the eraser tool in the Markup toolbar in a supported app, then do one of the following:
Erase with the pixel eraser: Scrub over the mistake with your nger or Apple Pencil. Erase with the object eraser: Touch the object with your nger or Apple Pencil. Switch between the pixel and the object erasers: Tap the eraser tool again, then choose Pixel Eraser or Object Eraser. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 111 Move elements of your drawing 1. In the Markup toolbar, tap the lasso tool (between the erasure and ruler tools), then drag around the elements to make a selection. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap is minimized, tap its minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar 2. Lift your nger or Apple Pencil, then drag your selection to a new location. Tip: You can take a screenshot and immediately begin marking it up with Apple Pencil by swiping up from the bottom-left corner of the screen. To mark up a screenshot right after you take it if you dont have Apple Pencil, tap the thumbnail that appears for a few moments in the bottom-left corner of the screen. NAV TITLE: Add text, shapes, and signatures Add text, shapes, and signatures with Markup on iPad In supported apps, you can use Markup to add text, speech bubbles, shapes, and signatures. Add text 1. In the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap
, then tap Text. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap its minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap 2. Double-tap the text box. 3. Use the keyboard to enter text. To change text after you add it, tap the text to select it, then do any of the following:
Change the font, size, or layout: Tap in the toolbar, then choose an option. Delete, edit, or duplicate the text: Tap Edit, then choose an option. Move the text: Drag it. To hide the Markup toolbar when you nish, tap or Done. Add a shape 1. In the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap
, then choose a shape. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap its minimized version. To adjust the shape, do any of the following:
Move the shape: Drag it. or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 112 Resize the shape: Drag any blue dot along the shapes outline. Change the outline color: Tap a color in the color picker. Fill the shape with color or change the line thickness: Tap
, then choose an option. Adjust the form of an arrow or speech bubble shape: Drag a green dot. Delete or duplicate a shape: Tap it, then choose an option. To hide the Markup toolbar when you nish, tap or Done. Add your signature In the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap
, then choose Signature. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its To hide the Markup toolbar when you nish, tap or Done. Zoom in or magnify in Markup on iPad In Markup on supported apps, zoom in to draw the details. Use the magnier when you only need to see the details. While using Markup in a supported app, pinch open so you can draw, adjust shapes, and more, up close. To pan when youre zoomed in, drag two ngers. To zoom back out, pinch closed. Zoom in Magnify In the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap
, then tap Magnier. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its To change the magniers characteristics, do any of the following:
Change the magnication level: Drag the green dot on the magnier. Change the size of the magnier: Drag the blue dot on the magnier. Move the magnier: Drag it. Change the outline thickness of the magnier: Tap
, then choose an option. Change the outline color of the magnier: Choose an option from the color picker. Remove or duplicate the magnier: Tap its outline, then tap Delete or Duplicate. To hide the Markup toolbar when you nish, tap or Done. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 113 NAV TITLE: Install app extensions Install and manage app extensions on iPad Some apps let you extend the functionality of your iPad. An app extension may appear as a sharing option, an action option, a widget in Today View, a le provider, or a custom keyboard. For example, if you download Pinterest, Pinterest becomes another option for sharing when you click
. App extensions can also help you edit a photo or video in your Photos app. For example, you can download a photo-related app that lets you apply lters to photos. See the Apple Support article How to edit with third-party apps and extensions in Photos. 1. Tap
, then tap More. (You may need to swipe the options left to reveal More.) Download and install app extensions 1. Download the app from the App Store. 2. Open the app, then follow the onscreen instructions. Manage sharing or action options 2. Turn the sharing or action options on or o. 3. To reorder the options, touch and drag
. 4. Tap Done. Use multiple apps simultaneously NAV TITLE: Open two items in Split View Open two items in Split View on iPad Open two dierent apps, or two windows from the same app, by splitting the screen into resizable views. For example, open Messages and Maps at the same time in Split View. Or open two Messages windows in Split View and manage two conversations at the same time. Open a second item in Split View 1. While using an app, swipe up from the bottom edge and pause to reveal the Dock. 2. Touch and hold an app in the Dock, drag it to the right or left edge of the screen, then lift your nger. If two items are already open in Split View, drag over the item you want to replace. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 114 To give both views equal space, drag the divider to the center of the screen. Close Split View Drag the app divider to the left or right edge of the screen, depending on which app you want to close. Turn Split View into Slide Over Swipe down from the top of the smaller view. See Open an app in Slide Over on iPad. On supported models, you can use Split View and Slide Over simultaneously. NAV TITLE: Open an app in Slide Over Open an app in Slide Over on iPad You can use an app that slides in front of another app or in front of itself. For example, open Messages in Slide Over to carry on a conversion while using Maps. iPad keeps track of the apps you open in Slide Over so that you can switch between them easily. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 115 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Open another app in Slide Over 1. While using an app, swipe up from the bottom edge and pause to reveal the Dock. 2. Touch and hold an app in the Dock, then drag it above the Dock. If an app is already open in Slide Over, its replaced by the app you drag from the Dock. To open a third app in Slide Over when the screen is in Split View (on supported models), drag the app from the Dock to the Split View divider. (See Open two items in Split View on iPad.) Switch between apps in Slide Over 116 Swipe right along the bottom of the Slide Over window, or do the following:
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 1. Swipe up from the bottom of the Slide Over window. 2. Swipe right, then tap the window you want to view. Move the Slide Over window Do one of the following:
Move the Slide Over window to the other side of the screen: Drag from the top of the Slide Over window. Remove the Slide Over window: Drag the top of the window o! the right edge of the screen. Move the Slide Over window back onto the screen: From any open app, swipe left from the right edge of the screen. Turn Slide Over into Split View Drag the top of the Slide Over window to the lower right or lower left of the screen. On supported models, you can use Slide Over and Split View simultaneously. See Open two items in Split View on iPad. NAV TITLE: View all of an apps workspaces View all of an apps workspaces You can view all windows from an app, including those in Split View and Slide Over. From an open app: Tap the app icon in the Dock. 117 Swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen if you dont see the Dock. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE From the Home screen: Touch and hold an app icon, then choose the Show All Windows quick action. For an app in the Dock, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen if you dont see the Dock. Note: If you touch and hold an app icon for too long before choosing a quick action, the icons begin to jiggle. Tap Done or press the Home button (models with a Home button), then try again. NAV TITLE: Multitask with Picture in Picture Multitask with Picture in Picture on iPad With Picture in Picture, you can use FaceTime or watch a video while you use other apps. When using FaceTime or watching a video, tap Home button). or press the Home button (models with the The video window scales down to a corner of your display so you can see the Home screen and open other apps. With the video window showing, you can do any of the following:
Resize the video window: To make the small video window larger, pinch open. To shrink it again, pinch closed. Show and hide controls: Tap the video window. Move the video window: Drag it to a di!erent corner of the screen. Hide the video window: Drag it o! the left or right edge of the screen. 118 Close the video window: Tap
. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Return to a full FaceTime or video screen: Tap in the small video window. Move items with drag and dropNAV TITLE: Drag and drop Move items with drag and drop on iPad With drag and drop, you can use a nger to move text and items within an app and copy items from one app to another. For example, you can drag an image from Notes into an email. (Not all third-party apps support drag and drop.) Move an item 1. Touch and hold the item until it lifts up (if its text, select it rst). 2. Drag it to another location within the app. If you drag to the bottom or top of a long document, it automatically scrolls. 1. Open two apps in Split View or in Slide Over, then touch and hold the item until it lifts up (if its Copy an item between open apps text, select it rst). 2. Drag it to the other app. As you drag, long document, it automatically scrolls. appears wherever you can drop the item. If you drag to the bottom or top of a 119 Tip: If you want to drag the item to a new note or email, for example, open the new note or email rst so you can drag the item directly to it. Drag a link to a Split View or Slide Over window Touch and hold the link until it lifts up, then do one of the following:
Replace a Split View or Slide Over window with the links destination: Drag the link to the window. Open the links destination in a Split View of Slide Over window: When there is no Split View or Slide Over window showing, drag the link to the left or right edge of the screen to open the destination in Split View, or drag the link close to the edge to open in Slide Over. Copy an item to an app on the Home screen or in the Dock 1. Touch and hold the item until it lifts up (if its text, select it rst). 2. While you continue to hold the item, use another nger to swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen and pause to reveal the Dock or press the Home button (models with the Home button). 3. Drag the item over the other app to open it (a ghost image of the item appears under your nger as you drag). You can drag over items in the app to navigate to where you want to drop the item (as you drag, appears wherever you can drop the item). For example, you can drag over the notes list to open the note where you want to drop the item, or you can use another nger to open a new note where you can drop the item. If you change your mind about moving an item, lift your nger before dragging, or drag the item o the screen. 1. Touch and hold the rst selected item, drag it slightly, and continue holding it. 2. While still holding the rst item, tap additional items with another nger. A badge indicates the Select multiple items to move number of selected items. 3. Drag all of the items together. If you change your mind about moving items, lift your nger before dragging, or drag the items o the screen. NAV TITLE: Use AirDrop to send items Use AirDrop on iPad to send items to devices near you APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 120 With AirDrop you can wirelessly send your photos, videos, websites, locations, and more to other nearby devices and Mac computers (iOS 7, iPadOS 13, OS X 10.10, or later required). AirDrop transfers information using Wi-Fi and Bluetoothboth must be turned on. To use AirDrop, you need to be signed in with your Apple ID. Transfers are encrypted for security. 1. Open the item, then tap
, Share, AirDrop,
, or another button that displays the apps Send an item using AirDrop sharing options. 2. Do one of the following:
Tap in the row of share options, then tap the prole picture of a nearby AirDrop user. Above the row of share options, choose one of the people you know who have nearby devices available for AirDrop. Their prole pictures appear with
. If the person doesnt appear as a nearby AirDrop user, ask them to open Control Center on iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch and allow AirDrop to receive items. To send to someone on a Mac, ask them to allow themselves to be discovered in AirDrop in the Finder. To send an item using an option other than AirDrop, choose the optionfor example, Messages or Mailfrom the row of sharing options (options vary by app). Siri may also suggest ways to share with the people you know by displaying their prole pictures and icons representing sharing methods, such as Messages or Mail. You can also use AirDrop to securely share app and website passwords with with someone using an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or a Mac. See Share website and app passwords with AirDrop on iPad. Allow others to send items to your iPad using AirDrop 1. Open Control Center, then tap
. If you dont see
, touch and hold the top-left group of controls. 2. Tap Contacts Only or Everyone to choose who you want to receive items from. You can accept or decline each request as it arrives. NAV TITLE: Quit and restart an app Quit and restart an app on iPad If an app isnt working properly, you can quit it and then try to reopen it. Restarting the app may resolve the problem. (Typically, there is no reason to quit an app; quitting it doesnt save battery power, for example.) 1. To quit an app, open the App Switcher, then swipe up on the app. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 121 2. To restart the app, go to the Home screen, then tap the app. If restarting the app doesnt solve your problem, try restarting iPad. App Store NAV TITLE: Get apps, games, and fonts Get apps, games, and fonts in the App Store on iPad In the App Store app learn tips and tricks. You can also subscribe to Apple Arcade (not available in all regions), a gaming service that gives you access to over 100 games on iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, and Apple TV.
, you can discover new apps and games, download custom fonts, and Find apps, games, and fonts Ask Siri. Say something like: Search the App Store for cooking apps or Get the Minecraft app. Learn how to ask Siri. You can also tap any of the following:
Today: Discover featured stories and apps. Games or Apps: Explore new releases, see the top charts, or browse by category. Arcade: Subscribe to Apple Arcade and access over 100 games on your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, and Apple TV. Search: Enter what youre looking for, then tap Search on the keyboard. Buy and download an app 1. To buy an app, tap the price. If the app is free, tap Get. instead of a price, you already purchased the app, and you can download it 2. If required, authenticate your Apple ID with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode to complete While the app is downloading, its icon appears on the Home screen with a progress indicator. If you see again without a charge. your purchase. Install fonts APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 122 You can get fonts from the App Store to use in documents you create on iPad. 1. After you download an app containing fonts from the App Store, open the app to install the fonts. 2. To manage installed fonts, go to Settings > General > Fonts. Share or give an app 1. Tap the app to see its details. 2. Tap
, then tap Share or Gift App (not available for all apps). Give or redeem an App Store & iTunes gift card 1. Tap or your prole picture at the top right. 2. Tap one of the following:
Redeem Gift Card or Code Send Gift Card by Email Note: You need an Internet connection and an Apple ID to use the App Store. The availability of the App Store and its features (such as Apple Arcade) varies by country or region. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. NAV TITLE: Manage purchases, subscriptions, and settings Manage your App Store purchases, subscriptions, and settings on iPad In the App Store app made by you or other family members. You can also customize your preferences for the App Store in Settings.
, you can manage subscriptions and review and download purchases Approve purchases with Family Sharing With Family Sharing set up, the family organizer can review and approve purchases made by other family members under a certain age. See Set up Family Sharing on and Set content and privacy restrictions. View and redownload eligible apps purchased by you or family members 1. Tap or your prole picture at the top right, then tap Purchased. 2. If you set up Family Sharing, tap My Purchases or choose a family member to view their purchases. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 123 Note: You can see purchases made by family members only if they choose to share their purchases. Purchases made with Family Sharing may not be accessible after the family member leaves the family group. 3. Find the app you want to download, then tap
. Manage your subscriptions Tap or your prole picture at the top right, then tap Subscriptions. Change your App Store settings Go to Settings
> [your name] > iTunes & App Store, then do any of the following:
Automatically download apps purchased on your other Apple devices: Below Automatic Downloads, turn on Apps. Automatically update apps: Turn on App Updates. Control the use of cellular data for app downloads: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) To allow downloads to use cellular data, turn on Automatic Downloads. To choose whether you want to be asked for permission for downloads over 200 MB or all apps, tap App Downloads. Automatically play app preview videos: Turn on Video Autoplay. Books NAV TITLE: Find and download books Buy books from Apple Books on iPad With the Books app then read or listen to them right in the app.
, you can purchase books and audiobooks directly from Apple Books and 1. Open Books, then tap Book Store or Audiobooks to browse titles, or tap Search to look for a 2. Tap a book cover to see more details, read or listen to a sample, or add the book to your Want specic title. to Read collection. 3. Tap Buy to purchase a title, or tap Get to download a free title. All purchases are made with the payment method associated with your Apple ID. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 124 NAV TITLE: Read books APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Read books in the Books app on iPad In the Books app the books youre currently reading, get personalized recommendations, learn about new releases, and keep track of the books you want to read.
, use the Reading Now and Library tabs at the bottom of the screen to see Reading Now: Tap to access the last book or audiobook that you were reading. You can also see items that you added to your Want To Read list and recommendations based on books youve purchased. Library: Tap to see all of the books, audiobooks, series, and PDFs that you got from the Book Store or manually added to your library. Read a book Tap the Reading Now or Library tab, then tap a cover to open a book. Use gestures and controls to navigate as follows:
Turn the page: Tap the right side of the page or swipe right to left. Go back to the previous page: Tap the left side of the page or swipe left to right. 125 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Go to a specic page: Tap the page and move the slider at the bottom of the screen left or right. Or, tap and enter a page number, then tap the page number in the search results. Close a book: Tap the center of the page to show the controls, then tap
. Tip: Turn iPad to landscape orientation to view two pages at once. Change text and display appearance Tap the page, tap
, then do any of the following:
Adjust the screen brightness: Drag the slider left or right. Change the font size: Tap the large A to increase the font size or tap the small A to decrease it. Change the font: Tap Fonts to choose a di!erent font. Change the page background color: Tap a colored circle. Dim the screen when its dark: Turn on Auto-Night Theme to automatically change the page color and brightness when using Books in low-light conditions. (Not all books support Auto-
Night Theme.) Turn o! pagination: Turn Scrolling View on to scroll continuously through the book. 126 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Bookmark a page When you close a book, your place is saved automaticallyyou dont need to add a bookmark. Bookmark pages you want to return to again. Tap to add a bookmark; tap it again to remove the Bookmark. To see all your bookmarks, tap
, then tap Bookmarks. Highlight or underline text 1. Touch and hold a word, then move the grab points to adjust the selection. 2. Tap Highlight, then tap to choose a highlight color or underline. To remove a highlight or underline, tap the text, then tap
. To see all of your highlights, tap
, then tap Notes. Add a note 1. Touch and hold a word, then move the grab points to adjust the selection. 2. Tap Note, then enter note text. 3. Tap the page to close the note and continue reading. To see all of your notes, tap
, then tap Notes. Swipe left on a note to delete it. Share a selection You can send text selections using AirDrop, Mail, or Messages, or you can add the selection to Notes. If the book is from the Book Store, a link to the book is included with the selection.
(Sharing may not be available in all regions.) 1. Touch and hold a word, then move the grab points to adjust the selection. 2. Tap Share, then choose a method. You can also send a link to view the book in the Book Store. Tap a page, tap
, then tap
. 127 Access your books on all your devices You can keep your Books information up to date across all your devices where youre signed in to iCloud using the same Apple ID. Reading Now and Library: Go to Settings iCloud Drive and Books. Then go to Settings > Books, and turn on Reading Now.
> [your name] > iCloud, and turn on both Reading position, notes, and highlights: Go to Settings both iCloud Drive and Books.
> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on NAV TITLE: Listen to audiobooks Listen to audiobooks in Books on iPad to listen to audiobooks on your iPad. Use the Books app The Audiobooks collection in the Library tab shows all of the audiobooks youve bought. Play an audiobook In Reading Now or in the Audiobooks collection in your Library, tap the cover, then do any of the following:
Skip forward or back: Touch and hold the rounded arrows, or slide and hold the book cover. To change the number of seconds that skipping advances, go to Settings
> Books. Speed it up, or slow it down: Tap the playback speed in the lower-left corner to choose a dierent speed. 1x is normal speed, 0.75x is three-quarters speed, and so on. Set a sleep timer: Tap
, then choose a duration. Go to a chapter: Tap
, then tap a chapter. Note: Some audiobooks refer to chapters as tracks, or dont dene chapters. Go to a specic time: Drag the playhead, directly below the audiobook cover. The point where you started listening is marked with a gray circle on the timeline. Tap the circle to jump back to that spot. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 128 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE NAV TITLE: Set Reading Goals Set Reading Goals in Books on iPad The Books app many books and audiobooks you nish each year. You can customize your goals to spend more time reading, set new reading streaks, and share your achievements with friends. helps you keep track of how many minutes you read every day, and how Change your daily reading goal You can adjust your daily reading goal depending on how many minutes you want to read per day. If you dont customize your daily reading goal, its set to ve minutes per day. 1. Tap the Reading Now tab, then swipe down to Reading Goals. 2. Tap the reading indicator, then tap Adjust Goal. 3. Set the minutes per day, then tap Done. When you reach your daily reading goal, you receive a notication from Books; tap it to get more details about your achievement, or send your achievement to friends. 129 Change your yearly reading goal After you nish reading a book or audiobook in Books, the Books Read This Year collection appears below Reading Goals. The default yearly reading goal is three books per year, but you can increase or decrease your goal depending on how many books you want to nish. 1. Tap the Reading Now tab, then swipe down to Books Read This Year. 2. Tap a gray placeholder square, or a book cover. 3. Tap Adjust Goal, then set the number of books per year that you want to read. 4. Tap Done. When you reach your yearly reading goal, you receive a notication from Books; tap it to get more details about your achievement, or send your achievement to friends. See your reading streaks and records Books lets you know how many days in a row you reach your daily reading goal and noties you when you set a record. To view your current reading streak and record, tap the Reading Now tab, then swipe down to Reading Goals. Turn o notications and Reading Goals Turn o notications: To stop receiving notications when you achieve a reading goal or set a reading streak, tap your account in the top-right corner of the Reading Now tab, tap Notications, then turn o Reading Goals. Turn o Reading Goals: Go to Settings Goals is turned o, the reading indicators in Reading Now are hidden and you dont receive notications.
> Books > then turn o Reading Goals. When Reading NAV TITLE: Organize books Organize books in the Books app on iPad In the Books app automatically sorted into collections, such as Audiobooks, Want to Read, and Finished.
, the books and audiobooks you purchase are saved in your library and Create a collection and add books to it You can create your own collections to personalize your library. 1. Tap Library, tap Collections, then tap New Collection. 2. Name the collection, for example, Beach Reads or Book Club, then tap Done. 3. To add a book to the collection, tap below the book cover (or on the books details page in the Book Store), tap Add to Collection, then choose the collection. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 130 You can add the same book to multiple collections. Sort books in your library Tap Library, tap Sort, then choose Recent, Title, Author, or Manually. Tap to view books by title or cover. Remove books, audiobooks, and PDFs You can remove books, audiobooks, and PDFs from Reading Now and your library collections, or hide them on your iPad. 1. Tap Library, then tap Edit. For audiobooks, tap Library, then go to the Audiobooks collection. 2. Tap the items you want to remove. 3. Tap and select an option. To unhide books that you have hidden, tap Reading Now, tap your account icon, then tap Manage Hidden Purchases. To redownload books you have already purchased, see the Apple Support article Redownload apps, music, movies, TV shows, and books from the App Store, iTunes Store, and Apple Books. Access your library across devices You can sync your Library and collections across all your devices where you are signed in with the same Apple ID. Go to Settings
> [your name] > iCloud, turn on iCloud Drive, then turn on Books. Read PDF documents in Books on iPad In the Books app apps.
, you can open and save PDFs that you receive in Mail, Messages, and other NAV TITLE: Read PDFs Open PDFs in Books Do one of the following:
Touch and hold the PDF attachment, then tap Copy to Books. Tap the PDF attachment to open it, tap
, then tap Copy to Books. Email or print a PDF document Open the PDF document, tap
, then choose Mail or Print. See About AirPrint. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 131 to use the drawing and annotation tools (tap near the center of a page You can see PDFs and books that are not from the Book Store across your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Go to Settings Settings > Books, and turn on iCloud Drive.
> [your name] > iCloud, turn on iCloud Drive, then turn on Books. Then go to Mark up a PDF Open the PDF and tap if you dont see
). See Use Markup in apps. View PDFs across devices Calendar NAV TITLE: Create and edit events in Calendar Create and edit events in Calendar on iPad Use the Calendar app to create and edit events, appointments, and meetings. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 132 Ask Siri. Say something like:
Set up a meeting with Gordon at 9 Do I have a meeting at 10?
Where is my 3:30 meeting?
Learn how to ask Siri Add an event 1. In day view, tap at the top right. 2. Fill in the event details. Enter the name and location of the event, the start and end times, how often it repeats, and so on. Add an alert You can set an alert to be reminded of an event beforehand. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 133 1. Tap the event, then tap Edit at the top right. 2. In the event details, tap Alert. 3. Choose when you want to be reminded. For example, At time of event, 5 minutes before, or another choice. Note: If you add the address of the events location, Calendar uses Apple Maps to look up locations, trac conditions, and transit options to tell you when its time to leave. Add an attachment You can add an attachment to a Calendar event to share with invitees. 1. Tap the event, then tap Edit at the top right. 2. In the event details, tap Add attachment. The Files app opens, displaying your recently opened les. 3. Locate the le you want to attach. To nd the le, you can scroll, tap folders to open them, tap Browse to look in other locations
(such as iCloud Drive), enter a le name in the search eld, and so on. See View les and folders in Files on. 4. Tap Done. To remove the attachment, tap the event, tap Edit at the top right, swipe left over the attachment, then tap Remove. Find events in other apps Siri can suggest events found in Mail, Messages, and Safarisuch as ight reservations and hotel bookingsso you can add them easily in Calendar. 1. Go to Settings
> Calendar > Siri & Search. 2. Turn on Show Siri Suggestions in App to allow Siri to suggest events found in other apps. To allow Siri to make suggestions in other apps based on how you use Calendar, turn on Learn from this App. View events sent to you in Mail or other apps 1. Go to Settings
> Calendar > Siri & Search. 2. Turn on Find Events in Other Apps. Edit an event You can change the time of an event and any of the other event details. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 134 Change the time: In day view, touch and hold the event, then drag it to a new time, or adjust the grab points. Change event details: Tap the event, tap Edit at the top right, then in the event details, tap a setting to change it, or tap in a eld to type new information. Delete an event In day view, tap the event, then tap Delete Event at the bottom of the screen. NAV TITLE: Send and receive invitations Send and receive invitations in Calendar on iPad In the Calendar app
, send and receive meeting and event invitations. iCloud, Microsoft Exchange, and some CalDAV servers let you send and receive meeting invitations. (Not all calendar servers support every feature.) Invite others to an event You can invite people to an event, even if youre not the one who scheduled it, with Exchange and some other servers. 1. Tap the event, tap Edit, tap Invitees, then tap Add Invitees. Or, if you didnt schedule the event, tap it, tap Invitees, then tap
. 2. Type the names or email addresses of invitees, or tap to browse your Contacts. 3. Tap Done (or tap Send if you didnt schedule the event). With Microsoft Exchange, and some other servers, you can invite people to an event even if youre not the one who scheduled it. If you dont want to be notied when someone declines a meeting, go to Settings then turn o Show Invitee Declines.
> Calendar, Reply to an event invitation 1. To respond to an event notication, tap it. Or, in Calendar, tap Inbox, then tap an invitation. 2. Tap your responseAccept, Maybe, or Decline. To respond to an invitation you receive by email, tap the underlined text in the email, then tap Show in Calendar. If you add comments to your response (comments may not be available for all calendars), your comments can be seen by the organizer but not by other attendees. To see events you declined, tap Calendars at the bottom of the screen, then turn on Show Declined Events. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 135 Schedule a meeting without blocking your schedule You can add an event to your calendar without having the timeframe appear as busy to others who send you invitations. You can suggest a dierent time for a meeting invitation youve received. 1. Tap the meeting, then tap Propose New Time. 1. Tap the event, then tap Edit. 2. Tap Show As, then tap Free. Suggest a dierent meeting time 2. Tap the time, then enter a new one. 3. Tap Done, then tap Send. Quickly send an email to attendees 1. Tap an event that has attendees. 2. Tap Invitees, then tap
. NAV TITLE: Change how you view events Change how you view events on iPad In Calendar on iPad, you can view one day, a week, a month, or a year at a time, or view a list of upcoming events. To change your view of Calendar, do any of the following:
Zoom in or out: Tap Day, Week, Month, or Year at the top of the screen to zoom in or out on your calendar. In week or day view, pinch to zoom in or out. View upcoming events: Tap to view upcoming events as a list. NAV TITLE: Search for events Search for events in Calendar on iPad In the calendars youre viewing, you can search for events by title, invitees, location, and notes. Tap
, then enter the text you want to nd in the search eld. Ask Siri. Say something like: Whats on my calendar for Friday? Learn how to ask Siri. NAV TITLE: Customize your calendar APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 136 Customize your calendar on iPad You can choose which day of the week Calendar starts with, display week numbers, choose alternate calendars (for example to display Chinese or Hebrew dates), override the automatic time zone, and more. Go to Settings
> Calendar, then choose the settings and features you want. NAV TITLE: Change how Calendar noties you Change how Calendar noties you on iPad You can change notication styles for invitations, events found in apps, upcoming events, and more. 1. Go to Settings
> Notications > Calendar. 2. Turn on Allow Notications. 3. Tap a type of event (for example, Upcoming Events), then choose how and where you want the notications for those events to appearfor example, on the Lock screen, in Notication Center, as banners at the top of the screen, with an alert sound, and so on. NAV TITLE: Use multiple calendars Set up multiple calendars on iPad In the Calendar app Although you can keep track of all your events and appointments in one place, you dont have to. Additional calendars are easy to set up, and a great way to stay organized.
, set up multiple calendars to keep track of dierent kinds of events. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 137 See multiple calendars at once To view multiple calendars, tap Calendars at the bottom of the screen, then do any of the following:
Select the calendars you want to view. Tap US Holidays to include national holidays with your events. Tap Birthdays to include birthdays from Contacts with your events. Set a default calendar You can set one of your calendars as the default calendar. When you add an event using Siri or other apps, its added to your default calendar. 1. Go to Settings
> Calendar > Default Calendar. 2. Select the calendar you want to use as your default calendar. Change a calendars color 1. Tap Calendars at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap next to the calendar, then choose a color. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 138 3. Tap Done. For some calendar accounts, such as Google, the color is set by the server. Turn on iCloud, Google, Exchange, or Yahoo calendars 1. Go to Settings
> Passwords & Accounts > Add Account > Other. 2. Tap Add CalDAV Account or Add Subscribed Calendar. 3. Enter the server information. Subscribe to a calendar 1. Go to Settings
> Passwords & Accounts > Add Account > Other. 2. Tap Add Subscribed Calendar. 3. Enter the URL of the .ics le to subscribe to and any other required server information. You can also subscribe to an iCalendar (.ics) calendar by tapping a link to the calendar. Add a CalDAV account 1. Go to Settings
> Passwords & Accounts > Add Account > Other. 2. Tap Add CalDAV account. 3. Enter the server information. Move an event to another calendar NAV TITLE: Share iCloud calendars Tap the event, tap Calendar, then select a calendar to move the event to. Share iCloud calendars on iPad In the Calendar app
, you can share an iCloud calendar with other iCloud users. When you share a calendar, others can see it, and you can let them add or change events. You can also share a read-only version that anyone can view. If you set up Family Sharing, a calendar shared with all the members of your family is created automatically. See Share photos, a calendar, and more with family members on. Create an iCloud calendar 1. Tap Calendars at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap Add Calendar. 3. Type a name for the new calendar, then tap Done. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 139 Share an iCloud calendar You can choose to share a calendar with one or more people in iCloud. Those you invite receive an invitation to join the calendar. 1. Tap Calendars at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap next to the iCloud calendar you want to share. 3. Tap Add Person, then enter a name or email address, or tap to browse your Contacts. 4. Tap Add. Change a persons access to a shared calendar After you invite a person to share your calendar, you can turn on or o their ability to edit the calendar, or stop sharing the calendar with that person. 1. Tap Calendars, tap next to the shared calendar, then tap the person. 2. Do any of the following:
Turn on or o Allow Editing. Tap Stop Sharing. Turn o notications for shared calendars When someone modies a calendar youre sharing, youre notied of the change. You can turn o notications for shared calendars, if you dont want to receive them. 1. Go to Settings
> Notications > Calendar > Shared Calendar Changes. 2. Turn o Allow Notications. Share a read-only calendar with anyone 1. Tap Calendars, then tap next to the iCloud calendar you want to share. 2. Turn on Public Calendar, then tap Share Link to copy or send the URL for your calendar. 3. Choose a method for sending the URLMessage, Mail, and so on. Anyone you send the URL to can use it to subscribe to the calendar using a compatible app, such as Calendar for macOS. Delete a calendar 1. Tap Calendars at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap next to the iCloud calendar you want to delete. 3. Tap Delete Calendar at the bottom of the list. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 140
1 2 3 | User Guide 2 | Users Manual | 4.64 MiB | August 31 2019 / March 08 2020 | delayed release |
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Camera NAV TITLE: Take photos Take photos with the camera on iPad Learn how to take great photos with Camera as Photo, Pano, and Square, and use camera features such as Burst and Live Photos. on your iPad. Choose from camera modes such Ask Siri. Say something like: Open Camera. Learn how to ask Siri. Take a photo 1. Tap on the Home screen or swipe left on the Lock screen to open Camera. 2. To prepare your shot, do any of the following:
Turn the ash on or o!: On models that support True Tone Flash or Retina Flash, tap choose Auto, On, or O!.
, then 141 Zoom in and out: Pinch the screen or drag the slider on the left side of the screen. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Choose a photo mode: Slide the mode selector to choose Photo, Square, Pano, and more. Take a sele: Tap to switch to the rear-facing camera. Use the timer: Stabilize your iPad and frame your shot. Tap
, then tap 3s or 10s. 3. Tap the Shutter button or press either volume button to take the photo. If you started from the Lock screen, return to it by swiping up from the bottom edge of the screen or by pressing the Home button. Take a panorama photo 1. Choose Pano mode, then tap the Shutter button. 2. Pan slowly in the direction of the arrow, keeping it on the center line. 3. To nish, tap the Shutter button again. Tap the arrow to pan in the opposite direction. To pan vertically, rotate iPad to landscape orientation. You can reverse the direction of a vertical pan, too. 142 Take a sele in Portrait mode On supported models, you can apply a depth-of-eld eect to your seles with the front-facing TrueDepth camera. This eect keeps your face sharp while creating a beautifully blurred background. 1. Choose Portrait mode. The front-facing camera is now active. 2. Frame yourself in the yellow portrait box. 3. Tap the Shutter button to take the shot. Adjust Portrait Lighting in Portrait mode seles On models that support Portrait Lighting, you can apply studio-quality lighting eects to your Portrait mode seles. 1. Choose Portrait mode, then frame your sele. 2. Drag to choose a lighting eect:
Natural Light: The face is in sharp focus against a blurred background. Studio Light: The face is brightly lit, and the photo has an overall clean look. Contour Light: The face has dramatic shadows with highlights and lowlights. Stage Light: The face is spotlit against a deep black background. Stage Light Mono: The eect is similar to Stage Light, but the photo is in classic black and white. 3. Tap the Shutter button to take the shot. Adjust Depth Control in Portrait mode seles On models that support Depth Control, use the Depth Control slider to adjust the level of background blur in your Portrait mode seles. 1. Choose Portrait mode, then frame your sele. 2. Tap on the right side of the screen. The Depth Control slider appears on the right. 3. Drag the slider up or down down to adjust the eect. 4. Tap the Shutter button to take the shot. After you take a photo in Portrait mode, you can use the Depth Control slider in Photos to further adjust the background blur eect. Open a Portrait mode photo, then tap Edit. Take Burst shots APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 143 Burst takes multiple high-speed photos so that you have a range of photos to choose from. You can take Burst photos with the rear and front-facing cameras. 1. Choose Photo or Square mode. 2. Touch and hold the Shutter button to take rapid-re photos. The counter shows how many shots you took. 3. Lift your nger to stop. 4. To select the photos you want to keep, tap the Burst thumbnail, then tap Select. Gray dots below the thumbnails mark the suggested photos to keep. 5. Tap the circle in the lower-right corner of each photo you want to save as an individual photo, To delete the entire group of Burst photos, tap the thumbnail, then tap
. then tap Done. Take a Live Photo A Live Photo captures what happens just before and after you take your photo, including the audio. 1. On models that support Live Photos, choose Photo mode. 2. Tap to turn Live Photos on (yellow is on) or o. 3. Tap the Shutter button to take the shot. You can edit Live Photos in Photos. In your albums, Live Photos are marked with Live in the corner. Take videos with your iPad camera Use Camera lapse videos. to record videos on your iPad and change modes to take slow-motion and time-
NAV TITLE: Take videos Record a video 1. Choose Video mode. 2. Tap the Record button or press either volume button to start recording. Pinch the screen to zoom in and out. 3. Tap the Record button or press either volume button to stop recording. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 144 By default, video records at 30 fps (frames per second). Depending on your model, you can choose other frame rates and video resolution settings in Settings The faster the frame rate and the higher the resolution, the larger the resulting video le.
> Camera > Record Video. Record a slow-motion video 1. Choose Slo-mo mode. 2. Tap the Record button or press either volume button to start and stop recording. To set a portion of the video to play in slow motion and the rest at regular speed, tap the video thumbnail, then tap Edit. Slide the vertical bars below the frame viewer to dene the section you want to play back in slow motion. Depending on your model, you can change the frame rate and resolution. The faster the frame rate and the higher the resolution, the larger the resulting video le. To change Slo-mo recording settings, go to Settings
> Camera > Record Slo-mo. Capture a time-lapse video 1. Choose Time-lapse mode. a period of time. 2. Set up your iPad where you want to capture a sunset, trac owing, or other experience over 3. Tap the Record button to start recording; tap it again to stop recording. On models that support Auto FPS, when you take time-lapse 1080p video at 30 fps under low-
light conditions, iPad can automatically reduce the frame rate to 24 fps to improve the video quality. Go to Settings
> Camera > Record Video, then turn on Auto Low Light FPS. NAV TITLE: Use Camera settings Use the camera settings on iPad Learn how to use the focus, exposure, and other Camera settings on your iPad. Adjust the focus and exposure Before you take a photo, the iPad camera automatically sets the focus and exposure, and face detection balances the exposure across many faces. To manually adjust the focus and exposure, follow these steps:
1. Tap the screen to reveal the automatic focus area and exposure setting. 2. Tap where you want to move the focus area. 3. Next to the focus area, drag up or down to adjust the exposure. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 145 To lock your manual focus and exposure settings for upcoming shots, touch and hold the focus area until it pulses; tap the screen to return to automatic settings. Align your shots To display a grid on the camera screen that can help you straighten your shots, go to Settings
> Camera, then turn on Grid. Preserve camera settings You can preserve the last camera mode you used so its not reset when you next open Camera. Go to Settings
> Camera > Preserve Settings. On supported models, you can also preserve Live Photos settings. Adjust the shutter-sound volume Adjust the volume of the shutter sound using Ringer and Alerts settings.
> Sounds, then slide the Ringer and Alerts slider. Or, mute the sound using the Go to Settings volume down button or the Ring/Silent switch, if your iPad has one. (In some regions muting is disabled.) NAV TITLE: HDR HDR camera on iPad HDR (High Dynamic Range) in Camera On supported models, the iPad camera takes three photos in rapid succession at dierent exposures and blends them together. The resulting photo has better detail in the bright and midtone areas. helps you get great shots in high-contrast situations. Take an HDR photo 1. Tap to turn HDR on (yellow is on). On some models, you can set HDR to Auto so iPad automatically uses HDR when its most eective. 2. Tap the Shutter button. By default, the HDR version of the photo is saved in Photos. To save both the HDR and non-
HDR version, go to Settings
> Camera, then turn on Keep Normal Photo. Tip: In your albums, HDR versions of photos are marked with HDR in the corner. NAV TITLE: View, share, and print photos APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 146 View, share, and print photos on iPad All photos and videos you take with Camera on, all new photos and videos are automatically uploaded and available in Photos on all your devices that are set up with iCloud Photos. are saved in Photos. With iCloud Photos turned Note: If Location Services is turned on in Settings with location data that can be used by apps and photo-sharing websites. See Set which apps can access your location on iPad.
> Privacy, photos and videos are tagged View your photos 1. In Camera, tap the thumbnail image below the Shutter button. 2. Swipe right to see the photos youve taken recently. Tap the screen to show or hide the controls. 3. Tap All Photos to see all your photos and videos saved in Photos. Share and print your photos 1. While viewing an image, tap
. bottom row of options to show Print.) See Use AirDrop on iPad to send items to devices near you. Upload and sync photos across devices 2. Select an option such as AirDrop, Mail, Messages, or Print. (You may need to swipe left on the Use iCloud Photos to upload photos and videos from your iPad to iCloud and access them on your iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch where youre signed in to iCloud using the same Apple ID. To turn on iCloud Photos, go to Settings
> Photos. When iCloud Photos is turned o, you can still collect up to 1000 of your most recent photos in the My Photo Stream album on devices set up with iCloud. See Use My Photo Stream on iPad. NAV TITLE: Scan a QR code Scan a QR code with the iPad camera You can use the Camera coupons, tickets, and more. The camera automatically detects and highlights a QR code. to scan Quick Response (QR) codes for links to websites, apps, Use the camera to read a QR code 1. Open Camera, then position iPad so that the code appears on the screen. 2. Tap the notication that appears on the screen to go to the relevant website or app. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 147 Open the QR code reader from Control Center APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 1. Go to Settings
> Control Center > Customize Controls, then tap next to QR Code 2. Open Control Center, tap the QR code reader, then position iPad so that the code appears on Reader. the screen. 3. To add more light, tap the ashlight to turn it on. Clock NAV TITLE: See the world clock See the time in cities worldwide on iPad Use the Clock app to see the local time in di!erent time zones around the world. Ask Siri. Say something like: What time is it? or What time is it in London? Learn how to ask Siri. 1. Tap World Clock. 2. To manage your list of cities, tap Edit, then do any of the following:
148 Add a city: Tap
, then choose a city. Delete a city: Tap
. Reorder the cities: Touch and hold a clock, then drag it to a new position. NAV TITLE: Set an alarm or bedtime schedule Set an alarm or bedtime schedule on iPad In the Clock app a bedtime schedule that reminds you when to go to sleep and plays a sound when its time to wake up.
, you can set an alarm that plays a sound at a specic time. You can also set Ask Siri. Say something like: Wake me up tomorrow at 7 a.m. or Set an alarm for 9 a.m. every Friday. Learn how to ask Siri. Set an alarm 1. Tap Alarm, then tap
. 2. Set the time, then choose any of the following options:
Repeat: Choose the days of the week. Label: Give the alarm a name, like Water the plants. Sound: Choose a tone. Snooze: Give yourself nine more minutes. 3. Tap Save. To change or delete the alarm, tap Edit. Set a bedtime schedule Tap Bedtime at the bottom of the screen, tap Set Up, then follow the onscreen instructions. Change your bedtime schedule To change your Bedtime schedule, turn on Bedtime, then do any of the following:
Adjust your sleep and wake times: Slide and
. Set the alarm days: Tap Options, then tap the days of the week. Turn o bedtime reminders: In Bedtime Options, tap Bedtime Reminder, then tap None. In Options, you can also turn Do Not Disturb During Bedtime on or o and set your wake-up sound and volume. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 149 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE NAV TITLE: Use the timer or stopwatch Use the timer or stopwatch on iPad In the Clock app use the stopwatch to measure the duration of an event.
, you can use the timer to count down from a specied time. You can also Ask Siri. Say something like: Set the timer for 3 minutes or Stop the timer. Learn how to ask Siri. Set the timer 1. Tap Timer. 3. Tap Start. 2. Tap Start. 2. Set the duration of time and a sound to play when the timer ends. Tip: If you want to fall asleep while playing audio or video, you can set the timer to stop the playback. Tap
, then tap Stop Playing at the bottom. The timer continues even if you open another app or if iPad goes to sleep. Track time with the stopwatch 1. Tap Stopwatch. Note: With iPad in portrait orientation, you can switch between the digital and analog faces by swiping the stopwatch. 150 The timing continues even if you open another app or if iPad goes to sleep. 3. To record a lap or split, tap Lap. 4. Tap Stop to record the nal time. 5. Tap Reset to clear the stopwatch. Add and use contact information on iPad In the Contacts app other accounts. You can also create contacts and set up a contact card with your own information.
, you can view and edit your contacts lists from personal, business, and Contacts NAV TITLE: Add and use contact information Ask Siri. Say something like:
Whats my brothers work address?
Sarah Castelblanco is my sister Send a message to my sister Learn how to ask Siri Create a contact Tap
. Siri also suggests new contacts based on your use of other apps, such as email you receive in Mail and invitations you receive in Calendar. (To turn this feature o, go to Settings Contacts > Siri & Search, then turn o Show Siri Suggestions in App.)
Based on how you use Contacts, Siri also provides contact information suggestions in other apps. (To turn this feature o, go to Settings from this App.) See About Siri Suggestions on iPad.
> Contacts > Siri & Search, then turn o Learn Find a contact Tap the search eld at the top of the contacts list, then enter a name, address, phone number, or other contact information. You can also search your contacts using Search (see Use iPad to search for content). APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 151 Share a contact Tap a contact, tap Share Contact, then choose a method for sending the contact information. Sharing the contact sends all of the info from the contacts card. Quickly reach a contact To start a message, make a phone call or a FaceTime call, compose an email, or send money with Apple Pay, tap a button below the contacts name. To change the default phone number or email address for a contact method, touch and hold the button for that method below the contacts name, then tap a selection in the list. Delete a contact 1. Go to the contacts card, then tap Edit. 2. Scroll down, then tap Delete Contact. NAV TITLE: Edit contacts Edit contacts on iPad In the Contacts app 1. Tap a contact, then tap Edit. 2. Do any of the following:
, assign a photo to a contact, change a label, add a birthday, and more. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 152 Assign a photo to a contact: Tap add photo. You can take a photo or add one from the Photos app. Change a label: Tap the label, then select one in the list, or tap Add Custom Label to create one of your own. Add a birthday, social prole, related name, and more: Tap next to the item. Allow calls or texts from a contact to override Do Not Disturb: Tap Ringtone or Text Tone, then turn on Emergency Bypass. Add notes: Tap the Notes eld. Add a prex, phonetic name, pronunciation, and more: Tap add eld, then select an item in the list. Delete contact information: Tap next to a eld. 3. When youre nished, tap Done. To change how your contacts are sorted and displayed, go to Settings
> Contacts. NAV TITLE: Add your contact info Add your contact info on iPad In the Contacts app create your contact card, called My Card, but you may need to provide your contact information
(such as name and address) to complete it.
, add your information to your contact card. iPad uses your Apple ID to Complete My Card Tap My Card at the top of your contacts list, then tap Edit. Contacts suggests addresses and phone numbers to help you set up My Card. If there is no My Card, tap information, go to Settings
, then enter your information. To create My Card with this
> Contacts > My Info, then tap your name in the Contacts list. Edit My Card Tap My Card at the top of your contacts list, then tap Edit. NAV TITLE: Use other contact accounts Use other contact accounts on iPad You can include contacts from other accounts in the Contacts app
. Use your iCloud contacts APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 153 Go to Settings
> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Contacts. Use your Google contacts 1. Go to Settings
> Passwords & Accounts. 2. Tap Google, sign in to your account, then turn on Contacts. Add contacts from another account 1. Go to Settings
> Passwords & Accounts > Add Account. 2. Choose an account, sign in to it, then turn on Contacts. Access a Microsoft Exchange Global Address List 1. Go to Settings
> Passwords & Accounts. 2. Tap Exchange, sign in to your Exchange account, then turn on Contacts. Set up an LDAP or CardDAV account to access business or school directories 1. Go to Settings
> Passwords & Accounts > Add Account > Other. 2. Tap Add LDAP Account or Add CardDAV Account, then enter the account information. Sync contacts from your computer using iTunes In iTunes on your computer, click Info in the device info pane, then select Sync Contacts. For information, see the iTunes User Guide Import contacts from a vCard Tap a .vcf attachment in an email or message. Add a contact from a directory 1. Tap Groups, then tap the GAL, CardDAV, or LDAP directory you want to search. 2. Tap Done, then enter your search. 3. Tap the persons name to save their info to your contacts. Show or hide a group Tap Groups, then select the groups you want to see. This button appears only if you have more than one source of contacts. NAV TITLE: Hide duplicate contacts Hide duplicate contacts on iPad APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 154
, link contact cards for the same person in dierent accounts so they In the Contacts app appear only once in your All Contacts list. When you have contacts from multiple sources, you might have multiple entries for the same person in Contacts. To keep redundant contacts from appearing in your All Contacts list, contacts from dierent sources with the same name are linked and displayed as a single unied contact. When you view a unied contact, the title Unied Info appears. Link contacts If two entries for the same person arent linked automatically, you can unify them manually. 1. Tap one of the contacts, tap Edit, then tap Link Contacts. 2. Choose the other contact entry to link to, then tap Link. When you link contacts with dierent rst or last names, the names on the individual cards dont change, but only one name appears on the unied card. To choose which name appears on the unied card, tap one of the linked cards, tap the contacts name on that card, then tap Use This Name For Unied Card. Note: When you link contacts, those contacts arent merged. If you change or add information in a unied contact, the changes are copied to each source account where that information already exists. FaceTime NAV TITLE: Set up FaceTime Set up FaceTime on iPad In the FaceTime app
, you can make video or audio calls to friends and family, whether theyre using an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or a Mac. With the front-facing camera, you can talk face-to-
face; switch to the rear camera to share what you see around you. To capture a moment from your conversation, take a Live Photo. Note: FaceTime, or some FaceTime features, may not be available in all regions. 1. Go to Settings
> FaceTime, then turn on FaceTime. 2. If you want to be able to take Live Photos during FaceTime calls, turn on FaceTime Live Photos. 3. Enter your phone number, Apple ID, or email address to use with FaceTime. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 155 NAV TITLE: Make and receive calls Make and receive FaceTime calls on iPad With an Internet connection and an Apple ID, you can make and receive FaceTime video or audio calls (rst sign in using your Apple ID, or create an Apple ID, if you dont have one). See Manage Apple ID and iCloud settings on iPad. On iPad Wi-Fi + Cellular models, you can also make FaceTime calls over a cellular data connection, which may incur additional charges. To turn this feature o, go to Settings Cellular, then turn o FaceTime. See View or change cellular settings on iPad.
Make a FaceTime call Ask Siri. Say something like: Make a FaceTime call or Call Elizas mobile. Learn how to ask Siri. 1. In FaceTime, tap at the top of the screen. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 156 2. Type the name or number you want to call in the entry eld at the top, then tap Video to make a video call or tap Audio to make a FaceTime audio call (not available in all regions). You can also tap list of FaceTime calls to quickly make a call. to open Contacts and start your call from there, or tap a contact in your Tip: To see more during a FaceTime video call, rotate iPad to use landscape orientation. See Change or lock the screen orientation on iPad. To call multiple people, see Make a Group FaceTime call on. Leave a message If no one answers your FaceTime call, do one of the following:
Tap Leave a Message. Tap Cancel to cancel the call. Tap Call Back to try calling back. Start a FaceTime call from a Messages conversation In a Messages conversation, you can start a FaceTime call to the person youre chatting with. 1. In the Messages conversation, tap the prole picture,
, or the name at the top of the conversation. 2. Tap FaceTime. Call again In your call history, tap the name or number, or tap and start your call from there. to choose a name or number in Contacts Receive a FaceTime call When a FaceTime call comes in, tap any of the following:
Accept: Take the call. Decline: Decline the call. Remind Me: Set a reminder to call back. Message: Send a text message to the caller. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 157 If youre on a regular call when a FaceTime call comes in, instead of Accept, you see the End &
Accept option, which terminates the previous call and connects you to the incoming call. Delete a call from your call history In FaceTime, swipe left over the call in your call history, then tap Delete. NAV TITLE: Take a Live Photo Take a Live Photo in FaceTime on iPad When youre on a FaceTime video call, you can take a FaceTime Live Photo to capture a moment of your conversation (not available in all regions). The camera captures what happens just before and after you take the photo, including the audio, so you can see and hear it later just the way it happened. To take a FaceTime Live Photo, rst make sure FaceTime Live Photos is turned on in Settings
> FaceTime, then do one of the following:
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 158 On a call with one other person: Tap
. On a Group FaceTime call: Tap the tile of the person you want to photograph, tap
, then tap
. You both receive a notication that the photo was taken, and the Live Photo is saved in your Photos app. NAV TITLE: Make a Group FaceTime call Make a Group FaceTime call on iPad In the FaceTime app available in all regions).
, you can invite up to 32 participants to a Group FaceTime call (not Start a Group FaceTime call 1. In FaceTime, tap at the top of the screen. 2. Type the names or numbers of the people you want to call in the entry eld at the top. You can also tap to open Contacts and add people from there. 3. Tap Video to make a video call or tap Audio to make a FaceTime audio call. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 159 Each participant appears in a tile on the screen. When a participant speaks, or you tap a tile, that tile moves to the front and becomes more prominent. Tiles that cant t on the screen appear in a row at the bottom. To nd a participant you dont see, swipe through the row. (The participants initials may appear in the tile if an image isnt available.) Start a Group FaceTime call from a group Messages conversation In a group Messages conversation, you can initiate a Group FaceTime call with all the same people youre chatting with in the Messages conversation. 1. In the Messages conversation, tap the names or prole pictures at the top of the conversation. 2. Tap FaceTime. Add another person to a call Any participant can add another person at any time during a call. 1. During a FaceTime call, tap the screen to open the controls (if they arent visible), swipe up from the top of the controls, then tap Add Person. 2. Type the name, Apple ID, or phone number of the person you want to add in the entry eld at the top. Or tap to add someone from Contacts. 3. Tap Add Person to FaceTime. Join a Group FaceTime call When someone invites you to join a Group FaceTime call, you see the incoming call. If you decline the call, you receive a notication that you can tap to join the call at any time while its active. Leave a Group FaceTime call To leave a group call at any time, tap
. The call remains active if two or more participants remain. NAV TITLE: Use other apps during a call Use other apps during a FaceTime call on iPad While youre on a call using the FaceTime app
, you can use other apps. Go to the Home screen, then tap an app icon to open the app. To return to the FaceTime screen, tap the green bar (or the FaceTime icon) at the top of the screen. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 160 NAV TITLE: Add camera eects Add camera effects in FaceTime calls on iPad On video calls using the FaceTime app character (on models with a TrueDepth camera). On supported models, you can use a built-in lter to change your appearance and add stickers, labels, and shapes. You can take screenshots in FaceTime that include the special camera eects you add to a call.
, you can become your favorite Animoji or Memoji Become an Animoji or Memoji In Messages, on models with a TrueDepth camera, you can create an Animoji or Memoji character to use in your FaceTime calls. iPad captures your movements, facial expressions, and voice, and conveys them through your character. (Your character imitates you even when you stick out your tongue!) For information about creating Animoji and Memoji, see Use Animoji and Memoji in Messages on. 1. During a FaceTime call, tap
. (If you dont see
, tap the screen.) 2. Tap
, then choose an Animoji or Memoji (swipe through the characters at the bottom, then tap one). The other caller will hear what you say, but see your Animoji or Memoji doing the talking. 1. On supported models, during a FaceTime call, tap
. (If you dont see
, tap the screen.) Use a lter to change your appearance 2. Tap to open the lters. 3. Change your appearance by tapping a lter at the bottom (swipe left or right to preview them). To see more label options, swipe up from the top of the text window. 3. While the label is selected, type the text you want to appear in the label, then tap away from Add a text label 1. During a call, tap the screen, then tap
. 2. Tap
, then tap a text label. 4. Drag the label where you want to place it. To delete the label, tap it, then tap
. it. Add stickers 1. During a call, tap the screen, tap
, then do any of the following:
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 161 Tap to add a Memoji sticker or to add an Emoji sticker. Tap
, swipe up, then tap
. 2. Tap a sticker to add it to the call. To see more options, swipe left. 3. Drag the sticker to place it where you want. To delete the sticker, tap it, then tap
. Add shapes 1. During a call, tap the screen, then tap
. 2. Tap
, then tap a shape to add it to the call. To see more options, swipe up from the top of the shapes window. 3. Drag the shape where you want to place it. To delete the shape, tap it, then tap
. NAV TITLE: Change the audio and video settings Change FaceTime audio and video settings on iPad You can change the audio and video settings in the FaceTime app at any time during a call. Change the settings Tap the screen to open the controls, then do any of the following:
Switch to the rear camera: Tap
(tap it again to switch back to the front-facing camera). Turn o the sound: Tap
(tap again to turn the sound back on). Turn o your camera: Swipe up from the top of the controls, then tap Camera O (tap again to turn it back on). NAV TITLE: Leave a call or switch to Messages Leave a FaceTime call or switch to Messages on iPad You can leave a call in the FaceTime app Messages. at any time, or continue your conversation in Leave a FaceTime call Tap the screen, then tap
. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 162 Switch to a Messages conversation To switch your conversation to Messages, tap the screen, swipe up from the top of the controls, then tap
. NAV TITLE: Block unwanted callers Block unwanted callers in FaceTime on iPad You can block voice calls, FaceTime calls, and text messages from unwanted callers. 1. Go to Settings
> FaceTime > Blocked Contacts. 2. Scroll down, then tap Add New at the bottom of the list. 3. Select a contact you want to block. To unblock a contact or phone number, swipe it to the left, then tap Unblock. See the Apple Support article Block phone numbers and contacts on your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. Files NAV TITLE: Connect external devices or servers Connect external devices or servers with Files on iPad You can use the Files app to access les stored on external devices or servers such as USB drives and SD cards, le servers, and other cloud storage providers like Box and Dropbox, after you connect them to your iPad. Connect a USB drive or an SD card 1. Insert a USB camera adapter or an SD card reader into the charging port on iPad. Depending on your model, use the Lightning to USB Camera Adapter, the USB-C to SD Card Camera Reader, or the Lightning to SD Card Camera Reader (sold separately). 2. Do one of the following:
Connect a USB drive: Use the USB cable that came with the USB drive to connect the drive to the camera adapter. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 163 Insert an SD memory card into the card reader: Dont force the card into the slot on the reader; it ts only one way. 3. To view the contents of the device, tap Browse at the bottom of the screen, then tap the name of the device below Locations. If you dont see Locations, tap Browse again at the bottom of the screen. To disconnect the device, simply remove it from the connector on iPad. Add a cloud storage service 1. Download the app from the App Store, then open the app and follow the onscreen instructions. service. 2. Open Files, tap More Locations (below Locations in the Browse sidebar), then turn on the 3. To view your contents, tap Browse at the bottom of the screen, then tap the name of the storage service below Locations. If you dont see Locations, tap Browse again at the bottom of the screen. Connect to a computer or le server 1. Tap at the top of the Browse sidebar. If you dont see the Browse sidebar, tap Browse at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap Connect to Server. 3. Enter a local hostname or a network address, then tap Connect. Tip: After you connect to a computer or le server, it appears in the Recent Servers list on the Connect to Server screen. To connect to a recent server, tap its name. 4. Select how you want to connect:
Guest: You can connect as a Guest user if the shared computer permits guest access. Registered User: If you select Registered User, enter your user name and password. 5. Tap Next, then select the server volume or shared folder in the Browse sidebar (under Shared). To disconnect from the le server, tap next to the server in the Browse sidebar. For information on how to set up your Mac to share les, see the macOS User Guide Set up le sharing on Mac. NAV TITLE: View les and folders View les and folders in Files on iPad APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 164 In the Files app
, view and open your documents, images, and other les. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE View recently opened les Tap Recents at the bottom of the screen. Browse and open les and folders 1. Tap Browse at the bottom of the screen, then tap an item in the Browse sidebar. If you dont see the Browse sidebar, tap Browse again. 2. To open a le, location, or folder, tap it. Note: If you havent installed the app that created a le, a preview of the le opens in Quick Look. For information about marking folders and les as favorites or adding tags, see Mark a folder as a favorite. Change how les and folders are sorted From an open location or folder, drag down from the center of the screen, then tap Name, Date, Size, Kind, or Tags at the top of the screen. 165 Change to icon, list, or column view From an open location or folder, drag down from the center of the screen, then do one of the following:
View as icons: Tap
. View as a list: Tap
. View as columns: Tap
. To look deeper into a folder hierarchy from the column view, tap an item in the rightmost column, then swipe left. To see a preview of a le along with its metadata (such as its kind and size), tap the le. (If the preview doesnt appear in the rightmost column, swipe left.) To view the le and perform various actions on it without leaving Files, tap Open under the le preview. Find a specic le or folder Enter a lename, folder name, or document type in the search eld. When you search, you have these options:
Focus the scope of your search: Below the search eld, tap Recent Files or the name of the location or tag. Hide the keyboard and see more results on the screen: Tap
. Start a new search: Tap in the search eld. Open a result: Tap it. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 166 Rearrange the Browse sidebar Tap at the top of the sidebar, tap Edit Sidebar, then do any of the following:
Hide a location: Turn the location o. Delete a tag and remove it from all items: Tap next to the tag. (See Tag a le or folder.) Remove an item from the Favorites list: Tap Mark a folder as a favorite.) next to the item. (See Change the order of an item: Touch and hold
, then drag it to a new position. NAV TITLE: Organize les and folders Organize les and folders in Files on iPad In the Files app
, organize documents, images, and other les in folders. Create a folder 1. Open a location or an existing folder. 2. Drag down from the center of the screen, then tap
. Note: If you dont see
, you cant create a folder in that location. Rename, compress, and make other changes to a le or a folder Touch and hold the le or folder, then choose an option: Copy, Duplicate, Move, Delete, Rename, or Compress. To modify multiple les or folders at the same time, tap Select, tap your selections, then tap an option at the bottom of the screen. Note: Some options may not be available, depending on the item you select; for example, you cant delete or move an app library (a folder labeled with the app name). 1. Touch and hold the le or folder, tap Tags, then tap one or more tags. Tagged items appear below Tags in the Browse sidebar. Tag a le or folder 2. Tap Done. To remove a tag, tap it again. Pin a le or folder Touch and hold the le or folder, then tap Pin. To remove the pin, touch and hold it again, then tap Unpin. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 167 Mark a folder as a favorite Touch and hold the folder, then tap Favorite. Favorites appear in the Browse sidebar. See also Change how les and folders are sorted Change to icon, list, or column view NAV TITLE: Send les and folders Send les and folders from Files on iPad You can send a copy of any le or folder in the Files app you want to send that isnt digitized, you can scan it with Files rst. to others. If you have a document 1. Touch and hold the le or folder, then tap Share. Tip: To send a smaller version of the le or folder, tap Compress before you tap Share. Then touch and hold the compressed version of the le (identied as a zip le), and tap Share. 2. Choose an option for sending (for example, AirDrop, Messages, or Mail), then tap Send. Options for sending les vary by app. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 168 To send les and folders from Files, you can also use Split View or Slide Over to open Mail or Messages, select one or more items in Files, then drag your selection into a message. Tip: If the les you want to share are stored in iCloud Drive, you can invite others to view or edit their contentsyou dont need to send them copies. NAV TITLE: Set up iCloud Drive Set up iCloud Drive on iPad Use the Files app devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Any changes you make appear on all your devices set up with iCloud Drive. to store les and folders in iCloud Drive. You can access them from all your iCloud Drive is built into the Files app on iOS devices (iOS 11 or later) and iPadOS 13. You can also use iCloud Drive on Mac computers (OS X 10.10 or later) and PCs (iCloud for Windows 7 or later). Storage limits depend on your iCloud storage plan. Turn on iCloud Drive Go to Settings
> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on iCloud Drive. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 169 Choose which apps use iCloud Drive Go to Settings
> [your name] > iCloud, then turn each of the listed apps on or o. If you dont see Locations, tap Browse again. If you dont see iCloud Drive under Locations, tap Locations. Browse iCloud Drive 1. Tap Browse at the bottom of the screen. 2. Under Locations, tap iCloud Drive. 3. To open a folder, tap it. See View les and folders in Files on iPad. NAV TITLE: Share les in iCloud Drive Share les in iCloud Drive on iPad After you Set up iCloud Drive, you can use the Files app les. When you share a le in iCloud Drive, you send a link to the item, not a copy. When you make changes to a shared le others see your changes. If you allow people to make changes, the item is updated with everyones changes automatically. to invite others to view and edit your Files shared in iCloud Drive have these important characteristics:
The link to a shared le includes its name. If the name or content is condential, be sure to ask recipients not to forward the link to anyone else. If you move a shared le to another folder or location, the link no longer works, and people lose access to the item. Depending on the app, users might need to reopen a le or tap the original link to see the latest changes. Invite others to share a le If you own a le in iCloud Drive, you can invite others to view or change its contents. You can restrict access to a le so that only those you invite can open it. To authenticate their identities, the invitees must be signed in to iCloud with their Apple IDs. You can also share a le with people who dont have Apple IDs. However, when you share with someone who doesnt have an Apple ID, anyone else with the link to the le also has access to the item. You can allow the contents of a le to be changed, or you can restrict access so that the contents can only be viewed. 1. Touch and hold the le. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 170 2. Tap Share
, then tap Add People
. 3. Do one of the following:
Allow only invitees to view and edit the contents: Choose a methodsuch as Messages or Mailfor sending a link to the le. To open the item, the people you invite must be signed in with their Apple IDs. Allow only invitees to view the contents: Tap Share Options, tap View only, tap Add People (at the top of the screen), then choose a methodsuch as Message or Mailfor sending the link. To open the item, the people you invite must be signed in to iCloud with their Apple IDs. Allow anyone with the link to view and edit the contents: Tap Share Options, tap Anyone with the link, tap Can make changes, tap Add People (at the top of the screen), then choose a method for sending the link. Allow anyone with the link to view the contents: Tap Share Options, tap Anyone with the link, tap View only, tap Add People (at the top of the screen), then choose a method for sending the link. 4. Choose how you want to send your invitation, then tap Send. Invite more people to share a le with restricted access If you already shared a le and its access is set to Only people you invite, you can share it with more people. 1. Touch and hold the le. 2. Tap Share
, then tap
. 3. Tap Add People and choose a method for sending the link. 4. Enter any other requested information, then send or post the invitation. To open the le, the people you invite must be signed in with their Apple IDs. Invite more people to open a le with unrestricted access If you set the access to a shared le to Anyone with the link, anyone can give more people access by sending them the link. 1. Touch and hold the le. 2. Tap Share
, tap
, then tap Send Link. 3. Choose a method for sending the link, enter any other requested information, then send or post the invitation. Change access and permission settings for all invitees If youre the owner of a shared le, you can change its access at any time. However, everyone you shared the link with is aected. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 171 1. Touch and hold the le. 2. Tap Share
, tap Show People
, then tap Share Options. 3. Change either or both of the options. When you change the access option, the original link no longer works for anyone, and only people who receive a new invitation from you can open the le. When you change the permission option, everyone who has the le open when you change the permission sees an alert. New settings take eect when they dismiss the alert. Change the permission or remove access for a single invitee If youre the owner of a shared le and its access is set to Only people you invite, you can change the permission for an individual without aecting the permission of others. You can also remove the individuals access. 1. Touch and hold the le. 2. Tap Share
, then tap
. 3. Tap the persons name, then select an option. Stop sharing a le If youre the owner of a shared le, you can stop sharing it. 1. Touch and hold the le. 2. Tap Share
, then tap
. 3. Tap Stop Sharing. Anyone who has a le open when you stop sharing sees an alert. The item closes when the alert is dismissed, the le is removed from the invitees iCloud Drive, and the link no longer works. If you later share the item again and set the access to Anyone with the link, the original link works. If the access is set to Only people you invite, the original link works again only for people you reinvite to share the item. Find My Find People APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 172 NAV TITLE: Share your location Share your location in Find My on iPad Before you can use the Find My app location sharing. Set up location sharing 1. Tap Me, then turn on Share My Location. to share your location with friends, you need to set up The device sharing your location appears below My Location. 2. If your iPad isnt currently sharing your location, tap Use This iPad as My Location. Note: You can share your location from an iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch. To share your location from another device, open Find My on the device and change your location to that device. If the device has iOS 12 or earlier, see the Apple Support article Set up and use Find My Friends. If you share your location from an iPhone thats paired with Apple Watch (GPS + Cellular models), your location is shared from your Apple Watch when youre out of range of your iPhone and Apple Watch is on your wrist. You can also change your location sharing settings in Settings
> [your name] > Find My. Set a label for your location You can set a label for your current location to make it more meaningful (like Home or Work). When you tap Me, you see the label in addition to your location. 1. Tap Me, then tap Edit Location Name. 2. Select a label. To add a new label, tap Add Custom Label, enter a name, then tap Done. Share your location with a friend 1. Scroll to the bottom of the People list, then tap Share My Location. 2. In the To eld, type the name of a friend you want to share your location with (or tap and select a contact). 3. Tap Send and choose how long you want to share your location. See Share your location with family members. Stop sharing your location You can stop sharing your location with a specic friend or hide your location from everyone. Stop sharing with a friend: In the People list, tap the person you dont want to share your location with. Tap Stop Sharing My Location, then tap Stop Sharing Location. Hide your location from everyone: Tap Me, then turn o Share My Location. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 173 Respond to a location sharing request In the People list, tap Share below the friend who sent the request and choose how long you want to share your location. If you dont want to share your location, tap Cancel. Stop receiving new friend requests Tap Me, then turn o Allow Friend Requests. NAV TITLE: Add or remove a friend Add or remove a friend in Find My on iPad In the Find My app
, you can add friends to see their locations on a map. Ask to follow a friend After you share your location with friends, you can ask to see their locations. 1. In the People list, tap the name of the person you want to follow. After your friends receive and accept your request, you can see their locations. 2. Tap Ask To Follow Location. Remove a friend When you remove a friend, that person is removed from your People list and you are removed from theirs. 1. In the People list, tap the name of the person you want to remove. 2. Tap Remove [name], then tap Remove. NAV TITLE: Locate a friend Locate a friend in Find My on iPad Use the Find My app to see the the locations of your friends. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 174 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE See the location of a friend In the People list, tap the person you want to locate. If your friend can be located: They appear on a map so you can see where they are. If your friend cant be located: You see No location found under their name. If you arent following your friend: You see Can see your location under their name. Ask to follow a friend to see their location. You can also ask Siri to locate a friend who has shared their location with you. Ask Siri. Say something like: Wheres Gordon? Learn how to ask Siri. Contact a friend 1. In the People list, tap the name of the person you want to contact. 2. Tap Contact and choose how you want to contact your friend. See Add and use contact information on iPad. Get directions to a friend You can get directions to a friends current location in the Maps app. 1. In the People list, tap the name of the person you want to get directions to. 2. Tap Directions to open Maps. 3. Tap the route to get directions from your current location to your friends location. See Follow turn-by-turn directions in Maps on iPad. Set a label for a friends location 175 You can set a label for a friends current location to make it more meaningful (like Home or Work). The label appears below your friends name when theyre at that location. 1. In the People list, tap the name of the person you want to set a location label for. 2. Tap Edit Location Name, then select a label. To add a new label, tap Add Custom Label, enter a name, then tap Done. Mark favorite friends Favorite friends appear at the top of the People list and are marked by a star. 1. In the People list, nd the person you want to mark as a favorite. 2. Do one of the following:
Tap the name of the person, then tap Add [name] to Favorites. Swipe left across the persons name, then tap the star. To remove a friend from your Favorites, swipe left and tap the star, or tap the friend, then tap Remove [name] from Favorites. NAV TITLE: Set location notications for friends Set location notications for friends in Find My on iPad Use the Find My app notication when your friends location changes. to let a friend know when your location changes. You can also get a Notify a friend when your location changes 1. In the People list, tap the name of the person you want to notify. 2. Under Notications, tap Add, then tap Notify [your friends name]. 3. Choose whether you want to notify your friend when you arrive at or leave a location. 4. Choose a location, or tap Add Location to create a new location and set a location radius. With a larger radius, your friend is notied when youre close to the location instead of right at the location. 5. Choose whether you want your friend to be notied only once or every time. 6. Tap Add. Get notied when your friends location changes 1. In the People list, tap the name of the person you want to be notied about. 2. Under Notications, tap Add, then tap Notify Me. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 176 3. Choose whether you want to be notied when a friend arrives at or leaves a location. 4. Choose a location, or tap Add Location to create a new location and set a location radius. With a larger radius, youre notied when your friend is close to the location instead of right at the location. 5. Tap Add, then tap Create Notication. Your friend gets an alert after you set the notication. You can set up to 25 Notify Me notications across all your friends. See all notications about you 1. Tap Me. Under Notications About You, you see a list of people who are notied when your location changes. 2. Select a name to see more details. To turn o a notication, tap the notication, tap Delete Notication, then tap Delete Notication again. Change or turn o a notication you set 1. In the People list, tap the name of the person whose notication you want to change or turn o. This could be a notication you receive about a friend, or a notication your friend receives about you. 2. Under Notications, tap the notication. 3. Do either of the following:
Change a notication: Change any details, then tap Done. Turn o a notication: Tap Delete Notication, then tap Delete Notication again. Choose who you receive location updates from You can choose whether you want to receive location notications from everyone or only from friends you share your location with. 1. Tap Me, then tap Receive Location Updates. 2. Select People You Share With or Everyone. Find Devices APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 177 NAV TITLE: Add or remove a device Add or remove a device in Find My on iPad to locate and protect an iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, Mac, Apple Watch, or Use the Find My app AirPods if theyre ever lost or stolen. A family member can help you locate your missing device if you set up location sharing with them before your device is lost. See Locate a family members missing device on. For your iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, and Apple Watch, Find My also includes a feature called Activation Lock that prevents anyone else from activating and using your device, even if its completely erased. See the Apple Support article Find My iPhone Activation Lock. Add an iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch For a device with iOS 13 or iPadOS 13, follow the instructions below. For a device with iOS 12 or earlier, see the Apple Support article Set up Find My iPhone on all of your devices. 1. On your iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch, go to Settings
> [your name] > Find My. If youre asked to sign in, enter your Apple ID. If you dont have one, tap Dont have an Apple ID or forgot it? then follow the instructions. 2. Tap Find My [device], then turn on Find My [device]. 3. Turn on any of the following:
Enable Oine Finding: When your device isnt connected to Wi-Fi or cellular, Find My can locate it using Bluetooth. Send Last Location: If your devices battery charge level becomes critically low, its location is sent to Apple automatically. Add a Mac 1. On your Mac, choose Apple menu > System Preferences > iCloud. If youre asked to sign in, enter your Apple ID. If you dont have one, click Dont have an Apple ID or forgot it? then follow the instructions.
(If you cant nd where to change iCloud settings, you can search for iCloud in the top-right corner of System Preferences.) 2. Select Find My Mac, then click Allow. Add Apple Watch or AirPods Apple Watch: Pair your watch with an iPhone on which youre signed in with your Apple ID. AirPods: Pair your AirPods with an iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch on which youre signed in with your Apple ID. Remove a device APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 178 When you remove a device, Activation Lock is turned o. Remove an iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch: On the device, go to Settings > [your name] > Find My, then turn o Find My [device]. Enter your Apple ID password, then tap Turn O. (On iOS 12 or earlier, go to Settings > [your name] > iCloud.) Remove a Mac: On the Mac, choose Apple menu > System Preferences. Click iCloud, then deselect Find My Mac. Enter your Apple ID password, then click Continue.
(If you cant nd where to change iCloud settings, you can search for iCloud in the top-right corner of System Preferences.) Remove an Apple Watch or AirPods: Turn o Apple Watch or put AirPods in their case. Then, in Find My on your iPad, select the oine device and tap Remove This Device, then tap Remove. To prevent an Apple Watch or AirPods from reappearing, unpair them in Bluetooth Settings on all your devices. Note: You can also remove your iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, or Mac by signing out completely on that device in Settings or System Preferences. Signing out turns o all iCloud features on the device. See the Apple Support article Sign out of iCloud on your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple TV, or Mac. Remove a device you no longer have If you no longer have a device because you gave it away or sold it, you need to remotely erase it before you can remove it. 1. In the Devices list, tap the device you want to remove. 2. Erase the device. Because the device isnt lost, dont enter a phone number or message. If the device is oine, the remote erase begins the next time it connects to a Wi-Fi or cellular network. You receive an email when the device is erased. 3. When the device is erased, tap Remove This Device, then tap Remove. All your content is erased, Activation Lock is turned o (for an iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, or Apple Watch), and someone else can now activate the device. NAV TITLE: Locate a device Locate a device in Find My on iPad Use the Find My app Apple Watch, or AirPods. In order to locate a device, you must turn on Find My [device] before its lost. to locate and play a sound on a missing iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, Mac, APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 179 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE See the location of a device In the Devices list, tap the device you want to locate. If the device can be located: It appears on the map so you can see where it is. If the device cant be located: You see No location found under the devices name. Under Notications, turn on Notify When Found. You receive a notication once its located. Play a sound on your iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, Mac, or Apple Watch 1. In the Devices list, tap the device you want to play a sound on. 2. Tap Play Sound. If the device is online: A sound starts after a short delay and gradually increases in volume, then plays for about two minutes. The device vibrates (if applicable). A Find My [device]
alert also appears on the devices screen. A conrmation email is also sent to your Apple ID email address. If the device is o"ine: You see Pending under Play Sound. The sound plays the next time it connects to a Wi-Fi or cellular network. Ask Siri. Say something like: Help me nd my iPad or Play a sound on my iPod touch. Learn how to ask Siri. Play a sound on your AirPods 1. In the Devices list, tap the AirPods you want to play a sound on. 2. Tap Play Sound. If your AirPods are separated, you can mute one by tapping Left or Right to nd them one at a time. 180 If your AirPods are online: They play a sound immediately (for two minutes). A conrmation email is also sent to your Apple ID email address. If your AirPods are oine: You receive a notication the next time your AirPods are in range of your iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch. Stop playing a sound on a device If you nd your device and want to turn o the sound before it stops automatically, do one of the following:
iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch: Press the power button or a volume button, or ip the Ring/Silent switch. If the device is locked, you can also unlock it, or swipe to dismiss the Find My [device]
alert. If the device is unlocked, you can also tap OK in the Find My [device] alert. Apple Watch: Tap Dismiss in the Find My Watch alert, or press the Digital Crown or side button. Mac: Click OK in the Find My Mac alert. AirPods: Put your AirPods in their case and close the lid, or tap Stop in Find My. Get directions to a device You can get directions to a devices current location in the Maps app. 1. In the Devices list, tap the device you want to get directions to. 2. Tap Directions to open Maps. 3. Tap the route to get directions from your current location to the devices location. See Follow turn-by-turn directions in Maps on iPad. If you lose your iPad, you can locate or play a sound on it using Find My iPhone on iCloud.com. NAV TITLE: Mark a device as lost Mark a device as lost in Find My on iPad Use the Find My app lost so that others cant access your personal information. In order to mark a device as lost, you must turn on Find My [device] before its lost. to mark a missing iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, Apple Watch, or Mac as APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 181 What happens when you mark a device as lost?
A conrmation email is sent to your Apple ID email address. You can display a custom message on the screen. For example, you may want to indicate that the device is lost or how to contact you. Your device doesnt display alerts or make noise when you receive messages or notications, or if any alarms go o. Your device can still receive phone calls and FaceTime calls. Apple Pay is disabled for your device. Any credit or debit cards set up for Apple Pay, student ID cards, and Express Transit cards are removed from your device. Credit, debit, and student ID cards are removed even if your device is oine. Express Transit cards are removed the next time your device goes online. See the Apple Support article Manage the cards that you use with Apple Pay. For an iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, or Apple Watch, you see your devices current location on the map as well as any changes in its location. Mark a device as lost If your device is lost or stolen, you can turn on Lost Mode for your iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, or Apple Watch, or lock your Mac. 1. In the Devices list, tap the lost device. 2. Under Mark As Lost, tap Activate. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions, keeping the following in mind:
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 182 Passcode: If your iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, or Apple Watch doesnt have a passcode, youre asked to create one now. For a Mac, you must create a numerical passcode, even if you already have a password set up on your Mac. This passcode is distinct from your password and is only used when you mark your device as lost. Contact Information: If youre asked to enter a phone number, enter a number where you can be reached. If youre asked to enter a message, you may want to indicate that the device is lost or how to contact you. The number and message appear on the devices Lock screen. 4. Tap Activate (for an iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, or Apple Watch) or Lock (for a Mac). When the device has been marked as lost, you see Activated under the Mark As Lost section. If the device isnt connected to a Wi-Fi or cellular network when you mark it as lost, you see Pending until the device goes online again. Change contact information or email notications for a lost device After you mark your iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, or Apple Watch as lost, you can update your contact information or email notication settings. 1. In the Devices list, tap the lost device. 2. Under Mark As Lost, tap Pending or Activated. 3. Do any of the following:
Change contact information: Make any changes. Get email updates: Turn on Receive Email Updates if its not already on. 4. Tap Done. Turn o Lost Mode for an iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, or Apple Watch When you nd your lost device, do either of the following to turn o Lost Mode:
Enter your passcode on the device. In Find My, tap the device, tap Pending or Activated under Mark as Lost, tap Turn O Mark As Lost, then tap Turn O. Unlock a Mac When you nd your lost Mac, enter the numeric passcode on the device to unlock it (the one you set up when you marked your Mac as lost). If you forget your passcode, you can recover it using Find My iPhone on iCloud.com. For more information, see Find My iPhone > Use Lost Mode in iCloud Help. If you lose your iPad, you can turn on Lost Mode using Find My iPhone on iCloud.com. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 183 NAV TITLE: Erase a device Erase a device in Find My on iPad Use the Find My app remotely erase a device, you must turn on Find My [device] before its lost. to erase an iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, Apple Watch, or Mac. In order to What happens when you erase a device in Find My?
A conrmation email is sent to your Apple ID email address. When you erase an iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, or Apple Watch remotely using Find My, Activation Lock remains on to protect it. Your Apple ID and password are required to reactivate it. After you erase a device, you cant use Find My to locate the device or play a sound on it. However, you may still be able to locate your Mac or Apple Watch if its near a previously used Wi-Fi network. Apple Pay is disabled for your device. Any credit or debit cards set up for Apple Pay, student ID cards, and Express Transit cards are removed from your device. Credit, debit, and student ID cards are removed even if your device is oine. Express Transit cards are removed the next time your device goes online. See the Apple Support article Manage the cards that you use with Apple Pay. Erase a device 1. In the Devices list, tap the device you want to erase. 2. Tap Erase This Device, then tap Erase This [device]. If the device is a Mac, enter a passcode to lock it (you need to use the passcode to unlock it). 3. If the device is lost and youre asked to enter a phone number or message, you may want to indicate that the device is lost or how to contact you. The number and message appear on the devices Lock screen. 4. Tap Erase. 5. Enter your Apple ID password, then tap Erase again. If your device is oine, the remote erase begins the next time it connects to a Wi-Fi or cellular network. Cancel an erase If you erase an oine device and nd it before it comes online again, you can cancel the erase request. 1. In the Devices list, tap the device whose erase you want to cancel. 2. Tap Cancel Erase, then enter your Apple ID password. If you lose your iPad, you can erase it using Find My iPhone on iCloud.com. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 184 NAV TITLE: Adjust map settings Adjust map settings in Find My on iPad In the Find My app
, you can change the map view or distance units. Note: These settings only aect maps in the Find My app on the device. They dont aect maps in other apps or on other devices. Change map view 1. Tap in the top-right corner of the map. 2. Under Map View, select Map, Hybrid, or Satellite. Change distance units 1. Tap in the top-right corner of the map. 2. Under Distance, select Miles or Kilometers. Home NAV TITLE: Home overview A look at Home on iPad The Home app such as lights, locks, smart TVs, thermostats, window shades, smart plugs, and cameras. With Home, you can control any Works with Apple HomeKit accessory using iPad. provides a secure way to control and automate HomeKit-enabled accessories, APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 185 After you set up your home and its rooms, you can control accessories individually, or use scenes to control multiple accessories with one command. For example, you might create a scene called wake up that turns on lights in the kitchen, raises the thermostat, and unlocks the front door. You can schedule scenes to run automatically at certain times, or when you activate a particular accessory (for example, when you unlock the front door). This also lets you, and others you invite, securely control your home while youre away. To control your home automatically and remotely, you must have Apple TV (4th generation or later), HomePod, or iPad (with iOS 10.3 or later or iPadOS 13) that you leave at home. NAV TITLE: Add and control accessories Set up accessories with Home on iPad The rst time you open the Home app you can add accessories and dene rooms. If you already created a home using another HomeKit-enabled app, youll skip this step.
, the setup assistant helps you create a home, where Add an accessory to Home Before you add an accessory such as a light or camera, be sure that its connected to a power source, is turned on, and is using your Wi-Fi network. 1. Tap the Home tab, then tap
. 2. Tap Add Accessory, then follow the onscreen instructions. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 186 When you add an accessory, its assigned to a default room, or a room you choose. You may need to scan a QR code or enter an 8-digit HomeKit setup code found on the accessory itself (or its box or documentation). A supported smart TV displays a QR code for you to scan. You can assign the accessory to a room, and give it a name, and then use this name when controlling the accessory with Siri. When you set up Apple TV in tvOS and assign it to a room, it automatically appears in that room in the Home app on iPad. Assign a home accessory to a room 1. Tap Rooms, tap
, then choose the room the accessory is currently assigned to. If its not already assigned, look in Default Room. 2. Touch and hold the accessorys button, then swipe up on the screen or tap
. 3. Tap Room, then choose a room. Turn on Include in Favorites to add the accessory to the Home tab. To rearrange your favorites, tap the Home tab, tap Edit, then drag the buttons into the arrangement you want. Organize rooms into zones Group rooms together into a zone to easily control dierent areas of your home with Siri. For example, if you have a two-story home, you can assign the rooms on the rst oor to a downstairs zone. Then you can say something to Siri like Turn o the lights downstairs. 1. Tap Rooms, then tap
. 2. Tap Room Settings, then tap a room. 3. Tap Zone, then tap an existing zone, or tap Create New to add the room to a new zone. Edit a room You can change a rooms name and wallpaper, add the room to a zone, or remove the room. When you remove the room, the accessories assigned to it move to Default Room. 1. Tap Rooms, then tap
. 2. Tap Room Settings, then tap a room. NAV TITLE: Set up accessories Control accessories with Home on iPad to control accessories in your home. Use the Home app APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 187 Control an accessory Tap the Home or Rooms tab, then tap the button for the accessorya light, for exampleto quickly turn the accessory on or o, or touch and hold the button until controls appear. The available controls depend on the type of accessory. For example, with some lightbulbs, there are controls for changing colors. With your smart TV, you can choose an input source. You can also control accessories using Control Center. Edit home accessories
, then do any of the following:
To edit accessory settings, touch and hold the accessorys button, swipe up on the screen or tap Rename an accessory: Tap to delete the old name, then type a new one. Change an accessorys icon: Tap the icon next to the accessorys name, then select a new icon. If you dont get a choice of other icons, it means the icon cant be changed for this accessory. You can control multiple accessories with the tap of a button by grouping them. 1. Touch and hold an accessory, swipe up on the screen or tap
, then tap Group with Other 2. Tap the accessory you want to group with this accessoryanother light in the room, for 3. In the Group Name eld, type a name for the group. Group accessories Accessories. example. 4. Tap Done. If you want the group to appear in the Home tab, turn on Include in Favorites. NAV TITLE: Add more homes Add more homes with iPad In the Home app example. 1. Tap the Home tab, then tap
. NAV TITLE: Congure HomePod you can add more than one physical spacea home and a small oce, for 2. Tap Add Home, name the home, then tap Save. 3. To switch to another home, tap the Home tab, tap
, then tap the home you want. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 188 Set up HomePod in Home on iPad You can use the Home app settings. Use Home to add and edit HomePod alarms to add and edit alarms on HomePod and control many of its In the Home app, touch and hold the HomePod button, swipe up or tap do any of the following:
, then tap Alarms and Add an alarm: Tap
, create the alarm, then tap Save. Edit an alarm: Tap Edit, tap the alarm time, change the time, then tap Save. Turn alarms on or o: Tap the switch next to an alarm. Delete an alarm: Tap Edit, tap next to the alarm, then tap Delete. Change HomePod settings 1. In the Home app, touch and hold the HomePod button. 2. Swipe up on the screen or tap
, then congure the HomePod settings. You can assign HomePod to a dierent room, create a stereo pair with two HomePod speakers in the same room, rename HomePod, turn on accessibility features, and more. NAV TITLE: Create and use scenes Create and use scenes in Home on iPad In the Home app once. For example, you might dene a Reading scene that adjusts the lights, closes the drapes, and adjusts the thermostat.
, you can create scenes that allow you to control multiple accessories at Create a scene 1. Tap the Home tab, tap
, then tap Add Scene. 2. Tap Custom, enter a name for the scene (such as Dinner Party or Watching TV), then tap Add Accessories. 3. Select the accessories you want this scene to include, then tap Done. The rst accessory you select determines the room the scene is assigned to. If you rst select your bedroom lamp, for example, the scene is assigned to your bedroom. 4. Set each accessory to the state you want it in when you run the scene. For example, for a Reading scene, you could set the bedroom lights to 100 percent, close the drapes, and set the thermostat to 68 degrees. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 189 Use scenes Tap the Rooms tab, tap following:
Run a scene: Tap the scene. Change a scene: Touch and hold a scene.
, choose the room the scene is assigned to, then do one of the You can change the scenes name, test the scene, add or remove accessories, and include the scene in Favorites. Favorite scenes appear in the Home tab. NAV TITLE: Control your home using Siri Control your home using Siri on iPad In addition to using the Home app Here are some of the things you can say to Siri for the accessories you add and the scenes, rooms, or homes you set up:
, you can use Siri to control your accessories and scenes. Turn o the lights or Turn on the lights Set the temperature to 68 degrees Did I lock the front door?
Turn down the kitchen lights Set my reading scene Turn o the lights in the Chicago house Learn how to ask Siri. NAV TITLE: Automations and remote access Control your home remotely with iPad In the Home app
, you can control your accessories even when youre away from home. To do so, you need a home hub, a device such as Apple TV (4th generation or later), HomePod, or iPad
(with iOS 10.3 or later or iPadOS 13) that you leave at home. Set up iPad as a home hub Go to Settings
, tap Home, then turn on Use this iPad as a Home Hub. Remotely control your home Go to Settings
> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Home. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 190 You must be signed in with the same Apple ID on your home hub device and your iPad. If you have an Apple TV or HomePod and youre signed in with the same Apple ID as your iPad, its set up automatically as a home hub. NAV TITLE: Create an automation Automate a scene in Home on iPad In the Home app activation of a sensor, or the action of an accessory. you can automate scenes based on the time of day, your location, the Create an automation 1. Tap the Automation tab. 2. Tap Create New Automation, then choose one of the following automation triggers:
When arriving or leaving a location: Tap People Arrive or People Leave, tap Location, then choose a location. Tap Time to specify when the automation worksduring the day, at night, or at times that you set. At a time of day: Tap A Time of Day Occurs, then choose when you want this automation to run. If you choose Sunset or Sunrise, times vary as the season changes. You can also set an automation to only occur after sunset, which is useful for turning on lights just when theyre needed. When an accessory changes: Tap An Accessory is Controlled, select an accessory, tap Next, then follow the onscreen instructions. You might use this, for example, to run a scene when you unlock the front door. A sensor detects something: Tap A Sensor Detects Something, select an accessory, tap Next, then follow the onscreen instructions. You might use this, for example, to turn on lights in a stairway when motion is detected nearby. To disable an automation, tap the Automation tab, tap the automation, then turn o Enable This Automation. Add a Siri shortcut To make your automation even more ecient, add a Siri Shortcut to it. 1. When choosing accessories to control with an automation, swipe up, then tap Add a Shortcut. 2. Tap
, then choose a shortcut. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 191 See [link to KB about Home and Siri Shortcuts]. NAV TITLE: Share controls with others Allow others to control accessories in your home In the Home app
, you can invite other people to control your smart accessories. You and the people you invite need to be signed in to iCloud and have iOS 11.2.5 or later or iPadOS 13. You also need to be at your home or have a home hub set up in your home. Invite others to control accessories 1. Tap the Home tab, then tap in the top-left corner of the screen. 2. Tap Invite. If you set up more than one home, tap Home Settings, then tap a home. 3. Tap to choose people with an Apple ID from your contacts list, or enter their Apple ID email 5. Tell the invitee to tap the notication they receive or open the Home app on their iOS or addresses in the To eld. 4. Tap Send Invite. iPadOS device and do the following:
Tap Accept. Tap
, then tap their name. To be added to Apple TV, tap Show Me on Apple TV, then turn on one or more Apple TVs. Allow others to access your AirPlay 2-enabled speakers and TVs 1. Tap the Home tab, then tap
. 2. Tap Allow Speaker & TV Access, then choose an option. You can allow everyone, anyone on the same network, or only people youve invited to share the home. You can also require a password that allows speaker access. To learn more about HomePod speaker and Apple TV access, see the HomePod User Guide and Apple TV User Guide. iTunes Store APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 192 NAV TITLE: Get music, movies, and TV shows Get music, movies, TV shows, and more in the iTunes Store on iPad Use the iTunes Store app to add music, movies, and TV shows to iPad. Find music, movies, TV shows, and more 1. In the iTunes Store, tap any of the following:
Music, Movies, or TV Shows: Browse by category. To rene your browsing, tap Genres at the top of the screen. Top Charts: See whats popular on iTunes. Genius: Browse recommendations based on what you bought from iTunes. Search: Enter what youre looking for, then tap Search on the keyboard. 2. Tap an item to see more information about it. You can preview songs, watch trailers for movies and TV shows, or tap to do any of the following:
Share a link to the item: Choose a sharing option. Give the item as a gift: Tap Gift. Add the item to your wish list: Tap Add to Wish List. To view your wish list, tap
, then tap Wish List. Buy and download content 1. To buy an item, tap the price. If the item is free, tap Get. If you see again without a charge. the purchase. 3. To see the progress of a download, tap Downloads. Redeem or give an App Store & iTunes Gift Card 1. Tap Music, then scroll to the bottom. 2. Tap Redeem or Send Gift. instead of a price, you already purchased the item, and you can download it 2. If required, authenticate your Apple ID with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode to complete Note: You need an Internet connection to use the iTunes Store. The availability of the iTunes Store and its features varies by country or region. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 193 NAV TITLE: Manage purchases and settings Manage your iTunes Store purchases and settings on iPad
, you can review and download music, movies, and TV shows In the iTunes Store app purchased by you or other family members. You can also customize your preferences for the iTunes Store in Settings. Approve purchases with Family Sharing With Family Sharing set up, the family organizer can review and approve purchases made by other family members under a certain age. See Set up Family Sharing on. View and download music, movies, or TV shows purchased by you or family members 1. In the iTunes Store, tap Purchased. 2. If you set up Family Sharing, tap My Purchases, then choose a family member to view their purchases. Note: You can see purchases made by family members only if they choose to share their purchases. To see a chronological list of the apps, songs, movies, TV shows, books, and other items you bought with your Apple ID, view your purchase history in iTunes. 3. Tap Music, Movies, or TV Shows. 4. Find the item you want to download, then tap
. View your entire purchase history in iTunes In your purchase history, you can do any of the following:
View when an order was billed to your account. View the date of a purchase. Resend email receipts. Report a problem with purchased content. Change your iTunes Store settings Go to Settings
> [your name] > iTunes & App Store, then do any of the following:
Automatically download music purchased on your other Apple devices: Below Automatic Downloads, turn on Music. Limit iTunes Store downloads to Wi-Fi connections: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Below Cellular Data, turn o Automatic Downloads. See also APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 194 Apple Support article: Hide and unhide music, movies, TV shows, audiobooks, and books Apple Support article: Create and add money to an iTunes Pass Mail NAV TITLE: Write an email Write an email in Mail on iPad With the Mail app drawings, documents, and more.
, you can write and edit emails, and send and receive photos, videos, WARNING: For important information about avoiding distractions that could lead to dangerous situations, see Important safety information for iPad. Create an email message Ask Siri. Say something like: New email to John Bishop or Email Simon and say I got the forms, thanks. Learn how to ask Siri. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 195 Or do the following:
1. Tap
. 2. Tap in the email, then type your message. With the onscreen keyboard, you can tap individual keys. Or pinch closed to use the smaller QuickType keyboard, then slide your nger from one letter to the next without lifting your nger. (See Enter text using the onscreen keyboard.) 3. To change the formatting, tap
. You can change the font style, change the color of text, use a bold or italic stye, add a bulleted or numbered list, and more. Reply to an email 1. Tap in the email, tap
, then tap Reply. 2. Type your response. With the onscreen keyboard, you can tap individual keys. Or pinch closed to use the smaller QuickType keyboard, then slide your nger from one letter to the next without lifting your nger. (See Enter text using the onscreen keyboard.) Quote some text when you reply to an email When you reply to an email, you can include text from the sender to clarify what youre responding to. 1. In the senders email, touch and hold the rst word of the text, then drag to the last word. (See Select and revise text.) 2. Tap
, then tap Reply, then type your message. To turn o the indentation of quoted text, go to Settings
> Mail > Increase Quote Level. NAV TITLE: Add attachments Add attachments to an email on iPad In the Mail app
, you can attach photos, videos, scanned documents, and more to an email. Attach a document to an email You can attach a saved document to an email. 1. Tap in the email where you want to insert the document, then tap above the keyboard. 2. Locate the document in Files, then tap it to insert it. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 196 In Files, tap Browse or Recent at the bottom of the screen, then tap a le, location, or folder to open it. You can also use drag and drop to attach a le to your email. Insert a saved photo or video 1. Tap in the email where you want to insert the photo or video, then tap above the keyboard. 2. Locate the photo or video in the photo selector. You can swipe up to see more images. 3. Tap the photo or video to insert it into your email. Take a photo or video to insert into an email 1. Tap in the email where you want to insert the photo or video, then tap above the keyboard. 3. Tap Use Photo or Use Video to insert it into your email, or tap Retake if you want to reshoot it. 2. Take a new photo or video. Scan a document into an email 1. Tap in the email where you want to insert the scanned document, then tap above the 2. Position iPad so that the document page appears on the screeniPad automatically captures To capture the page manually, tap or press a volume button. To turn the ash on or o, tap keyboard. the page. 3. Scan additional pages, then tap Save when youre done. 4. To make changes to the saved scan, tap it, then do any of the following:
Crop the image: Tap
. Apply a lter: Tap
. Rotate the image: Tap
. Delete the scan: Tap
. Mark up an attachment You can use Markup to write or draw on a photo, video, or PDF attachment. 1. In the email, tap the attachment, then tap
. 2. Using the drawing tools, draw with your nger or Apple Pencil. 3. When youre nished, tap Done. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 197 See Draw in apps with Markup on iPad. Draw in your email 1. Tap in the email where you want to insert a drawing, then tap above the keyboard. 2. Choose a drawing tool and color, then write or draw with your nger. See Draw in apps with Markup on iPad. 3. When youre nished, tap Done, then tap Insert Drawing. To resume work on a drawing, tap, then tap
. NAV TITLE: Address and send email Address and send email in Mail on iPad APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 198 In the Mail app outside certain domains, and more.
, you can send email from any of your email accounts, mark addresses from Add recipients 1. Tap in the To eld, then type the names of recipients. As you type, Mail automatically suggests people from your Contacts, along with email addresses for the people who have more than one email address. You can also tap to open Contacts and add recipients from there. 2. If youre sending a copy, tap the Cc/Bcc eld. 3. Tap in the Cc eld, then enter the names of people youre sending a copy to. 4. Tap in the Bcc eld, then enter the names of people whose names you dont want other recipients to see. Automatically send a copy to yourself Go to Settings
> Mail, then turn on Always Bcc Myself. Change a recipient from Cc to Bcc After you enter recipients, you can reorder their names in the address elds, or drag them from one address eld to anotherfor example, to the Bcc eld if you decide you dont want their names to appear. 1. Go to Settings
> Passwords & Accounts > Add Account > Other. Add additional mail accounts 2. Tap Add Mail Account. 3. Enter your name, email address, and password, then tap Next. 4. Enter the names of the incoming and outgoing mail servers for your account and any other requested information. 5. Tap Save. Customize your email signature You can customize the email signature that appears automatically at the bottom of every email you send. 1. Go to Settings
> Mail > Signature. 2. Tap in the text eld at the top of the screen, then edit your signature. Tip: If you have more than one email account, tap Per Account to set a dierent signature for each account. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 199 Send an email from a dierent account If you have more than one email account, you can specify which account to send email from. Tap the From eld to choose an account. Mark addresses outside certain domains When youre addressing an email to a recipient whos not in your organizations domain, you can have the recipients name appear in red to alert you. 1. Go to Settings
> Mail > Mark Addresses. 2. Enter the domains that are in your organizationones that you dont want marked in red. You can enter multiple domains separated by commas (for example, apple.com, example.org). Any email sent to or from other domains is marked. NAV TITLE: View an email View an email in Mail on iPad In the Mail app
, you can preview the contents of an email without opening it. Preview an email and a list of options APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 200 In a mailbox list, touch and hold an email to preview its contents and see a list of options for replying, ling it, and more. See View previews and quick actions menus on iPad. Show a longer preview In your mailbox lists, Mail displays two lines of text for each email by default. You can choose to see more lines of text without opening the email. Go to Settings
> Mail > Preview, then choose up to ve lines. Show the whole email In the list of emails, tap the one you want to read. Show the whole conversation Go to Settings
> Mail, then turn on Organize by Thread. To change how threads are displayed, you can also change other settings in Settings > Mail such as Collapse Read Messages or Most Recent Message on Top. Show To and Cc labels in your Inbox Go to Settings
> Mail, then turn on Show To/Cc Labels. You can also view the To/Cc mailbox, which gathers all mail addressed to you. To show or hide it, tap Mailboxes, tap Edit, then select To or Cc. Add someone to your contacts or make them a VIP In an email, tap a persons name or email address, then do one of the following:
1. To add them to your VIP list, tap Add to VIP. 2. To add them to your contacts, tap Create New Contact or Add to Existing Contact. You can add a phone number, other email addresses, and more information NAV TITLE: Save an email draft Save a draft in Mail on iPad In the Mail app writing a new one. Save a draft for later
, you can save a draft to nish later, or look at existing emails while youre If youre writing an email and want to nish it later, tap Cancel, then tap Save Draft. To get it back, touch and hold
, then tap the draft in the list. With OS X 10.10 or later, you can also hand o unnished emails with your Mac. See Use Hando with. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 201 Look at another email while youre writing one 1. Swipe down on the title bar of an email youre writing. 2. When youre ready to return to your email, tap its title at the bottom of the screen. If you have more than one email waiting to be nished, tap the bottom of the screen to see them all. NAV TITLE: Flag and lter emails Flag and lter emails on iPad In the Mail app
, you can ag and lter your emails. Flag an email You can ag an email to make it easier to nd later. An email you ag remains in your Inbox, but also appears in the Flagged mailbox. To see the Flagged mailbox, tap Mailboxes at the top left, tap Edit, then select Flagged. To set the default color or shape of your ags, go to Settings
> Mail > Flag Style. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 202 1. Open the email, tap
, then tap
. 2. To choose a color for the ag, tap a colored dot. To change or remove a ag, open the email, tap
, then tap another color, or tap
. Flags you add to an email appear on that email in Mail on all your Apple devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Flag emails from your VIPs Add important people to your VIP list, so their emails appear with a VIP ag and in the VIP mailbox. 1. While viewing an email, tap the name or email address of a person in the email. 2. Tap Add to VIP. Get notied of replies to an email or thread You can create mail notications when reading or writing an email. When reading an email: Tap
, then tap Notify Me. When writing an email: Tap the Subject eld, tap in the Subject eld, then tap Notify Me. You can create mail notications that let you know when you receive emails in favorite mailboxes or from your VIPs. To change how notications appear, go to Settings then turn on Allow Notications.
> Notications > Mail, Ask Siri. Say something like: Any new mail from Nanditha today? Learn how to ask Siri. Mute email notications To reduce interruptions from busy email threads, you can mute notications of the messages in the conversations. 1. Open an email in the conversation. 2. Tap
, then tap Mute. To specify what you want done with emails you muted, go to Settings Action, then select an option.
> Mail > Muted Thread Block email from specied senders To block a sender, tap their email address and select Block this Contact. To move an email to the Junk folder, open it, tap
, then tap Move to Junk. Tip: If you move an email accidentally, immediately swipe left with three ngers to undo. Manage junk mail Filter emails APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 203 You can use lters to temporarily show only certain messagesthe ones that meet all the criteria you select in the lter list. For example, if you select Unread and Only Mail with Attachments, you see only unread emails that have attachments. 1. Tap in the bottom-left corner of a mailbox list. Note: When reading an email on iPad in Portrait orientation, tap with at the bottom. to display the email list 2. Tap Filtered by. 3. Select or turn on the criteria for emails you want to view. 4. Tap in the bottom-left corner to hide emails that dont match the current lters. Tap again to turn the lter o. To turn o an active lter, deselect it or turn it o. To turn o all lters, tap the Filter button. NAV TITLE: Organize your email Organize email in Mail on iPad In the Mail app
, manage your email in mailboxes. Manage an email with a swipe While viewing an email list you can use a simple swipe to move individual emails to the trash, mark them as read, and more. To reveal a list of actions, slowly swipe an email to the left until you see the menu, then tap an item. To use the rightmost action, quickly swipe all the way to the left. Swipe right to reveal one other action. To choose the actions you want to appear in the menus, go to Settings Options.
> Mail > Swipe Organize your mail with mailboxes In the Mailboxes list, you can view all your mailboxes, create a new one, or rename or delete one. (Some mailboxes cant be changed.) 1. Tap Mailboxes in the upper-left corner. 2. Tap Edit at the top of the list. 3. Select the checkbox next to a mailbox you want to view. There are several smart mailboxes, such as Unread, that show emails from all your accounts. Tap the ones you want to view. 4. To add a mailbox, tap New Mailbox at the bottom of the list. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 204 5. Enter a name and specify a location, then tap Save. Reorder your mailboxes You can reorder your mailboxes so that the ones you use most often appear at the top of the Mailboxes list. 3. Touch and hold next to a mailbox until it lifts up, then drag it to the position you want. 1. Tap Mailboxes in the upper-left corner. 2. Tap Edit at the top of the list. Move or mark multiple emails 1. While viewing a list of emails, tap Edit. 2. Select the emails you want to move or mark by tapping their checkboxes. To select multiple emails quickly, swipe down through the checkboxes. 3. Choose the action you want to perform on all the selected emails. If you change your mind, immediately swipe left with three ngers to undo. Show draft emails from all of your accounts 1. Tap Mailboxes in the upper-left corner. 2. Tap Edit at the top of the list. 3. Tap Add Mailbox, then turn on the All Drafts mailbox. NAV TITLE: Search for email Search for email in Mail on iPad In the Mail app
, you can search for emails using dierent criteria. Search for text in an email 1. Swipe down from the middle of a mailbox list to reveal the search eld. 2. Tap in the search eld and type the text youre looking for. 3. Choose between searching all mailboxes or the current mailbox above the results list. 4. Tap an email in the results list to see it. Searching looks at the address elds, the subject, and the email body. The most relevant emails appear in Top Hits above the search suggestions as you type. Search by timeframe APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 205 Swipe down from the middle of a mailbox list to reveal the search eld, tap in the search eld, then type something like February meeting to nd all emails from February with the word meeting. Search by email state You can search for emails by various attributes. For example, you can do any of the following:
Find all agged emails: Type ag in the search eld, then tap Flagged Messages below Other. Find all emails from people in your VIP list: Type vip in the search eld, then tap Messages from VIPs below Other. Find all unread emails: Type unread in the search eld, then tap Unread Messages below Other. Find all email with attachments: Type attachment in the search eld, then tap Messages with Attachments below Other. NAV TITLE: Delete and recover emails Delete and recover emails in Mail on iPad In the Mail app
, delete emails you no longer need. Delete emails There are multiple ways to delete emails. Do any of the following:
While viewing an email: Tap size and orientation).
(either at the top or bottom of the screen, depending on screen While viewing the email list: Swipe an email left, then choose Trash. To delete the email in a single gesture, swipe it all the way to the left. Delete multiple emails at once: While viewing a list of emails, tap Edit, select the emails you want to delete, then tap Trash. To select multiple emails quickly, swipe down through the checkboxes. To turn the conrmation of deletion on or o, go to Settings Before Deleting.
> Mail, then turn on or o Ask If you change your mind, immediately swipe left with three ngers to undo. Recover a deleted email 1. Go to the accounts Trash mailbox, then open the email. 2. Tap
, then move the email. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 206 If you change your mind, immediately swipe left with three ngers to undo. Tip: To see deleted emails across all your accounts, tap Mailboxes at the top left, tap Edit at the top of the list, then select the All Trash mailbox. Archive instead of delete Instead of deleting emails, you can archive them in the Archive mailbox. (You can still delete emails, even if you set up an Archive mailbox.) 1. Go to Settings
> Passwords & Accounts. 2. Tap your email account, tap Mail (below Advanced), then tap Advanced. 3. In the Advanced settings, change the destination mailbox for discarded emails to Archive Mailbox. When this option is turned on, to delete an email instead of archiving it, touch and hold tap Trash Message.
, then Decide how long to keep deleted emails You can set how long deleted emails stay in the Trash mailbox. 1. Go to Settings
> Passwords & Accounts. 2. Tap your email account, tap Mail (below Advanced), then tap Advanced. 3. In the Advanced settings, tap Remove, then select a time interval. Note: Some email services might override your selection; for example, iCloud doesnt keep deleted emails longer than 30 days, even if you select Never. NAV TITLE: Work with attachments Work with email attachments on iPad In the Mail app
, preview, save, open, and annotate email attachments. Preview an attachment Touch and hold an attachment to preview it and see a list of actions you can perform. Save a photo or video attachment to Photos Touch and hold the photo or video, then tap Add to Photos. Mark up attachments Use Markup to annotate an image or a PDF attachment. 1. Touch and hold the attachment, then tap Markup (if its an attachment youre sending) or Markup and Reply (if its an attachment youve received). APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 207 2. Use the drawing and annotation tools. See Draw in apps with Markup on iPad. On supported models, you can annotate with Apple Pencil. Open an attachment with another app 1. Touch and hold the attachment until a menu appears. 2. Tap
, then choose the app you want to use to open the attachment. Note: Some attachments automatically show a banner with buttons you can use to open other apps. See emails with attachments 1. Tap to turn on ltering. 2. Tap Filtered by, then turn on Only Mail with Attachments. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 208 You can also use the Attachments mailbox, which shows emails with attachments from all accounts. To view it, tap Mailboxes at the top left, tap Edit above the Mailboxes list, then select Attachments. Send large attachments Mail Drop is an iCloud feature you can use to send les exceeding the maximum size allowed by your email account. To use Mail Drop, tap Send when youre ready to send an email with large attachments, then follow the onscreen instructions. Mail must be turned on in Settings Drop limits.
> [your name] > iCloud. See the Apple Support article Mail To learn how to send any attachment, see Add attachments to an email on iPad. NAV TITLE: Print emails Print an email or attachment in Mail on iPad In the Mail app
, print an email or an attachment. Print an email Tap
, then tap Print. Print an attachment or picture See Print from. Touch and hold the attachment to view it, tap
, then choose Print. Maps NAV TITLE: View maps View maps on iPad In the Maps app
, nd your location on a map and zoom in and out to see the detail you need. To nd your location, iPad must be connected to the Internet, and Location Services must be on.
(See Set which apps can access your location on iPad.) On Wi-Fi + Cellular models, cellular data rates may apply. (See View or change cellular settings on iPad.) APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 209 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE WARNING: For important information about navigation and avoiding distractions that could lead to dangerous situations, see Important safety information for iPad. Show your current location Tap
. Your position is marked in the middle of the map. The top of the map is north. To show your heading instead of north at the top, tap
. To resume showing north, tap or
. Choose between road, transit, and satellite views Tap
, choose Map, Transit, or Satellite, then tap
. If transit information is unavailable, tap View Routing Apps to use an app for public or other modes of transportation. Move, zoom, and rotate a map Move around in a map: Drag the map. Zoom in or out: Double-tap and hold your nger to the screen, then drag up to zoom in or drag down to zoom out. Or, pinch open or closed on the map. 210 The scale appears in the upper left while youre zooming. To change the unit of distance, go to Settings
> Maps, then select In Miles or In Kilometers. Rotate the map: Touch and hold the map with two ngers, then rotate your ngers. To show north at the top of the screen after you rotate the map, tap
. View a 3D map On a 2D road or transit map: Drag two ngers up. On a 2D satellite map: Tap 3D near the upper right. While viewing a 3D map, you can do the following:
Adjust the angle: Drag two ngers up or down. See buildings and other small features in 3D: Zoom in. Return to a 2D map: Tap 2D near the upper right. NAV TITLE: Find places Find places in Maps on iPad Use the Maps app to nd attractions, services, and more. If you install apps that have map extensions, you may be able to do things like make a reservation at a restaurant and order a ridesharing vehicle to take you there. Visit the App Store to nd apps that work with Maps. Search for a place Ask Siri. Say something like: Show me the Golden Gate Bridge. Learn how to ask Siri. Or you can tap the search eld, then begin typing. You can search in dierent ways. For example:
Intersection (8th and Market) Area (Greenwich Village) Landmark (Guggenheim) Zip code (60622) Business (movies, restaurants San Francisco CA, Apple Inc New York) To see all results, swipe up on the search card. Note: If you see an information card instead of the search eld, tap information card. in the top right of the APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 211 Find nearby attractions, services, and more APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Ask Siri. Say something like: Find a gas station or Find co!ee near me. Learn how to ask Siri. Or you can tap the search eld, tap a category such as Groceries or Hotels, then do any of the following:
See all results for the category: Swipe up on the information card. Change the search area: Drag the map to another area or zoom in or out, then tap Search Here near the top of the screen. See more information about a result: Tap the item on the information card. Tip: Use the Maps Nearby widget to quickly nd nearby attractions and services. See Add and organize Today View widgets. Nearby suggestions are not available in all regions. See the iOS Feature Availability website. Find your way around an airport, transit station, or shopping mall 1. Do one of the following:
When youre at the location: Open Maps, tap Look Insideor zoom in, then tap the Browse button in the upper right. to show your current location, then tap Before you get to the location: Search for the location in Maps or drag the map to show the location. Zoom in, then tap the Browse button. 2. To nd nearby services, tap a category (like Food, Restrooms, or Gates) on the information card, then swipe up to see all results, listed alphabetically. To see more information about a result, tap it. 212 3. To see a map of a dierent oor, tap the button showing the oor level (zoom in if you dont see the button). Note: Indoor maps for airports, transit stations, and shopping malls are not available in all regions. See the iOS Feature Availability website. Quickly nd or delete recently viewed places To see a list of recently viewed places, swipe down from the bottom of the search card. To delete an item from the list, swipe the item left. Or tap See All directly above the list, then do one of the following:
Delete a group: Tap Clear above the group. Delete a single item: Swipe the item left. See also Delete signicant locations. NAV TITLE: Look around APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 213 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE in an interactive 3D experience that lets you pan 360 degrees and Look around in Maps on iPad View cities in the Maps app move through the streets. 1. In select cities, tap on a map or information card. 2. To change the view, do any of the following:
Pan: Drag a nger left or right. Move forward: Tap the scene. Zoom in or out: Pinch open or closed. View another point of interest: Tap elsewhere on the map. Switch to or from full-screen view: Tap or
. Hide labels in full-screen view: Tap the address card at the upper left, then tap
. If an information card appears in the upper left, tap to show the address card. 3. When nished, tap Done. 214 NAV TITLE: Mark places Mark places in Maps on iPad Mark places in the Maps app to help you nd them later. Tip: To quickly mark your location so you can nd your way back later, touch and hold the Maps icon on the Home screen, then choose Mark My Location. See Perform quick actions from the Home screen. Mark an unlabeled location on the map 1. Touch and hold the map until a pin marker appears. 2. To help you nd the location later, you can save it to your favorites, to a collection, or to Contacts. Swipe up on the information card, then choose an option. 3. To close the information card, tap
. Delete a pin marker 1. Tap the marker. 2. On the information card, tap Remove Marker. See Delete signicant locations. NAV TITLE: Get information about a place You can also touch and hold the marker, then tap the Remove Marker quick action. Get information about a place in Maps on iPad Find street addresses and other information about places that appear in the Maps app
. See information about a place Tap a location on a map or an item in a list of search results, then do any of the following:
Get a route to the location: Tap Directions. View more information: Swipe up on the information card. The information might include the street address, a phone number, a webpage link, business hours, and customer reviews. Close the information card: Tap
. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 215 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Save information about a place Tap a location on a map or an item in a list of search results, then do any of the following:
Add the place to a collection: Tap Add to. Scroll part way down the information card if you dont see Add to. Add the place to your favorites: Scroll to the bottom of the information card, then tap Add to Favorites. Add the place to Contacts: Scroll to the bottom of the information card, then tap Create a New Contact or Add to Existing Contact. See Save favorite places in Maps on and Create collections in Maps on. NAV TITLE: Share places Share places in Maps on iPad In the Maps app show people where to meet you. 216
, share places with others. For example, you can send a message or email to APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 1. Tap a place on the map. 2. Tap on the information card, then choose an option. You can also touch and hold the place, then tap the Share Location quick action. Tip: To quickly share your current location, touch and hold the Maps icon on the Home screen, then choose Send My Location. See Perform quick actions from the Home screen. NAV TITLE: Save favorite places Save favorite places in Maps on iPad In the Maps app marked with a pinto your favorites list. You can quickly nd your favorites on the search card, directly below the search eld.
, save a locationsuch as a landmark, a business, a home, or a spot that you Add a place to your favorites 1. Swipe down from the bottom of the search card to show Favorites. 2. Tap on the right side of the row. If you dont see
, swipe the Favorites row left. 3. Do one of the following:
Choose a suggestion below the search eld. Enter a place or address in the search eld, then choose a search result. 4. To rename the favorite, tap the title, then use the keyboard to change the name. 5. Tap Done. You can also tap a location on a map or choose an item in a list of search results, then at the bottom of the information card tap Add to Favorites. Add a transit stop to your favorites 217 1. Find a transit route, then tap Go. 2. Tap a transit stop or station. 3. Scroll to the bottom of the information card, tap Add to Favorites, then tap
. Adding a transit line to your favorites also adds it to the Maps Transit widget in Today View. You can use the widget to quickly check the lines operating status. (See Add and organize Today View widgets.) Quickly nd your favorites Swipe down from the bottom of the search card to see several favorites. To see more, swipe the row of favorites left or tap See All above the row. 1. Swipe down from the bottom of the search card to show Favorites, then tap See All above the Edit a favorite row of favorites. 2. Tap next to the favorite. 3. Depending on the location, you may be able to make the following changes:
Rename the favorite: Tap the title, then use the keyboard to change the name. Change the address: Tap the address, then tap Open Contact Card. Adjust the location on the map: Tap Rene Location on the Map. Change the label: Tap a label type. Delete the location from your favorites list: Tap Remove Favorite. Tell someone your ETA: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Tap Add Person, then choose one or more suggested contacts, or search for a contact. Whenever you start turn-by-turn navigation to this location, the person automatically receives a notication about your estimated time of arrival (ETA). See Share your ETA. 4. Tap Done. Delete a place from your favorites Swipe down from the bottom of the search card to show Favorites, tap See All above the row of favorites, then swipe the item left. NAV TITLE: Create collections Create collections in Maps on iPad APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 218 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE
, organize related places into collections for easy reference. For example, you In the Maps app can add destinations for an upcoming vacation into a collection named Summer Road Trip. You can quickly get to your collections from the search card, below Favorites, and you can easily share your collections with others. Create a collection Swipe down from the bottom of the search card, then do one of the following:
Create your rst or second collection: Tap New Collection, enter a name, then tap Create. Create additional collections: Tap See All above the list of collections, tap the list, enter a name, tap Create, then tap
. at the bottom of Add a place to a collection 1. Tap a location on a map or an item in a list of search results. 2. Tap Add to, then choose a collection. Share a collection 1. Swipe down from the bottom of the search card to show Collections, then tap a collection. 219 2. Tap
, then choose an option. When you make changes to the collection, the changes automatically appear to everyone sharing it. 1. Swipe down from the bottom of the search card to show Collections, then choose a Edit a collection collection. 2. Tap Edit. 3. Do any of the following:
Rename the collection: Tap the title. 4. Tap
. NAV TITLE: Get trac and weather info Delete a place from the collection: Tap the place, then tap Delete at the bottom of the screen. Change the sort order: Tap Date Added, Name, or Distance, then choose an option. Get trafc and weather info in Maps on iPad In the Maps app
, view trac conditions and nd out about the weather. Find out about trac conditions 1. From map or satellite view, tap
. If youre in transit view, tap
, then choose Map or Satellite. 2. Turn on Trac, then tap
. Orange indicates slowdowns, and red indicates stop-and-go trac. 3. To see an incident report, tap an incident marker (not available in all regions). Incident markers show information such as lane closures construction
, accidents
, and more.
, road closures
, road Find out about the weather Zoom in on a map until the weather icon appears in the lower-right corner; the icon shows the current conditions for that area. In some regions, the air quality index also appears in the lower-
right corner. To see the hourly forecast, touch and hold the weather icon. Tap the hourly forecast to see the 10-day forecast in Safari. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 220 If you dont want to see the weather information or the air quality index in Maps, go to Settings
> Maps, then turn o Weather Conditions or Air Quality Index. NAV TITLE: Get directions Get directions in Maps on iPad Get driving, transit, and walking directions in the Maps app
. Tip: Add your home and work addresses to your My Info card in Contacts, then you can use work or home when searching in Maps or asking Siri. See Add your contact info on iPad. To get directions, iPad must be connected to the Internet. (On Wi-Fi + Cellular models, cellular data rates may apply. See View or change cellular settings on iPad.) To get directions involving your current location, Location Services must be on. (See Set which apps can access your location on iPad.) Find a route Ask Siri. Say something like: Give me directions home or Transit directions to my dads work. Learn how to ask Siri. Or you can do one of the following:
Tap the place you want directions to (for example, a landmark on a map, a spot that you marked with a pin, or a search result), then tap Directions on the information card. Touch and hold a location on a map, then tap the Directions quick action. Maps shows directions from your current location. To see detailed directions for the route, tap Go. (See Follow turn-by-turn directions in Maps on iPad.) APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 221 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Tip: Use the Maps Destination widget to quickly get directions for likely destinations. Use the Maps Transit widget to quickly get information about transit destinations. See Add and organize Today View widgets. Change the route With a route showing, you can do the following before you tap Go for detailed directions:
Choose from alternate routes: If alternate routes appear, tap one to take it. Reverse the starting point and destination: Tap My Location (near the top of the route card), then tap
. Choose a di!erent starting point or destination: Tap My Location, tap either the From or To eld, then enter a di!erent location. See a driving, walking, or transit route: Tap Drive, Walk, or Transit. In select cities, Maps provides public transportation information, which includes walking directions to a bus stop or train station. If transit route information is unavailable, tap View Routing Apps to use an app for other modes of transportation. Avoid tolls or highways: With a driving route showing, tap Driving Options (at the bottom of the route card), then turn on Tolls or Highways. 222 Choose a transit time or date With a transit route showing, and before you tap Go for detailed directions, tap Leaving Soon
(near the top of the route card), then select a time or date for departure or arrival. To choose which transit vehicles to consider, tap Transit Options (at the bottom of the route card). Delete a recently viewed route Swipe down from the bottom of the search card to see Recently Viewed, then swipe a recent route left. Or tap See All directly above the list, then do one of the following:
Delete a group of routes: Tap Clear above the group. Delete a single route: Swipe the route left. See also Delete signicant locations. Use Maps on your Mac to get directions You can get directions on a Mac (OS X 10.9 or later) and send them to your iPad. You must be signed in with the same Apple ID on both your Mac and your iPad. 1. In Maps on your Mac, nd a route for your trip. 2. Choose File > Share > Send to [your device]. You can also use Hando to send directions from iPad to Mac. See Use Hando with. NAV TITLE: Follow turn-by-turn directions Follow turn-by-turn directions in Maps on iPad In the Maps app routes (not available in all regions).
, follow detailed, turn-by-turn directions for driving, transit, and walking To provide directions, iPad must be connected to the Internet. (On Wi-Fi + Cellular models, cellular data rates may apply. See View or change cellular settings on iPad.) To provide directions involving your current location, Location Services must be on. (See Set which apps can access your location on iPad.) View turn-by-turn or stop-by-stop directions Ask Siri. Say something like: Transit directions to my dads work. Learn how to ask Siri. Or you can nd a walking, transit, or (on Wi-Fi-only models) driving route, then tap Go. Do any of the following at any time during your trip:
End directions at any time: Tap End, or say something to Siri like Stop navigating. See the next instruction: Swipe left on the instruction at the top of the screen. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 223 View the directions in a list: Tap the route card, then tap Details. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE See the route overview: Tap the route card, then tap Overview. To see more detail, tap the route card, then tap Zoom In. Add a transit stop to Favorites: See Add a transit stop to your favorites. Hear turn-by-turn driving directions (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Ask Siri. Say something like: Give me directions home. Learn how to ask Siri. Or you can nd a driving route, then tap Go. As Maps follows your progress, it speaks turn-by-turn directions to your destination. To end directions at any time, tap End, or say something to Siri like Stop navigating. 224 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE See an overview of your driving route With turn-by-turn driving directions showing, tap the turn directions at the top of the screen. You can do the following:
Show the destination instead of north at the top of the screen: Tap the map, then tap Show north instead of the destination at the top of the screen. Tap the map, then tap
. Return to turn-by-turn directions: Tap the turn directions at the top of the screen. See a list of your turn-by-turn driving directions With turn-by-turn driving directions showing, tap the route card, then tap Details. Make a stop along your driving route Ask Siri. Say something like Hey Siri, nd a gas station. Or you can do the following:
1. Tap the route card. 2. Tap one of the suggested services (such as gas stations), then tap Go. 225 Share your ETA As you follow turn-by-turn driving instructions, you can let others know your estimated time of arrival (ETA). (Standard carrier data and text rates may apply.) 1. With turn-by-turn directions showing, tap the route card, then tap Share ETA. 2. Choose one or more suggested contacts, or tap Contacts, then nd a contact. 3. You can do the following during your trip:
Cancel sending ETA information: Tap Sharing ETA at the bottom of the screen, then choose a contact. Replace the Sharing ETA card with the route card: Tap on the Sharing ETA card. People using devices with iOS 13 or iPadOS 13 receive a Maps notication with your ETA, and they can track your progress in Maps. People using devices with iOS 12 or earlier receive the notication through iMessage. People using other mobile devices receive an SMS message. NAV TITLE: Take Flyover tours in Maps Take Flyover tours in Maps on iPad In the Maps app landmarks are identied by the Flyover button on their information cards. Flyover cities are indicated by
, you can y over many of the worlds major landmarks and cities. Flyover next to their names in map view. View a city or landmark from above On supported models, move the iPad screen to seemingly y over a city or landmark. 1. Tap the name of a city (in map or satellite view) or the name of a landmark. markers for cities, zoom out, or if youre using transit view, tap
, then If you dont see choose Map or Satellite. 2. Tap Flyover on the information card. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 226 3. Do any of the following:
Change viewing direction: Point or tilt iPad in the direction you want to view. Move around: Drag a nger in any direction. To rotate perspective, touch and hold the screen with one nger, then continue holding it in place while you drag another nger around it. Watch an aerial 3D tour: Tap Start Tour or Start City Tour in the card at the bottom of the screen. (If you dont see the card, tap anywhere on the screen.) 4. To return to the map, tap in the card at the bottom of the screen (tap anywhere on the screen if you dont see
). Watch an aerial 3D tour On iPad mini 4, take a Flyover tour of a city or landmark. 1. Tap the name of a city (in map or satellite view) or the name of a landmark. 2. Tap Flyover Tour on the information card. 3. To return to the map, tap
. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 227 NAV TITLE: Help improve Maps Help improve Maps on iPad To report a missing location, an incorrect label, or other issue in the Maps app upper-right corner of the map, then tap Report an Issue.
, tap in the Measure NAV TITLE: Measure On supported models, use the Measure app objects and surfaces. iPad automatically detects the dimensions of rectangular objects, or you can manually set the start and end points of a measurement. and your iPad camera to measure nearby APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 228 For best results, use Measure on well-dened objects located 0.5 to 3 meters (2 to 10 feet) from iPad. Note: Measurements are approximate. Start a measurement 1. Open Measure
, then use the iPad camera to slowly scan nearby objects. 2. Position iPad so that the object you want to measure appears on the screen. 1. When iPad detects the edges of the rectangular object, a yellow box frames the object; tap Take an automatic rectangle measurement the yellow box to see the dimensions. 2. To take a photo of your measurement, tap
. Take a manual measurement 1. Align the center of the screen with the point where you want to start measuring, then tap
. 2. Slowly pan iPad to the end point, then tap to see the measured length. 3. To take a photo of your measurement, tap
. 4. Take another measurement, or tap Clear to start over. Messages NAV TITLE: Set up Messages Set up Messages on iPad In the Messages app cellular service, or with iMessage over Wi-Fi or cellular service to people who use iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or a Mac. iMessages dont count against your SMS/MMS allowances in your cellular messaging plan, but cellular data rates may apply.
, you can send text messages as SMS/MMS messages through your iMessage texts can include photos, videos, and other info. You can see when other people are typing, and send read receipts to let them know when youve read their messages. For security, messages sent using iMessage are encrypted before theyre sent. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 229 iMessage texts appear in blue bubbles, and SMS/MMS texts appear in green bubbles. See the Apple Support article About iMessages and SMS/MMS. Sign in to iMessage Go to Settings
> Messages, then turn on iMessage. Sign in to iMessage on your Mac and other Apple devices using the same Apple ID If you sign in to iMessage with the same Apple ID on all your devices, all the messages that you send and receive on iPad also appear on your other Apple devices. Send a message from whichever device is closest to you, or use Hando to start a conversation on one device and continue it on another. 1. On iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, go to Settings
> Messages, then turn on iMessage. 2. On your Mac, open Messages, then do one of the following:
If youre signing in for the rst time, enter your Apple ID and password, then click Sign In. If you signed in before and want to use a dierent Apple ID, choose Messages >
Preferences, click Accounts, then select iMessage in the Accounts list. With Continuity, you can send and receive SMS/MMS messages on iPad using the cellular connection on your iPhone. See the Apple Support article Use Continuity to connect your Mac, iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Apple Watch. Use Messages in iCloud Go to Settings
> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Messages (if its not already turned on). Every message you send and receive on your iPad is saved in iCloud. And, when you sign in with the same Apple ID on a new device that also has Messages in iCloud turned on, all your conversations show up there automatically. Because your messages and any attachments are stored in iCloud, you may have more free space on your iPad when you need it. Message bubbles, whole conversations, and attachments you delete from iPad are also deleted from your other Apple devices (iOS 11.4 or later and macOS 10.13.5 or later) where Messages in iCloud is turned on. See the Apple Support article Keep all your messages in iCloud. Note: Messages in iCloud uses iCloud storage. See Manage Apple ID and iCloud settings on iPad for information about iCloud storage. NAV TITLE: Send and receive messages Send and receive text messages on iPad Use the Messages app can also personalize your messages with animated eects, Memoji stickers, iMessage apps, and more. to send and receive texts, photos, videos, and audio messages. You APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 230 Send a message In Messages, you can have a conversation with one or more people. 1. In your Messages list, tap
. 2. Enter the phone number, contact name, or Apple ID of each recipient. Or, tap
, then choose contacts. An alert again. 3. Tap the text eld, type your message, then tap to send. A blue send button indicates the message will be sent with iMessage; a green send button indicates the message will be sent with SMS/MMS, or your cellular service. appears if a message cant be sent. Tap the alert to try sending the message Tip: To see what time a message was sent or received, drag a bubble to the left. To view conversation details, tap the name or phone number at the top of the screen, then tap
. You can tap the contact to edit the contact card, share your location, view attachments, leave a group conversation, and more. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 231 Send a message to Eliza saying how about tomorrow Reply to a message Ask Siri. Say something like:
Reply thats great news Read my last message from Bob Learn how to ask Siri Or do the following:
1. In the Messages list, tap the conversation that you want to reply to. To search for contacts and content in conversations, pull down the Messages list and enter what youre looking for in the search eld. Or, choose from the suggested contacts, links, photos, and more. 2. Tap the text eld, type your message, then tap to send. Tip: To replace text with emoji, tap highlighted word. or to switch to the Emoji keyboard, then tap each You can quickly reply to a message with a Tapback, like a thumbs up or a heart. Double-tap the message bubble that you want to respond to, then choose your response. Edit your Messages name and photo In Messages you can share your name and photo when you start or respond to a new Messages conversation. You can use an Animoji, Memoji, or custom image for your photo. Open Messages, tap
, tap Edit Name and Photo, then do any of the following:
Change your prole image: Tap the circle next to your name, then choose an option. Change your name: Tap the text elds where your name appears. Turn sharing on or o: Tap the button next to Share Name and Photo (green indicates that its on). Change who can see your prole: Tap an option below Share Automatically (Share Name and Photo must be turned on). You can also use your Messages prole for your Apple ID and Contacts photo. Switch from a Messages conversation to a FaceTime call In a Messages conversation, you can initiate a FaceTime call with the person youre chatting with in Messages. 1. In a Messages conversation, tap the prole picture or the name at the top of the conversation. 2. Tap FaceTime. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 232 Use Business Chat
(U.S. only; beta) In Messages, you can communicate with businesses that oer Business Chat. You can get answers to questions, resolve issues, get advice on what to buy, make purchases with Apple Pay, and more. 1. Search for the business you want to chat with using Maps, Safari, Search, or Siri. 2. Start a conversation by tapping a chat link in the search resultsfor example,
, the company logo, or a text link (the appearance of the chat link varies with the context). You can also initiate a chat with some businesses from their website or app. See the Apple Support article How to use Business Chat. Note: Business Chat messages you send appear in dark gray, to distinguish them from iMessages (in blue) and SMS/MMS messages (in green). NAV TITLE: Animate messages Send animated effects in Messages on iPad In the Messages app message screen with a full-screen eect (for example, balloons or confetti). You can even send a personal message with invisible ink that remains blurred until the recipient swipes to reveal it.
, you can animate a single message with a bubble eect or ll the entire Create and send a handwritten message Use your nger to write a message. The recipient sees the message animate, just as ink ows on paper. 1. In a conversation, rotate iPad to landscape orientation, then tap the text eld. 2. Tap on the keyboard. 3. Write a message with your nger or tap to choose a saved message, then tap Done. 4. Tap to send your message or to cancel. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 233 After you create and send a handwritten message, the message is saved. To see your saved messages, tap
. Tap the message to use it again. To delete the saved message, touch and hold it until the messages jiggle, then tap
. Use a bubble eect 1. After you type a message, touch and hold
. 2. Tap the choices to preview dierent bubble eects. 3. Choose the eect you want, then tap to send. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 234 Tip: Want to send a personal message? When you use invisible ink, the message remains blurred until the recipient swipes to reveal it. Use a full-screen eect 1. After you type a message, touch and hold
. 2. Tap Screen, then swipe left or right to preview dierent screen eects. 3. Choose the eect you want, then tap to send the message or to cancel. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 235 iMessage automatically uses the following screen eects for specic text strings:
Balloons for Happy birthday Confetti for Congratulations Fireworks for Happy New Year NAV TITLE: Send photos, videos, and audio Send photos, videos, and audio messages on iPad In the Messages app iMessage or SMS/MMS service (WiFi + Cellular models). The Photos iMessage app suggests photos to share based on who youre messaging with, what youre talking about, and where youve taken photos together. Your carrier determines the size limit of attachments; iPad may compress photo and video attachments when necessary.
, you can send messages with photos, videos, and audio, using the Send a photo or video 1. In Messages, do any of the following while writing a message:
Take a photo within Messages: Tap
, frame the shot in the viewnder, then tap
. Take a video within Messages: Tap
, choose Video mode, then tap
. Choose a photo or video: Tap recent shots, or tap All Photos. in the app drawer, then swipe left to browse through APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 236 2. Tap to send your message or to cancel. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Mark up or edit a photo You can mark up or edit a photo to send in a Messages conversation. 1. Tap in the app drawer, then choose a photo. 2. Tap the photo in the message bubble, then do any of the following:
Tap Markup, use the Markup tools to draw on the photo, then tap Save. Tap Edit, use the photo editing tools to edit the photo, then tap Done. 3. Add a message, then tap to send the photo, or tap to remove the photo from the message bubble. Add camera e!ects to a photo or video On supported models, when you take a photo or video in a conversation, you can add camera e!ects to itincluding lters, stickers, labels, and shapes. 1. Tap
, then choose a camera mode, such as Photo or Video. 2. Tap
, then do any of the following:
(Supported models) Tap
, choose an Animoji, then tap to close the Animoji window. Tap
, then choose a lter to apply to your picture. Tap to close the window. Tap to add a text label, or to add a shape. Tap to add a Memoji sticker, or to add an Emoji sticker. 3. Tap to take a photo or to record video. 237 4. Tap Done to add the photo or video to the message bubble, where you can add a message, or tap to send the photo or video directly. Send an audio message 1. In a conversation, touch and hold to record an audio message. 2. Tap to listen to your message before you send it. 3. Tap to send the message or to cancel. Note: To save space, iPad automatically deletes audio messages two minutes after you listen to them, unless you tap Keep. To always keep them, go to Settings
> Messages > Expire (below Audio Messages), then tap Never. Share, save, print, copy, or delete a message or attachment In a conversation, do any of the following with attachments:
Share, save, or print an attachment: Tap the attachment, then tap
. Copy an attachment: Touch and hold the attachment, then tap Copy. Share items from another app: In the other app, tap Share or
, then tap Messages. Forward a message or attachment: Touch and hold a message or attachment, tap More, select additional items if desired, then tap
. Delete a message or attachment: Touch and hold a message or attachment, tap More, select additional items if desired, then tap
. Note: Attachments you send over iMessage (such as photos or videos) may be uploaded to Apple and encrypted so that no one but the sender and receiver can access them. To improve performance, your device may automatically upload attachments to Apple while you are composing an iMessage. If your message isnt sent, the attachments are deleted from the server after several days. NAV TITLE: Use iMessage apps Use iMessage apps in Messages on iPad In the Messages app songs, and moreall through iMessage appswithout leaving Messages. You can expand your message options by downloading more iMessage apps from the App Store.
, you can decorate a conversation with stickers, play a game, share APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 238 Browse and download iMessage apps 1. In a Messages conversation, tap to open the iMessages App Store. 2. Tap an app to see more details and reviews, then tap the price to purchase an app or tap Get All purchases are made with the payment method associated with your Apple ID. to download a free app. Use an iMessage app 1. In a conversation, tap an iMessage app in the app drawer. 2. Tap an item in the iMessage app to add it to a message bubble. 3. Add a comment if you want, then tap to send your message or to cancel. Decorate with stickers If youve downloaded a sticker app from the App Store, you can enhance your photos and videos with stickers in Messages. 1. In a conversation, tap a sticker app in the app drawer. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 239 2. Touch and hold a sticker, then drag it on top of a message in the conversation. Before you release it, you can do any of the following:
Adjust the angle: Rotate a second nger around the nger dragging the sticker. Adjust the size: Move a second nger closer to or away from the nger dragging the sticker. You can also place the sticker on top of another sticker, or on a photo. To see text thats covered by a sticker, double-tap the sticker. To see more information about the sticker, touch and hold the sticker, then tap Sticker Details. You can do the following:
See who sent the sticker. View the iMessage app that sent the sticker. Delete the stickerswipe left, then tap Delete. Manage iMessage apps 1. Tap in the app drawer. 2. Tap Edit, then do any of the following with your iMessage apps:
Reorder apps: Drag
. Add an app to your Favorites: Tap
. Remove an app from your Favorites: Tap
. Hide an app: Turn the app o. Delete an app: Swipe left on the app, then tap Delete. NAV TITLE: Use Animoji and Memoji Use Animoji and Memoji in Messages on iPad to express yourself with Animoji and personalized Memoji sticker Use the Messages app packs that match your personality and mood. On models with a TrueDepth camera, you can send animated Animoji or Memoji messages that record your voice and mirror your facial expressions. Create your own Memoji On supported models, you can design your personalized Memojichoose a skin color and freckles, hairstyle and color, facial features and headwear, earrings, glasses, and more. You can create multiple Memoji for dierent moods. 1. In a conversation, tap
, then tap
. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 240 2. Tap each feature and choose the options you want. As you add features to your Memoji, your APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE character comes to life. 3. Tap Done to add the Memoji to your collection. To edit, duplicate, or delete a Memoji, tap sticker pack, then tap
, tap the Memoji, scroll to the bottom of the Send Animoji and Memoji stickers On supported models, Messages automatically generates sticker packs based on your Memoji and Animoji characters. You can use stickers to express a range of emotions in new ways. 1. In a conversation, tap
. 2. Tap a Memoji or Animoji in the top row to view the stickers in the sticker pack. 3. To send a sticker do one of the following:
Tap the sticker to add it to the message bubble. Add a comment if you want, then tap send. to 241 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Touch and hold a sticker, then drag it on top of a message in the conversation. The sticker is sent automatically when you add it to the message. Send animated Animoji or Memoji recordings On models with a TrueDepth camera you can send Animoji and Memoji messages that use your voice and mirror your facial expressions. 1. In a conversation, tap
, then choose an Animoji or Memoji. 2. Tap to record your facial expressions and voice. Tap Replay to review your message. 3. Tap to send your message or to cancel. You can also take a picture or video of yourself as an Animoji or Memoji, decorate it with stickers, then send it; see Add camera e!ects to a photo or video. Or you can become an Animoji or Memoji in a FaceTime conversation. NAV TITLE: Send a Digital Touch e!ect 242 Send a Digital Touch effect in Messages on iPad In an iMessage conversation in the Messages app animated sketches, taps, kisses, heartbeats, and more. You can even add a Digital Touch eect to a photo or video.
, you can use Digital Touch to send Send a sketch 1. Tap in the app drawer. 2. Tap the color dot to choose a color, then draw with one nger. You can change the color, then start drawing again. 3. Tap to send your sketch, or tap to delete it. Express your feelings 1. Tap in the app drawer. 2. Send one of the following animations using gestures on the canvas. Your feelings are sent automatically when you nish the gesture:
Tap: Tap with one nger to create a burst of color. You can change the color, then tap again. Fireball: Touch and hold with one nger. Kiss: Tap with two ngers. Heartbeat: Touch and hold with two ngers. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 243 Heartbreak: Touch and hold with two ngers until you see a heartbeat, then drag down to break the heart. Add a Digital Touch eect to a photo or video 1. Tap in the app drawer. 2. Tap
. 3. Tap to take a photo or to record a video. 4. Add a Digital Touch eect, such as a sketch or kiss. 5. Tap to send your message, or tap to delete it. NAV TITLE: Send and receive money with Apple Pay Send and receive money with Apple Pay on iPad (U.S. only) In the Messages app Theres no app to download, and you can use the cards you already have with Apple Pay.
, you can use Apple Pay to send and receive money quickly and easily. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 244 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE When you receive money in Messages, its added to your Apple Cash card. See Set up and use Apple Cash on (U.S. only). Note: Before you send or receive payments with Apple Pay, you need to agree to the terms and conditions of this service. Send a payment in Messages Ask Siri. Say something like: Apple Pay 75 dollars to Phillip for the zipline tour or Send 15 dollars to Kim for lunch with Apple Pay. Learn how to ask Siri. You can also do the following:
1. In an iMessage conversation, tap
, then enter the amount. 2. Tap Pay, then add a comment if you want. Tip: If theres an underlined monetary amount in a message, tap it to preset the payment. 3. To complete the payment, tap
, then authenticate the payment with Face ID (supported models), Touch ID (supported models), or your passcode. The payment is made with Apple Cash if your balance has su"cient funds. You can cancel a payment that hasnt been accepted. Tap the payment bubble, then tap Cancel Payment. Ask Siri. Say something like: Ask Kim for 26 dollars with Apple Pay. Learn how to ask Siri. Request a payment You can also do the following:
245 1. In an iMessage conversation, tap
. 2. Enter the amount, then tap Request. Apple Cash and sending and receiving payments through Apple Pay are services provided by Green Dot Bank, member FDIC. NAV TITLE: Change notications Change message notications on iPad In Settings unknown senders.
, you can set up and manage notications for the Messages app and lter Manage notications for messages 1. Go to Settings
> Notications > Messages. 2. Choose options, including the following:
Turn Allow Notications on or o. Set the position and locations of message notications. Choose the alert sound for message notications. Choose when message previews should appear. See View and respond to notications on iPad. Set the alert sound for messages 1. Go to Settings
> Sounds > Text Tone. iTunes Store. See Change or turn o iPad sounds. Assign a dierent ringtone to a contact 1. Open Contacts, then select a contact. 2. Tap Edit, then tap Text Tone. 3. Choose an option below Alert Tones. 2. Select a sound below Alert Tones, or tap Tone Store to download an alert sound from the To allow alerts for messages sent by this contact even when Do Not Disturb is on, turn on Emergency Bypass. Mute notications for a conversation 1. In the Messages list, swipe left on the conversation. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 246 2. Tap Hide Alerts. NAV TITLE: Filter, block, and delete messages Filter, block, and delete messages on iPad In the Messages app messages. You can also delete messages and entire conversations.
, you can lter messages from unknown senders and block unwanted Filter iMessage messages from unknown senders 1. Go to Settings
> Messages. 2. Turn on Filter Unknown Senders. This turns o iMessage notications from senders who arent in your contacts and moves the messages to the Unknown Senders tab in the Messages list. You cant open any links in a message from an unknown sender until you add the sender to your contacts or reply to the message. If the message is spam, tap Report Junk (below the message) to delete and send the message to Apple. Block messages from a specic person 1. In a Messages conversation, tap the name at the top of the conversation, then tap at the top right. 2. Tap the name or phone number to view the contact card. 3. Scroll down, then tap Block this Caller. To view and manage your list of blocked phone numbers and contacts, go to Settings Messages > Blocked Contacts. See the Apple Support article Block phone numbers and contacts on your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch.
Delete a message 1. Touch and hold a message bubble, then tap More. 2. Select the message bubbles you want to delete, then tap
. 1. In the Messages list, swipe left on the conversation. Delete a conversation 2. Tap Delete. With Messages in iCloud, conversations you delete from iPad are also deleted from your other Apple devices where Messages in iCloud is turned on. See Use Messages in iCloud. Note: You cant recover a deleted conversation. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 247 Music NAV TITLE: Get music Get music on iPad Use the Music app With an optional Apple Music subscription, you can listen to millions of songs ad-free and discover music together with friends. to enjoy music stored on iPad as well as music streamed over the Internet. WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see Important safety information for iPad. Get music to play on iPad in the following ways:
Become an Apple Music subscriber: With a subscription and a Wi-Fi or cellular connection, stream as much music as you like from the Apple Music catalog and your Music library. You can download songs, albums, and playlists, and share music with your friends. See Subscribe to Apple Music on. Note: You need a Wi-Fi or cellular connection to stream music. Services and features arent available in all regions, and features may vary by region. Additional charges may apply when using a cellular connection. Participate in Family Sharing: Purchase an Apple Music Family membership, and everyone in your Family Sharing group can enjoy Apple Music. See Use a shared Apple Music family membership. Purchase music from the iTunes Store: See Get music, movies, TV shows, and more in the iTunes Store on iPad. Sync music with iTunes on your computer: See Sync with your computer using iTunes. Listen to Beats 1: Beats 1 is a worldwide radio station broadcasting live on Apple Music. No subscription is required to listen to Beats 1. NAV TITLE: View albums, playlists, and more View albums, playlists, and more in Music on iPad In the Music app music and videos you synced to iPad, TV shows and movies you added from Apple Music, and your iTunes purchases.
, the library includes music you added or downloaded from Apple Music, APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 248 Browse and play your music 1. In the Music app, tap Library, tap the Library menu, then tap a category, such as Albums or Songs; tap Downloaded Music to view only music stored on iPad. 2. Tap an item, then tap Play, or tap Shue to shue an album or playlist. You can also touch and hold the album art, then tap Play. To add other categories to the library, tap Edit, then select additional categories such as Genres and Compilations. Sort your music Videos. 1. Tap Library, tap the Library menu, then tap Playlists, Albums, Songs, TV & Movies, or Music 2. Tap Sort, then choose a sorting method such as title or artist. Play music shared on a nearby computer APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 249 If a computer on your network shares music through Home Sharing, you can stream its music to your iPad. 1. Go to Settings
> Music, tap Sign In below Home Sharing, then sign in with your Apple ID. 2. Open the Music app
, go to Library, tap the Library menu, tap Home Sharing, then choose a shared library. Remove Apple Music songs from iPad Go to Settings
> Music, then turn o Sync Library. The songs are removed from iPad, but remain in iCloud. Music you purchased or synced also remains. NAV TITLE: Play music Play music on iPad Use Now Playing in the Music app songs. Control playback
(table aria-label=Buttons on the Now Playing screen) Control to show lyrics and play, pause, skip, shue, and repeat Tap the player at the bottom right to show the Now Playing screen, where you can use these controls:
Description Play the current song. Pause playback. Skip to the next song. Touch and hold to fast-forward through the current song. Return to the songs beginning. Tap again to play the previous song in an album or playlist. Touch and hold to rewind through the current song. Hide the Now Playing Screen button. Tap for more options. Show time-synced lyrics (lyrics not available for all songs). Stream music to Bluetooth or AirPlay-enabled devices. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 250
1 2 3 | User Guide 3 | Users Manual | 4.32 MiB | August 31 2019 / March 08 2020 | delayed release |
See the Up Next queue. Adjust the volume, see song details, and more The Now Playing screen contains additional options for controlling and accessing music. Adjust volume: Drag the volume slider. You can also use the volume buttons on the side of iPad. Navigate to the artist, album, or playlist: Tap the artist name below the song title, then choose to go to the artist, album, or playlist. Scrub to any point in a song: Drag the playhead. See time-synced lyrics You can see time-synced lyrics for many songs in Apple Music. 1. Tap the player to open Now Playing. 2. Tap to show lyrics that scroll in time with the music. 3. Tap again to return to Now Playing. To see all of a songs lyrics, tap
, then tap View Full Lyrics. Note: You need an Apple Music subscription to view lyrics. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 251 Use the Up Next queue 1. Tap the player to open Now Playing. 2. Tap
, then tap a song to play it and the songs that follow. To reorder the list, drag
. 3. Tap again to return to Now Playing. To add music and videos to the Up Next queue when browsing or playing music, touch and hold the song, album, playlist, or video, then tap Play Next to play the music or video right after the currently playing item. Tap Play Later to add the item to the end of the queue. Tip: If youre using HomePod to stream music and your friends are on the same Wi-Fi network, they can add and reorder items in the Up Next queue. To learn more about HomePod speaker access, see the HomePod User Guide.. Get audio controls from the Lock screen or when using another app Open Control Center, then tap the audio card. Stream music to Bluetooth or AirPlay-enabled devices 1. Tap the player to open Now Playing. 2. Tap
, then choose a device. See Connect Bluetooth devices to and Stream audio and video to other devices from. Note: You can play the same music on multiple AirPlay 2-enabled devices, such as two or more HomePod speakers. You can also pair two sets of AirPods to one iPad and enjoy the same song or movie along with a friend. See Control audio on devices with and Share audio with another pair of AirPods from. NAV TITLE: Listen to broadcast radio Listen to broadcast radio on iPad You can play thousands of broadcast radio stations oniPad. Ask Siri: Summon Siri, then say something like: Play Wild 94.9 or Tune in to ESPN Radio. Search for a station: Tap Search, enter the station in the Search eld, then tap a result to play the station. You can search for stations by name, call sign, frequency, and nickname. Note: You dont need a subscription to Apple Music to listen to broadcast radio. Broadcast radio isnt available in all countries or regions and not all stations are available in all countries or regions. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 252 Apple Music NAV TITLE: Subscribe to Apple Music Subscribe to Apple Music on iPad Apple Music is an ad-free streaming music service that lets you listen to millions of songs and your iTunes library. As a subscriber, you can listen any timeonline or oand create your own playlists, get personalized recommendations, see music your friends are listening to, watch exclusive video content, and more. Join Apple Music Join Apple Music when you rst open the Music app then tap Start Free Trial. There are three subscription plans:
; to join later, go to Settings
> Music, Individual subscription: Get access to the full Apple Music catalog, expert recommendations, and ondemand radio stations. Family subscription: Up to six people can enjoy unlimited access to Apple Music on their devices. Student subscription: Have complete access to Apple Music, at a price designed for students. If youre a student at a qualifying school, you can join Apple Music for a discounted subscription price for up to 48 months (4 years). The time neednt be continuous. Student subscriptions arent available in all locations (see where theyre available). New subscribers can start a trial and cancel at any time. If you end your Apple Music subscription, you can no longer stream Apple Music songs or play Apple Music songs you downloaded. Show or hide subscription features Go to Settings
> Music, then turn Show Apple Music on or o. Choose cellular data options for Music On iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models), go to Settings the following:
Turn streaming on or o. Choose High Quality Streaming.
> Music > Cellular Data, where you can do High Quality Streaming uses more cellular data and songs may take longer to start playing. Allow downloading music over cellular. Edit your subscription You can change your subscription plan or cancel your subscription. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 253 1. Tap For You, then tap or your prole picture. 2. Tap Manage Subscription. If youre not a subscriber, you can use Music to listen to music synced to your iPad from a Mac or a Windows PC, play and download previous iTunes Store purchases, and listen to Beats 1 for free. In the Music app
, browse new and noteworthy music, music videos, playlists, and more. NAV TITLE: Find new music Find new music with Apple Music on iPad Browse Apple Music Tap Browse, then do any of the following:
Explore featured music: Swipe through featured songs and videos at the top of the Browse screen. Browse playlists created by music experts: Tap one of the many playlists created by music experts. Listen to the top songs from around the world: Tap one of the Daily Top 100 playlists. These playlists reect the days most popular songs in countries across the globe. Play music that matches your mood: Tap a mood such as Feel Good, Romance, or Party, then tap a playlist. See whats hot: Tap a song under the Hot Tracks heading. Swipe left to see more songs, or tap See All. Explore new music: Swipe through the songs found under New Music. Browse your favorite genres: Tap Genres, choose a genre, then tap a featured song, album, artist, or music video to enjoy music handpicked by music experts. Play the days most popular songs: Tap Top Charts, then tap a song or music video to play it. Tap All Genres at the top of the screen to see the top songs and music videos in a genre you choose. Watch music videos: Tap Music Videos, then tap a featured music video or playlist of music videos. Listen to tracks from upcoming albums: Tap an album under Coming Soon, then tap an available song to play it. NAV TITLE: Add music and listen oine APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 254 Add music to iPad and listen oine In the Music app you add to iPad can be streamed when you have an Internet connection. To play music when youre not connected to the Internet, you must rst download it.
, Apple Music subscribers can add and download songs and videos.. Music Add music from Apple Music to your library Do any of the following:
Touch and hold a song, album, playlist, or video, then tap Add to Library. When viewing the contents of an album or playlist, tap Add to add the album or playlist, or tap to add individual songs. On the Now Playing screen, tap
, then tap Add to Library.. To delete music from the library, touch and hold the song, album, playlist, or music video, then tap Delete from Library. Music you add to your iPad is also added to other devices where youre signed in to the iTunes Store and App Store using the same Apple ID and have iCloud Music Library turned on
(go to Settings
, then tap Music). Add music to a playlist 1. Touch and hold an album, playlist, song, or music video. 2. Tap Add to a Playlist, then choose a playlist. Download music from Apple Music to your iPad Download a song, album or playlist: Tap after adding music. Note: You must turn on Sync Library to download music from Apple Music to your library (go to Settings
> Music, then turn on Sync Library). Always download music: Go to Settings > Music, then turn on Automatic Downloads. Songs you add are automatically downloaded to iPad. See download progress: In the Library menu, tap Downloaded Music, then tap Downloading. Manage storage space Free up music storage: If iPad is low on storage space, you can automatically remove downloaded music that you havent played in a while. Go to Settings Optimize Storage.
> Music >
Remove music and videos stored on iPad: Touch and hold a song, album, playlist, music video, TV show, or movie that youve downloaded. Tap Remove, then tap Remove Downloads. The item is removed from iPad, but not from iCloud Music Library. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 255 Remove all songs or certain artists from iPad: Go to Settings > Music > Downloaded Music, tap Edit, then tap next to All Songs or the artists whose music you want to delete. NAV TITLE: Get personalized recommendations See recommended music on iPad Apple Music learns the music you like and recommends songs, albums, and playlists based on your tastes. In the Music app based on your tastes, and music your friends are listening to.
, For You lets you discover playlists created by Apple Music experts, albums Select your favorite genres and artists When you rst tap For You, youre asked to tell Apple Music about your preferences. Apple Music uses these preferences when recommending music. 1. Tap the genres you like (double-tap those you love, and touch and hold the genres you dont 2. Tap Next, then do the same with the artists that appear. To add a specic artist who isnt listed, tap Add an Artist, then enter the artists name. care for). Play music 1. Tap For You, then tap a playlist or album. 2. Tap Play or tap the Shue button to shue the playlist or album. You can also touch and hold a playlist or album, then tap Play. Play songs from an artists catalog Go to an artist page, then tap near the top of the screen. Music plays songs from the artists entire catalog, mixing hits and deep cuts. Tell Apple Music what you love Do one of the following:
Touch and hold an album, playlist, or song, then tap Love or Suggest Less Like This. On the Now Playing screen, tap
, then tap Love or Suggest Less Like This. Telling Apple Music what you love and dislike improves future recommendations. Rate music in your library 1. Go to Settings
, then tap Music. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 256 2. Turn on Show Star Ratings. to ve stars. 3. In Music, touch and hold a song in your library, tap Rate Song, then choose a rating from one Song ratings sync to all devices that use the same Apple ID. Tell Music to ignore your listening habits You can prevent listening habits on your device from inuencing For You recommendations. 1. Go to Settings
, then tap Music. 2. Turn o Use Listening History. NAV TITLE: Listen to Beats 1 radio Listen to radio on iPad Radio in the Music app latest music, and exclusive interviews. You can listen to featured stations that have been crafted by music experts, and create your own custom stations from songs or artists you choose. is the home of Beats 1, which features world-class radio shows, the APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 257 Listen to Beats 1 Tap Radio, then tap the currently playing Beats 1 program. To listen to past shows and nd out when your favorite shows are on, tap Beats 1, then tap a show or DJ below Beats 1 On Demand. Note: Because Beats 1 is live radio, you cant pause, rewind, or skip songs. Listen to your favorite music genre 1. Tap Radio, then tap Radio Stations, or scroll through Recently Played. You can create a radio station based on a particular artist or song. Chances are, if you like that artist or song, youll like the music the station plays. To create a station in Now Playing, tap
, then tap Create Station. 2. Tap a genre or featured station. Create a station 1. Touch and hold an artist or song. 2. Tap Create Station. NAV TITLE: Search for music Search for music on iPad In the Music app your library. Search Apple Music
, you can search Apple Music, see recent and trending searches, and search You can easily access music you recently searched for or see currently trending search terms. 1. Tap Search, then do any of the following:
Tap something you recently searched fora song or artist, for example. Tap a trending search term, such as a popular new artist that other Apple Music subscribers have searched for. Tap the search eld, tap Apple Music, then enter a song, album, playlist, artist, compilation, genre, lyric, TV show, or movie. 2. Tap a result to play it. You can search for a song in Apple Music based on its lyrics. In the search eld, enter a few of the words you remember to nd a song. Ask Siri. Say something like: Play the song with the lyrics and then say a key phrase from the lyrics. Learn how to ask Siri. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 258 Search your library 1. Tap Search, tap the search eld, then tap Your Library. 2. Enter a song, album, playlist, or artist. 3. Tap a result to play it. NAV TITLE: Create playlists Create playlists on iPad In the Music app friends.
, you can organize music into playlists that you can later share with your Create playlists to organize your music 1. Tap Library, tap the Library menu, tap Playlists, then tap New. 2. Enter a name and description. 3. Tap
, then take a photo or choose an image from your photo library. The image is used for the playlists cover art. 4. Tap Add Music, then select music to add to the playlist. You can also tap New Playlist. in a track list or on the Now Playing screen, tap Add to a Playlist, then tap Edit a playlist you created on iPad Tap the playlist, tap Edit, then do any of the following:
Add more songs: Tap Add Music, then choose music from your library. You can also touch and hold an album, playlist, song, or music video; tap Add to a Playlist;
then choose a playlist. Delete a song: Tap iPad.
, then tap Delete. Deleting a song from a playlist doesnt delete it from Change the song order: Drag next to a song. Changes you make to your music library are updated across all your devices when Sync Library is turned on in Music settings. If youre not an Apple Music subscriber, the changes appear in your music library the next time you sync your iPad with your computer. Delete a playlist Touch and hold the playlist, then tap Delete from Library. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 259 See what your friends are listening to When youre an Apple Music subscriber, you can see music your friends are listening to by following them. You can also see the playlists theyve shared and the music they listen to most often. Likewise, your followers can see your shared playlists and the music you often listen to. You see most of this information on your prole screen in the Music app
. Create a prole When you rst open Music, youre asked to set up a prole and start following friends. If you skipped that step, you can set up a prole at any time later. 1. Tap For You, then tap
. 2. Tap Start Sharing with Friends. Friends can now follow you. View your prole 1. Tap For You, then tap or your prole picture. 2. Tap View Prole at the top of the screen. Follow your friends There are several ways to follow people:
Add friends when you set up your prole. After you set up your prole, swipe to the bottom of the prole screen, tap Follow More Friends, then tap Follow next to those you want to follow. You can follow friends who are in your contacts list and who use Apple Music, and Facebook friends who have linked their social media accounts to Apple Music. On the prole screen, touch and hold a prole picture, then tap Follow. Tap Search, enter a friends name, tap it in the results, then tap Follow. Note: Your friends must have a prole for you to nd them using search. To see the people youre following and those who follow you, open the prole screen, then swipe up. Some proles may appear with a lock on the prole picture, which means that you need to ask for and receive permission from that person to become a follower. After your request is accepted, you see their shared playlists and the music theyre listening to. Respond to follow requests You can allow everyone to follow you, or just people you choose. You receive follow requests only if you choose who can follow you. 1. Tap For You, then tap or your prole picture. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 260 2. Tap View Prole. 3. Tap Edit, then tap People You Approve if you want to be followed only by people you choose. 4. Tap Follow Requests, then accept or decline the requests. You may receive follow requests in other waysas a link in an email or a text message, for example. To accept, tap the link. Stop following and block followers Stop following: Touch and hold the prole picture of a person you follow, then tap Unfollow. Block followers: Touch and hold a prole picture, then choose Block. People you block wont see your music or be able to nd your prole. They can still listen to your shared playlists if they added them to their library. Share music with followers By default, your followers see the playlists you create, but you can specify some playlists not to be shared. 1. Tap For You, then tap or your prole picture. 2. Tap View Prole. 3. Tap Edit, then turn playlists on or o. 4. Drag to reorder them. Your followers will see the playlists you create on your prole unless you turn o those playlists you dont want to share. You can turn o this option when you create a playlist or later, when you edit the playlist. To share playlists with people who dont follow you, touch and hold a playlist, then tap Share. Note: If you make changes to music you shareedit or stop sharing a playlist, for example those changes are reected on your followers devices. Hide your guilty pleasures Because no one is proud of all the music they listen to, you can hide playlists and albums from your followers. 1. Tap For You, then tap or your prole picture. 2. Tap View Prole. 4. Tap Hide from Prole. 3. Touch and hold the playlist or album (below Listening To). APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 261 The listening history for this item doesnt appear in your prole and isnt visible to the people who follow you. If you dont want your followers to see any of the music you listen to, tap Edit on the prole screen, then turn o Listening To. See what others are listening to See what your friends are listening to: Tap For You, then scroll down to Friends Are Listening To. Tap an item to play it. Listen to a mix of songs your friends are listening to: Tap For You, then tap Friends Mix. See what a follower or person you follow is listening to: Tap For You, tap picture, then tap View Prole. Tap a persons prole picture to see shared playlists and music they frequently listen to. You also see their followers and the people they follow. or your prole Share your prole You can share your prole using email, Messages, or another app you choose. 1. Tap For You, then tap or your prole picture. 2. Tap View Prole. 3. Tap
, tap Share, then choose a sharing option. You can also share the prole of anyone you follow, or who follows you. Report a concern If you have a concern about a follower, touch and hold their prole picture, then tap Report a Concern. NAV TITLE: Use Siri to play music Use Siri to play music on iPad You can use Siri to control music playback in the Music app
. See Ask Siri on iPad. Use Siri Summon Siri, then make your request. Siri supports a wide variety of commands:
Play Apple Music: You can play any song (Play Im a Mess by Bebe Rexha), artist (Play Ariana Grande), album, playlist, or station. You can play music on AirPlay 2-enabled devices in a specic rooms (Play the latest album by Christina Aguilera in the living room.) You can also play popular songs from dierent years (Play the top songs from 1990). Let Siri be your personal DJ: Say something like Play my Chill Mix or Play something I like. Add music from Apple Music to your library: (Apple Music subscription required) Say, for example, Add Nobody by Mitski to my Library. Or while playing something, say Add this to my library. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 262 Add a song or album to a playlist: While playing a song, say something like Add this song to my Workout playlist or Add this album to my Sunday Morning playlist. Find out more about the current song: Say Whats playing?, Who sings this song?, or Who is this song by?
Play songs based on their lyrics: Say Play the song with the lyrics and then say a key phrase from the lyrics. Siri can also help you nd music in the iTunes Store. See Get music, movies, TV shows, and more in the iTunes Store on iPad. NAV TITLE: Sound Check, EQ, and volume limit settings Sound Check, EQ, and volume limit settings on iPad Change the way music sounds on iPad Choose an equalization (EQ) setting: Go to Settings
> Music > EQ. EQ settings generally apply only to music played from Music, but they aect all sound output. Set a volume limit: Go to Settings > Music > Volume Limit. To prevent changes to the volume limit, go to Settings > Screen Time > Content & Privacy Restrictions. Turn on Content & Privacy, tap Volume Limit, then tap Dont Allow. Normalize the volume level of your audio: Go to Settings > Music, then turn on Sound Check. News NAV TITLE: Get started with News Get started with News on iPad The News app topics that interest you most. To personalize News, you can choose from a selection of publications (called channels) and topics such as Entertainment, Food, and Science. The Today feed collects the best stories from the channels and topics you follow. collects all the stories you want to read, from your favorite sources, about the APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 263 You can subscribe to Apple News+, which includes hundreds of magazines, popular newspapers, and premium digital publishers. The News app and News+ are currently available in the U.S., Canada, the U.K., and Australia and support English and Canadian French publications. See Subscribe to Apple News+ on. The more you read, the better News understands your interests. Siri learns whats important to you and suggests stories you might like. You can also receive notications about important stories from channels you follow. Note: You need a Wi-Fi or cellular connection to use News. Personalize your news When you follow a channel or topic, related stories appear more often in the Today feed, and the channel or topic appears below Following in the sidebar. 1. Open News for the rst time, then, in the sidebar, tap for channels or topics you want to follow. If there are channels or topics that you dont want to appear in your feed, tap them or to stop News from suggesting them. to block When you block a channel or topic, its stories wont appear in the Today feed or the News widget, and it will appear among your blocked channels and topics when you tap Blocked Channels & Topics in the sidebar. 2. Tap Discover Channels & Topics at the bottom of the sidebar, then tap for each channel you want to follow. To stop following a channel or topic, swipe it to the left, then tap Unfollow. To easily follow specic channels and topics, tap the search eld at the top of the sidebar, enter the channel or topics name, then tap in the results below. Add notications Some channels you follow may send notications about important stories. 1. At the bottom of the sidebar, tap Notications below the Manage heading. 2. Turn on notications for your preferred channels. If youre signed in to the iTunes Store (Settings > [your name] > iTunes & App Store), you can receive New Features & Tips notications from the Apple News team. If you subscribe to Apple News+, you can also choose to be notied when new issues are available. See stories only from the channels you follow Go to Settings
, tap News, turn on Restrict Stories in Today, then conrm your choice. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 264 Note: Restricting stories signicantly limits the variety of stories that appear in the Today feed and all other feeds. For example, if you restrict stories and follow only one entertainment-related channel, your Entertainment topic feed will contain stories only from that channel. When you restrict stories, you dont see Top Stories and Trending Stories. NAV TITLE: View news stories in Today View See news stories in Today View on iPad In Today View, you can see the top stories of the day, just by swiping right on the Home screen or Lock screen. Access stories from Today View 1. Swipe right on the Home screen or Lock screen to open Today View. 2. In the News section, tap a story headline to open the story in News. NAV TITLE: See news stories chosen just for you View news stories chosen just for you on iPad The Today feed in the News app best stories from the channels and topics you follow, and stories and issues from Apple News+. The Today feed also includes stories suggested by Siri, trending stories that are popular with other News readers, videos, and more. presents top stories selected by Apple News editors, the Access stories in the Today feed Read more stories within a group: Tap the arrow at the bottom of the group. Play a video: Tap in the thumbnail. Get newer stories: Pull down to refresh the Today feed with the latest stories. Follow, unfollow, block, and unblock channels and topics You can inuence what appears in the Today feed by following and blocking channels and topics. 1. Do any of the following:
Open a channel feed: Touch and hold a story, then tap Open Channel. Or tap a story in the Today feed, then tap the channel name at the top of the story. Open a topic feed: Tap the topic titleMovies or Travel, for example. 2. At the top of the feed, do any of the following:
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 265 Follow: Tap
. Unfollow: Tap
, then tap Unfollow Channel or Unfollow Topic. Block: Tap
, then tap Block Channel or Block Topic. Unblock: Tap
, then tap Unblock Channel or Unblock Topic. Tell News what kind of stories you prefer 1. Tap Today in the sidebar. 2. Touch and hold a headline, then tap Suggest More Like This or Suggest Less Like This. Stop suggesting specic channels and topic groups in the Today feed Suggested channels and topic groups may appear in the Today feed, but you can stop suggestions for a group. 1. Tap Today in the sidebar. 2. Tap in a channel or topic group, then tap Stop Suggesting. The channel or topic isnt blocked, but News stops displaying the story group in Today. NAV TITLE: Read stories Read a story Read stories in News on iPad You can read and share the stories in the News app on iPad. Tap a channel or topic in the sidebar to browse its stories, then tap a story to read it. While viewing a story, you have these options:
Read the next story: Tap the arrow in the lower right of the screen or swipe left. Read the previous story: Swipe right. Tell News what stories you prefer: When viewing a story, tap This or Suggest Less Like This. Your feedback is taken into account for future recommendations.
, then tap Suggest More Like Change the text size: Tap story and all other stories in the channel. (Not available in all channels.)
, then tap the smaller or larger letter to change the text size in the Share a story: Tap
, then choose a sharing option, such as Messages or Mail. Report a concern: If you believe that a story youre viewing is mislabeled, inappropriate, oensive, or doesnt display properly, tap
, swipe up, then tap Report a Concern. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 266 In Apple News+ issues in PDF format, the Suggest More Like This, Suggest Less Like This, Save Story, and Report a Concern options arent available. See Browse and read Apple News+ stories and issues on. Web stories delivered through an RSS feed show a preview. To view an RSS story in full, swipe up. To always view the full story, go to Settings
, tap News, then turn o Show Story Previews. Apple News+ (U.S., U.K., Canada, and Australia only) NAV TITLE: Subscribe to Apple News+
Subscribe to Apple News+ on iPad In the News app magazines, popular newspapers, and content from premium digital publishers for a single monthly price.
, you can subscribe to Apple News+, a service that lets you read hundreds of As a subscriber, you have unlimited access to current and available back issues of publications, and you can download content for oine reading and share stories and issues with others. Start a free trial The rst time you subscribe to Apple News+, you receive a free 1-month trial. After the trial concludes, you pay a monthly subscription fee for continued access to the bundle of Apple News+ publications. To begin, follow these steps:
1. Tap any subscribe or free trial button shown in a magazine or story in News. 2. Follow the onscreen instructions. You may be asked to sign in with your Apple ID. Youre billed monthly for your subscription until you cancel. If you use Family Sharing, up to ve other family members can access your Apple News+ subscription for no additional charge. If you sign out of the iTunes Store and App Store (Settings App Store), you only see free storiesyou must sign back in to read stories and issues that require an Apple News+ subscription.
> [your name] > iTunes &
Cancel your subscription Tap Following, swipe up, tap Subscriptions below the Manage heading, then do one of the following:
Apple News+ only: Tap Cancel Subscription. Apple News+ and individual channels: Select Apple News+, then tap Cancel Subscription. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 267 NAV TITLE: Browse and read Apple News+ stories and issues Browse and read Apple News+ stories and issues on iPad To get the most out of Apple News+, follow your favorite publications, then read as you browse, or download issues to read later (U.S., U.K., Canada, and Australia only). Follow and unfollow publications You follow an Apple News+ publication by following its channel. Do any of the following:
Tap Today or News+ in the sidebar, tap a story or issue from an Apple News+ publication, tap the publications name at the top of the screen, then tap
. Tap the search eld at the top of the screen, enter the publications name, then tap
. Tap News+ in the sidebar, tap Browse the Catalog or a category at the top of the screen, then tap Follow below the publications cover. To unfollow a publication, swipe left on the publication in the sidebar, then tap Unfollow. Browse Apple News+ issues Stories and issues from Apple News+ appear in the News+ feed, the Today feed, and channel feeds. Stories (but not issues) can also be found in topic feeds and search results. To access entire issues, tap News+ in the sidebar, where you can do any of the following:
View all available publications: Tap Browse the Catalog near the top of the screen. View a specic content category: Tap a category such as Business & Finance, Entertainment, or Sports near the top of the screen. Tap Featured to view a group of publications chosen by Apple News editors. Swipe left to see more categories. View new and recent issues: The most recent issue youve read appears below Reading Now. Below Recent you see the newest issue youve most recently read, youve most recently downloaded, or was most recently published from a channel you follow. Note: If you block an Apple News+ publication, its issues are removed from My Magazines. Browse Apple News+ stories and issues: On the News+ screen, swipe up, then tap a story or issue to open it. Open an issue You can open an issue in any of these ways:
Tap an issue cover in the News+ or Today feed. Enter the name of the Apple News+ channel in the search eld, tap the channel, then tap the issue. Follow a link to an issue that someone shared with you. Access back issues APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 268 1. In the sidebar, tap a channel you follow, or search for a channel, then tap it. 2. Below Recent issues, swipe to the issue you want to read, then tap to open it. To browse all of the channels available back issues, swipe through the issues at the top of the screen. Read Apple News+ issues Open the issue, where you can do any of the following:
View the table of contents: Tap the cover thumbnail at the bottom left of the screen. Navigate to a story: In an issue in Apple News Format, tap the story link in the table of contents. In a PDF issue, tap the thumbnail of the page you want to view. Page through an issue: In Apple News Format issues, swipe left or tap Next to go to the next story, or swipe right to go to the previous story. In PDF issues, swipe left or tap Next to go to the next page. Swipe right to go to the previous page. Change the text size: For stories in Apple News Format, tap
, then tap the smaller or larger letter to change the text size in the story and all other stories in the channel. For PDF issues, pinch to zoom. Download an Apple News+ issue To download issues to read oine, do any of the following:
Tap News+ in the sidebar. In My Magazines or a category, navigate to the issue, tap the issue cover, then tap Download Issue.. below Tap the magazine channel in the sidebar, tap group, then tap Download Issue. below the issue cover in the Recent Issues News automatically downloads the most recent issue of magazines you follow when iPad has sucient storage space and is connected to Wi-Fi. You can download issues only if youre a subscriber. Manually remove an Apple News+ issue Under most conditions, automatically downloaded issues are removed from iPad after 30 days. To remove them sooner, follow these steps:
1. Tap News+ in the sidebar. 2. In My Magazines, tap below the issue cover, tap Remove, then do one of the following:
Remove an issue, but leave its cover in My Magazines: To free up some space on iPad, tap Remove Download. The issues cover remains so you can easily access it again from My Magazines. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 269 Remove an issue and its cover: Tap Remove from My Magazines to remove the issues cover and content from your device and from any other devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. If an issue is in My Magazines, but not downloaded, tap Remove from My Magazines to remove its cover from My Magazines on all the devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. To remove all issues, tap History, tap Clear, then tap Clear All. When storage on iPad is limited, issues may be automatically removed sooner than 30 days. See the Apple Support article Read magazines with Apple News+. keeps track of a wide variety of channels, topics, and stories, which makes it NAV TITLE: Search for news stories Search for stories in News on iPad The News app easy to nd content that interests you. Search for channels, topics, or stories Tap the search eld, then enter any of the following:
The name of a channel, such as CNN or Washington Post A topic, such as fashion, business, or politics A story, such as the rescue of a baby elephant In the results list, tap to follow the channel or topic. NAV TITLE: Save news stories for later Save stories in News on iPad In the News app
, you can save stories to read later, online or oine. Save a story When reading a story, tap
, swipe up, then tap Save Story. To read a saved story, tap Saved Stories in the sidebar, then tap the story. To delete a saved story, swipe the story left. Check and edit your reading history Tap History in the sidebar, then do any of the following:
Read a story: Tap the story. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 270 Delete a story: Swipe the story left. Remove your reading history: Tap Clear, then tap Clear History. Remove the information used to create recommendations: Tap Clear, then tap Clear Recommendations. Clear everything: Tap Clear, then tap Clear All. Your News history, recommendation information, and stories and issues you downloaded are removed from all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Note: Story titles remain in Saved Stories, but you must be online to read the stories. If you clear recommendations, and Show Siri Suggestions in App is on in Settings
News > Siri & Search, recommendations based on your Safari and app usage and your reading habits in News are cleared. To prevent News from suggesting stories based on your Safari and app usage, turn o Show Siri Suggestions in App. When you clear your history, the identier used by Apple News to report statistics to news publishers is also reset. You can reset the identier at any time by going to Settings > News, then turning on Reset Identier. NAV TITLE: Subscribe to news channels How to subscribe to individual channels on iPad Subscribe to channels In the News app publications from select publishers. There are three ways to access these subscriptions in News:
, in addition to subscribing to Apple News+, you can subscribe to individual Subscribe within News: You can purchase a subscription directly in News. In a channel that oers subscriptions, tap the subscription button. Access an existing subscription purchased from the iTunes Store or the App Store: If subscriptions youve bought in the iTunes Store or App Store as in-app purchases through publishers apps are also available in News, youre automatically granted access in News. See the Buy additional app features with in-app purchases and subscriptions website. Access an existing subscription purchased from a publisher: If youve purchased a subscription directly from a publishers website or from the publishers app on a non-Apple device, the publisher may allow you to sign in to your account in News to access your subscription there. To sign in, tap a story that requires a subscription to read, then tap Already a Subscriber?
Enter the user name and password for your existing subscription. When you subscribe to a channel, you automatically follow it, and stories from the channel appear in the Today feed. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 271 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE To cancel a subscription, swipe up on the sidebar, tap Subscriptions under the Manage heading, select the subscription, then tap Cancel Subscription. Notes NAV TITLE: Write notes Write notes on iPad Use the Notes app to jot down quick thoughts or organize detailed information with checklists, images, web links, scanned documents, handwritten notes, and sketches. Ask Siri. Say something like: Create a new note. Learn how to ask Siri. Create and format a new note Or do the following:
1. Tap
, then enter your text. The rst line of the note becomes the notes title. 2. To change the formatting, tap
. You can apply a heading style, bold or italic font, a bulleted or numbered list, and more. 272 3. To save the note, tap Done. Tip: To choose a default style for the rst line in all new notes, go to Settings Notes Start With.
> Notes > New You can quickly create a note or resume work on your last note by tapping the Lock screen with Apple Pencil (on supported models). On other iPad models, you can do this if you add Notes to Control Center. To change the Lock screen behavior, go to Settings from Lock Screen.
> Notes > Access Note Add a checklist In a note, tap
, then do any of the following:
Add items to the list: Enter text, then tap return to enter the next item. Increase or decrease the indentation: Swipe right or left on the item. Mark an item as complete: Tap the empty circle next to the item to add a checkmark. Reorder an item: Touch and hold the empty circle or checkmark next to the item, then drag the item to a new position in the list. Manage items in the list: Tap the list to see the menu, tap Uncheck All, Delete Checked, or Move Checked to Bottom.
, tap Checklist, then tap Check All, To automatically sort checked items to the bottom in all your notes, go to Settings Sort Checked Items, then tap Automatically.
> Notes >
Add or edit a table In a note, tap
, then do any of the following:
Enter text: Tap a cell, then enter your text. To start another line of text in the cell, touch and hold the Shift key and tap next. Move to the next cell: Tap next. When you reach the last cell, tap next to start a new row. Format a row or column: Tap a row or column selection handle, then choose a style such as bold, italic, underline, or strikethrough. Add or delete a row or column: Tap a row or column selection handle, then choose to add or delete. Move a row or column: Touch and hold a row or column selection handle, then drag it to a new position. See more columns: If the table becomes wider than your screen, swipe right or left on the table to see all the columns. To remove the table and convert its contents to text, tap a cell in the table, tap Convert to Text.
, then tap Change the Notes display on your iPad APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 273 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Make the note ll the screen: While viewing a note in landscape orientation, tap to portrait orientation. or turn iPad See your accounts, notes list, and selected note all at once: (12.9-inch iPad Pro) Turn iPad to landscape orientation, then tap
. NAV TITLE: Draw or use handwriting Draw in Notes on iPad Use the Notes app
(on supported models). You can choose from a variety of markup tools and colors and draw straight lines with the ruler. to draw a sketch or jot a handwritten note with your nger or Apple Pencil Draw or use handwriting In a note, tap
, then use the markup tools to draw or write with your nger. Tip: You can search handwritten text (in supported languages) in Notes. If the note doesnt have a title, the rst line of handwritten text becomes the suggested title. To edit the title, scroll to the top of the note, then tap Edit. 274 Show lines or grids in notes In an existing note: Tap
, tap Lines & Grids, then choose a style. Choose the default style for all new notes: Go to Settings
> Notes > Lines & Grids. Add attachments to notes on iPad In the Notes app info from other appsmaps, links, documents, and more.
, you can attach photos, videos, and scanned documents. You can even add NAV TITLE: Add attachments Add a photo or video 1. In a note, tap
. 2. Take a new photo or video, or tap Photo Library to add existing photos and videos. 3. To change the preview size of attachments, touch and hold an attachment, then tap Small Images or Large Images. Tip: To draw on a photo, tap the photo, then tap
. To save photos and videos taken in Notes to the Photos app, go to Settings turn on Save to Photos.
> Notes, then Scan a document into a note using the camera 1. In a note, tap
, then choose Scan Documents. 2. Position iPad so that the document page appears on the screen; iPad automatically captures To manually capture the page, tap or press a volume button. To turn the ash on or o, tap the page. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 275 3. Scan additional pages, then tap Save when youre done. 4. To make changes to the saved document, tap it, then do any of the following:
Add more pages: Tap
. Crop the image: Tap
. Apply a lter: Tap white document, or as a photo. Rotate the image: Tap
. Mark up the document: Tap signature. Delete the scan: Tap
, then choose to scan the page as a color, grayscale, or black-and-
, tap
, then use the markup tools to add annotations or your Add info from another app to a note You can add information from another app as an attachment to a notefor example, a location in Maps, a webpage in Safari, a PDF in Files, or a screenshot. 1. In the other app, open the item you want to share (for example, a map or webpage). APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 276 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 2. Tap Share or
, then tap Notes. 3. Save the item to a new note or choose an existing note. View all attachments in Notes 1. Tap
, then tap View Attachments to see thumbnails of drawings, photos, links, documents, and other attachments. (Attachments in locked notes arent shown.) 2. To go to a note with a specic attachment, tap the attachment thumbnail, then tap Show in Note. NAV TITLE: Search and organize notes Search and organize your notes in folders on iPad In the Notes app attached images, and text in scanned documents. You can also organize your notes into folders and pin the important notes to the top of the list.
, you can search all your notes for typed and handwritten text, objects in Create, rename, move, or delete a folder or subfolder In the folders list, do any of the following:
Create a folder: Tap New Folder, then name your folder. Create a subfolder: Touch and hold a folder, then drag it onto another folder. Rename a folder: Tap the folder, tap
, tap Rename, then enter a new name. 277 Move a folder: Swipe left on the folder, tap the folder, then drag it to a new location. The folder becomes a subfolder if you drag it onto another folder.
, then choose a new location. Or touch and hold Delete a folder: Swipe left on the folder, then tap
. If you change your mind, open the Recently Deleted folder to recover the notes. Sort, move, pin, delete, or view notes as thumbnails In a notes list, do any of the following:
Change the folder view: Swipe down on the notes list to reveal more options. To view the notes as thumbnails, tap
. Change the sort order of a folder: Tap Sort by, then choose Date Edited, Date Created, or Title. To choose a default sorting method for all your folders, go to Settings Notes By.
> Notes > Sort Move a note to a dierent folder: Touch and hold the note, tap Move, then choose a folder. Pin an important note to the top of the list: Touch and hold the note, then tap Pin Note. Or swipe right on the note, then tap the pin. Delete a note: Touch and hold the note, then tap Delete. Or swipe left on the note, then tap
. If you change your mind, open the Recently Deleted folder to recover the note. Search your notes You can search for typed and handwritten text, objects in attached images, and text in scanned documents. 1. Swipe down on the notes list to reveal the search eld. 2. Tap the search eld, then enter what youre looking for. You can also choose a suggested search such as Notes with Drawings, then enter additional text to rene your search. If a note is locked, only its title appears in the search results. The search includes handwritten text (in supported languages), photos, and scanned documents. Search within a note for typed and handwritten text 1. Open the note you want to search. 2. Tap
, then tap Find in Note. 3. Type the text youre looking for in the search eld. NAV TITLE: Share and collaborate Share notes and collaborate on iPad APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 278 In the Notes app collaborate on a note or on a folder of notes in your iCloud account, and everyone will see the latest changes.
, you can send a copy of a note to a friend. You can also invite people to Send a copy of a note 1. Open the note you want to share. 2. Tap
, then choose how to send your note. Collaborate on a note When you share a note in your iCloud account, all the collaborators see everyones changes. Everyone you share with must be signed in to iCloud to edit the note. 1. Open the note you want to share. Note: You cant collaborate on a locked note. 2. Tap
, tap Share Options, then choose Can make changes or View only. 3. Choose how to send your invitation (for example, using Mail or Messages). To add or remove collaborators or stop collaborating, tap
. Collaborate on a Notes folder When you share a folder of notes in your iCloud account, all the collaborators see everyones changes. People who are allowed to make changes can create or edit notes, add attachments, and even create subfolders if theyre signed in to iCloud. 1. In the folder list, tap the folder you want to share. Note: You cant collaborate on a folder with locked notes. 2. Tap
, tap Add People, tap Share Options, then choose Can make changes or View only. 3. Choose how to send your invitation (for example, using Mail or Messages). Print a note 1. Open the note you want to print. 2. Tap at the top of the note, then tap Print. See Print from. NAV TITLE: Lock notes Lock your notes on iPad APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 279 In the Notes app
(supported models), Touch ID (supported models), or a password. Notes uses a single password for all your locked notes, on all of your devices.
, you can lock notes to protect your sensitive information with Face ID Set up your notes password The password you set applies to all notes you lock from now on. Notes that already have a password arent aected. 1. Go to Settings
> Notes > Password. 2. Enter a password and add a hint to help you remember it. For added security, you can also turn on Face ID (supported models) or Touch ID (other models). If you turn on Face ID or Touch ID, you can still access your locked notes if you forget your password later. Important: If you forget your notes password, and you cant use Face ID or Touch ID to unlock your notes, you wont be able to view your locked notes, and Apple cant help you regain access to those locked notes. You can reset your notes password, but this doesnt give you access to previously locked notes. The new password applies to all notes you lock from now on. Go to Settings > Notes >
Password > Reset Password. See the Apple Support article Lock notes on your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac. Lock a note You can only lock notes on your device and notes in iCloud. You cant lock notes that have PDFs, audio, video, Keynote, Pages, Numbers documents attached, or notes that sync with other accounts. You cant lock an iCloud note that has collaborators. To lock a note, do one of the following:
In the notes list, swipe left on the note, then tap the lock. Open the note, tap
, then tap Lock Note. When a note is locked, the title remains visible in the notes list. To remove a lock from a note, tap
, then tap Remove Lock. Open a locked note Unlocking one note unlocks all your notes for several minutes so you can easily jump into another note or copy and paste information from other apps. 1. Tap the locked note, then tap View Note. 2. Unlock it with Face ID, Touch ID, or your Notes password. To lock your notes again, do one of the following:
Tap the lock icon at the top of the screen. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 280 Tap Lock Now at the bottom of the notes list. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Close the Notes app. Lock your iPad. NAV TITLE: Change settings Change your Notes settings on iPad Customize your preferences for the Notes app access Notes from the Lock screen, and more. Keep your notes up to date on all your devices with iCloud Go to Settings
> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Notes. in Settings. You can store your notes in iCloud, Your iCloud notesand any changes you make to themappear on your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac where youre signed in with your Apple ID. Change your Notes settings Go to Settings
> Notes, then adjust any of the following:
Default Account: Choose the default account for Siri and the Notes widget in Today View. On My iPad Account: Notes in this account appear only on your iPad. Your notes in iCloud arent a!ected. Access Notes from Lock Screen: Choose Always Create New Note or Resume Last Note. Or turn it o! to prevent access from the Lock screen. Photo Booth NAV TITLE: Take photos Take photos in Photo Booth on iPad Use the Photo Booth app to take seles and photos with fun e!ects. 281 Take a photo Photo Booth uses the front-facing camera to display the subject in multiple tiles, each with a dierent eect, on the iPad screen. Eects include Kaleidoscope, Stretch, X-Ray, and more. The tile in the center of the screen displays Normal view. 1. Aim iPad at your subject to frame your shot. 2. Tap the tile of the eect you want to capture, then do any of the following:
Switch between the front and rear-facing cameras: Tap at the bottom of the screen. Change the eect: Tap at the bottom left of the screen. With some eects, you can drag your nger across the screen, or pinch, swipe, or rotate the image to alter the appearance. 3. Tap the shutter button to take the shot. When you take a photo, iPad makes a shutter sound. You can use the volume buttons on the side of iPad to control the volume of the shutter sound. See Adjust the volume on iPad. Note: In some regions, sound eects are played even if the Side Switch (available on some models) is set to silent. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 282 NAV TITLE: Delete, share, or copy a photo APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Delete, share, or copy a photo in Photo Booth on iPad You can delete, copy, and share the photos you take in the Photo Booth app
. Delete a photo in Photo Booth 1. Tap a photo thumbnail at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap
, then tap Delete Photo. Share or copy a photo in Photo Booth 1. Tap a photo thumbnail at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap
, then choose a share option such as Message or Mail, or choose Copy. Upload photos to your computer Connect iPad to your computer using the included USB cable. Mac: Select the photos to upload, then click the Import or Download button in Photos or other supported photo app on your computer. PC: Follow the instructions that came with your photo app. If you delete the photos from iPad when you upload them to your computer, theyre removed from Photos. You can use the Photos settings pane in iTunes to sync photos to the Photos app on iPad. NAV TITLE: View and edit photos in the Photos app View and edit photos in the Photos app on iPad Photos you take in the Photo Booth app and edit them. are saved in the Photos app, where you can view View and edit photos in the Photos app 1. In the Photos app, tap the Photos tab, or tap the Albums tab, then tap a thumbnail. Swipe left or right to see the next or previous photo. 2. Tap Edit, then use the controls at the bottom of the screen to make changes. 3. Tap Done. See View photos and videos on iPad and Edit photos and videos on iPad. View photos on all your devices 283 If you use iCloud Photos, you can share your photos with other devices (iOS 8.1 or later and iPadOS 13), Mac computers (OS X 10.10.3 or later), and on iCloud.com. You must be signed in using the same Apple ID. See Manage Apple ID and iCloud settings on iPad. Photos NAV TITLE: View photos and videos View photos and videos on iPad Use the Photos app albums, memories, and more using the Photos, For You, Albums, and Search tabs and see your library come to life with auto-playing Live Photos and videos. to view photos and videos you take on iPad. Browse your photos, Photos: Browse your photos and videos organized by days, months, and years. For You: A personalized feed shows your memories, shared albums, featured photos, and more. Albums: View albums you created or shared, and your photos organized by album categories for example, People & Places and Media Types. Search: Type in the search eld to search for photos by date, place, location, or whats in them. Or, browse photos already grouped by important people, places, and categories to help you nd the photo youre looking for. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 284 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Browse photos The photos and videos on your iPad are organized by Years, Months, Days, and All Photos in the Photos tab. You can rediscover your best shots in Years, relive signicant events in Months, focus on unique photos in Days, and view everything in All Photos. 285 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE To browse your photos, tap the Photos tab, then select any of the following:
Years: Quickly locate a specic year in your photo library, and see your best shots highlighted in a slideshow. Months: View collections of photos that you took throughout a month, organized by signicant eventslike a family outing, social occasion, birthday party, or trip. Days: View your best photos in chronological order, grouped by the time or place the photos were taken. All Photos: View all of your photos and videos; pinch to zoom in and out to view your photos and library in the detail you want. Photos removes duplicate photos and clutter such as screenshots, whiteboards, and receipts from Years, Months, and Days views. To see every photo, tap All Photos. View individual photos Locate individual photos in the Photos tabtap All Photos, or browse by Days, Months, or Years. Tap a photo thumbnail to view it in full screen. You can also view photos in the Albums tab, or tap the Search tab to look for photos by specic search terms such as beach or sele. 286 While viewing a photo in full screen, you can do any of the following:
Zoom in or out: Double-tap or pinch out to zoom inwhile zoomed in, drag to see other parts of the photo; double-tap or pinch closed to zoom out. Share: Tap
, then choose how you want to share. See Share photos and videos on iPad. Add to favorites: Tap to add the photo to your Favorites album in the Albums tab. Tap
, or drag the photo down to continue browsing or return to the search results. View photo details Select a photo or video, then swipe up to see the following:
Eects you can add to a Live Photo; see Edit a Live Photo. People identied in your photo; see Find people in Photos on iPad. Where the photo was taken; see Browse photos by location on iPad. A link to view other photos taken nearby. Delete or hide a photo In Photos, tap a photo or video, then do either of the following:
Delete: Tap Photos account; see Use iCloud Photos on iPad. to delete a photo from your iPad and other devices using the same iCloud Deleted photos and videos are kept in the Recently Deleted album for 30 days, where you can recover or permanently remove them from all devices. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 287 Hide: Tap
, then tap Hide in the list of options. Hidden photos are moved to the Hidden album. You cant view them anywhere else. Recover or permanently delete deleted photos To recover deleted photos, or to permanently delete them, do the following:
1. Tap the Albums tab, then tap Recently Deleted under Other Albums 2. Tap Select, then choose the photos and videos you want to recover or delete. 3. Choose Recover or Delete at the bottom of the screen. Play a Live Photo A Live Photo moments just before and after a picture is taken.
, which can be taken on supported models, is a moving image that captures the 1. Open a Live Photo. 2. Touch and hold the photo to play it. See Take a Live Photo. View photos in a Burst shot Burst mode in Camera takes multiple high-speed photos so that you have a range of photos to choose from. In Photos, Burst shots are saved together in a single photo thumbnail. You can view each photo in the Burst, then select your favorites to save separately. 1. Open a Burst photo. 2. Tap Select, then swipe through the collection of photos. 3. To save specic photos, tap each photo to select it, then tap Done. 4. Tap Keep Everything to keep the Burst and the photos you selected, or tap Keep Only
[number of] Favorites to keep only the ones you selected. See Take Burst shots. Play a video As you browse your photo library in the Photos tab, videos auto-play while you scroll. Tap a video to begin playing it in full screen without sound, then do any of the following:
Tap the player controls below the video to pause, play, restart, play sound, and mute; tap the screen to hide the player controls. Double-tap the screen to toggle between full screen and t-to-screen. Play and customize a slideshow A slideshow is a collection of your photos, formatted and set to music. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 288 1. Tap the Photos tab. 2. View photos by All Photos or Days, then tap Select. 3. Tap each photo you want to include in the slideshow, then tap
. 4. From the list of options, tap Slideshow. 5. Tap the screen, then tap Options to change the slideshow theme, music, and more. To stream a slideshow or video to a TV, see Stream audio and video to other devices from. NAV TITLE: Edit photos and videos Edit photos and videos on iPad Use the tools in the Photos app Photos, any edits you make are saved across all your devices. to edit photos and videos on your iPad. When you use iCloud See Use iCloud Photos on iPad. Edit a photo or video 1. In Photos, tap a photo or video thumbnail to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, then swipe left to view the editing buttons for each eect such as Exposure, Brilliance, and Highlights. 3. Tap a button, then drag the slider to adjust the eect. The level of adjustment you make for each eect is displayed by the yellow outline around the button, so you can see at a glance which eects have been increased or decreased. 4. To review the eect, tap the eect button to see the shot before and after the eect was applied (or tap the photo to toggle between the edited version and the original). 5. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel, then tap Discard Tip: Tap to automatically adjust the intensity levels of your photo. Changes. Apply lter eects 1. In Photos, tap a photo or video thumbnail to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, then tap to apply lter eects such as Vivid, Dramatic, or Silvertone. 3. Tap a lter, then drag the slider to adjust the eect. 4. To compare the edited photo to the original, tap the photo. 5. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel, then tap Discard Changes. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 289 Crop, rotate, or ip a photo APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 1. In Photos, tap a photo or video thumbnail to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, tap
, then do any of the following:
Crop manually: Drag the rectangle corners to enclose the area you want to keep in the photo, or you can pinch the photo open or closed. Crop to a standard preset ratio: Tap
, then choose a ratio like Square, 2:3, or 8:10. Rotate: Tap to rotate the photo 90 degrees. Flip: Tap to ip the image horizontally. Changes. Straighten and adjust perspective 3. Tap Done to save your edits, or If you dont like your changes, tap Cancel, then tap Discard 1. In Photos, tap a photo or video thumbnail to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, tap perspective.
, then select an e!ect button to straighten or adjust the vertical or horizontal 3. Drag the slider to adjust the e!ect. The level of adjustment you make for each e!ect is displayed by the yellow outline around the button, so you can see at a glance which e!ects have been increased or decreased. Tap the button to toggle between the edited e!ect and the original. 4. Tap Done to save your edits. 290 Revert an edited photo After you edit a photo and save your changes, you can revert to the original image. 1. Open the edited image, tap Edit, then tap Revert. 4. Annotate the photo using the dierent drawing tools and colors. Tap to add shapes, text, or even your signature. See Draw in apps with Markup on iPad. 2. Tap Revert to Original. Mark up a photo 2. Tap Edit, then tap
. 3. Tap Markup
. 1. Tap a photo to view it in full screen. Trim a video 1. In Photos, open the video and tap Edit. 2. Drag either end of the frame viewer, then tap Done. To undo the trim, tap Edit, then tap Revert. Set the slow-motion section of a video shot in Slo-mo 1. In Photos, open a video shot in Slo-mo, then tap Edit. motion. See Record a slow-motion video. 2. Drag the white vertical bars beneath the frame viewer to set where the video is played in slow Use other photography apps to edit your photos Photo app extensions can provide special editing options. See the Apple Support article How to edit with third-party apps and extensions in Photos. NAV TITLE: Edit Live Photos Edit Live Photos on iPad In the Photos app, Bounce and Loop. Edit a Live Photo
, you can edit Live Photos, change the Key Photo, and add fun eects like APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 291 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE In addition to using the photo editing tools (like adding lters or cropping a photo), you can also change the Key Photo, trim the length, or mute the sound in your Live Photos (available on supported models). 1. Open the Live Photo and tap Edit. 2. Tap
, then do any of the following:
Set a key photo: Move the white slider on either end to change the frame. Tap Make Key Photo, then tap Done. Make a still photo: Tap the Live button at the bottom of the screen to turn o! the Live feature. The Live Photo becomes a still of its key photo. Mute a Live Photo: Tap at the top of the screen. Tap again to unmute. Trim a Live Photo: Drag either end of the black frame viewer to choose the frames the Live Photo plays. See Take a Live Photo. Add e!ects to a Live Photo You can add e!ects to Live Photos to turn them into fun videos (available on supported models). 1. Open the Live Photo. 2. Swipe up to see the e!ects, then choose one of the following:
Loop: Repeats the action in a continuous looping video. Bounce: Rewinds the action backward and forward. 292 Long Exposure: Simulates a DSLR-like long exposure eect by blurring motion. See Take a Live Photo. NAV TITLE: Edit Portrait mode photos Edit Portrait mode photos on iPad In the Photos app, you take in Portrait mode. you can change and adjust the studio-quality lighting eects to the photos Edit Portrait Lighting eects in Portrait mode photos On models that support Portrait Lighting, you can apply, change, or remove the Portrait Lighting eects to photos you take in Portrait mode. 1. Tap any photo taken in Portrait mode to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, then touch and drag below the photo to choose a lighting eect. Natural Light: The face is in sharp focus against a blurred background. Studio Light: The face is brightly lit, and the photo has an overall clean look. Contour Light: The face has dramatic shadows with highlights and lowlights. Stage Light: The face is spotlit against a deep black background. Stage Light Mono: The eect is like Stage Light, but the photo is in classic black and white. 3. Tap Done to save your changes. See Take a sele in Portrait mode. After you save a Portrait Lighting eect, you can tap Revert to go back to the original lighting. Note: To remove the Portrait eect from a photo, tap Portrait at the top of the screen. Adjust Depth Control in Portrait mode photos On models that support Depth Control, use the Depth Control slider to adjust the level of background blur in your Portrait mode photos. 1. Tap any photo taken in Portrait mode to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, then tap the button. A slider appears next to the photo. 3. Drag the slider to adjust the eect. 4. Tap Done to save your changes. A white dot above the slider marks the original depth value for the photo. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 293 NAV TITLE: Organize photos in albums Organize photos in albums on iPad Use the Photos app to existing albums. to organize your pictures with albumscreate new ones, or add pictures If you use iCloud Photos, albums are stored in iCloud. Theyre up to date and accessible on devices where youre signed in to iCloud with the same Apple ID. See Use iCloud Photos on iPad. Create an album Use albums to organize your photos. 1. In Photos, tap the Albums tab, then tap
. 2. Choose to create a New Album or New Shared Album. 3. Name the album, then tap Save. 4. Choose the photos you want to add, then tap Done. Add or remove photos and videos from existing albums Add a photo or video: Tap a photo or video to view it in full screen. Tap then select the album you want to add it to.
, tap Add to Album, Remove a photo or video: In an album, tap a photo or video to view it in full screen. Tap then choose to remove the item from just the album or delete it from iCloud Photos on all your devices.
, Rename, rearrange, and delete existing albums 1. Tap the Albums tab, then tap See All. 2. Tap Edit, then do any of the following:
Rename: Tap the album name, then enter a new name. Rearrange: Touch and hold the albums thumbnail, then drag it to a new location. Albums that Photos creates for you, such as People, Places, and Seles cant be deleted. Delete: Tap
. 3. Tap Done. NAV TITLE: Search in Photos Search in Photos on iPad APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 294 When you search in the Photos app categories to help you nd what youre looking for, or rediscover a moment you forgot about. Type a keyword into the search eld to help you nd a specic photofor example, a persons name, date, or location.
, you see suggestions for people, places, and photo Ask Siri. Say something like: Show me photos from January 2010. Learn how to ask Siri. Tap the Search tab, then tap the search eld at the top of the screen to search by the following:
Date (month or year) Place (city or state) Business names (museums or restaurants, for example) Category (beach or sunset, for example) Events (sports games or concerts, for example) Person (Lia or Gordon, for example) Looking for something more specic? Rene your search with multiple keywordssimply keep adding keywords until you nd the photo you want. Search also suggests keywords to add to your search. NAV TITLE: Share photos and videos Share photos and videos on iPad Share photos and videos from the Photos app in Mail or Messages, or other apps you install. Photos even selects your best photos from an event and recommends people you may want to share them with. Share photos and videos Share a single photo or video: Open the photo or video, tap share.
, then choose how you want to Share multiple photos or videos in All Photos: While viewing photos in the All Photos tab, tap Select, then tap the photos you want to share. Tap
, then choose a share option. Share multiple photos or videos from a day or month: While viewing photos in the Days or Months tab, tap specic photos to share, tap Select, tap the photos you want to share, then tap
, then tap Share to send all the photos from that day. To choose the
. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 295 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE The size limit of attachments is determined by your service provider. iPad may compress photo and video attachments, if necessary. You can share a Live Photo using iMessage, Shared Albums, AirDrop, and more. A shared Live Photo plays in Photos on any device that meets these minimum system requirements: iOS 9, iPadOS 13, or OS X 10.11. For devices or services that dont support Live Photos, a Live Photo is shared as a still photo. Tip: Photos you share with an iCloud link can be shared using any app. Each iCloud link is unique and remains available for 30 days. Share photos with Sharing Suggestions Sharing Suggestions recommends a set of photos from an event that you may want to share, and based on the people in the photos, who you may want to share the photos with. After you share your photos, the recipients are prompted to share their photos from the event with you. Sharing Suggestions requires iCloud Photos. 1. Tap the For You tab, then tap a photo collection in Sharing Suggestions. 2. Tap Select to add or remove photos, then tap Next. 296 Photos suggests sharing the photos you took with the people who were also at the event. You can choose who to share with, as well as add others. 3. Tap Share in Messages. To send the link to more friends, or to stop sharing it, tap the collection, tap Copy iCloud Link or Stop Sharing.
, then choose To remove a photo collection from Sharing Suggestions, tap Suggestion.
, then tap Remove Sharing See the Apple Support article Use Sharing Suggestions in Photos. Save or share a photo or video you receive From email: Tap to download the item if necessary, then tap then choose a sharing or saving option. Or, touch and hold the item, From a text message: Tap the photo or video in the conversation, tap sharing or saving option.
, then choose a NAV TITLE: View Memories View Memories in Photos on iPad The Photos app called Memories. Memories include Memory movies, which are automatically edited for you and set to music. You can edit Memories and share them with others. You can also make a Memory movie from an album you create. scans your library to automatically create collections of photos and videos APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 297 Play a Memory movie 1. Tap the For You tab, then tap a Memory. 2. Tap the Memory movie at the top of the screen to play it. 3. To pause, tap the movie, then tap
. 4. To go forward or backward in the movie, tap the movie, then slide the frames at the bottom of the screen left or right. To watch a Memory movie from an event in Days or Months, tap event, then tap Play Movie. in the top-right corner of the 1. While a Memory movie is playing, tap the screen to show customization options. Edit a Memory movie 2. Do any of the following:
Change the mood: Swipe left or right through the moods to change the music and editing style. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 298 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Change the length: Swipe to change to short, medium, or long depending on the number of photos in the Memory. Personalize the movie: Tap Edit at the top of the screen to add or delete specic photos, change the music, edit the title, and more. Create a Memory movie You can create your own Memory movie from an event or a specic day in Photos. 1. In the Photos tab, tap Days or Months. 2. Tap
, then tap Play Movie. 3. While the movie plays, tap the screen, then tap Edit. 4. Tap OK to add the movie to Memories, then make edits such as adding or deleting specic photos, changing the music, and editing the title. 5. Tap Done. Delete or block a Memory movie 1. Tap the For You tab, then tap a Memory. 2. Tap
, then tap Delete Memory. Share a Memory movie 1. Tap the For You tab, then play the Memory you want to share. 2. While the movie plays, tap Edit, tap
, then choose how you want to share. 299 Add a Memory movie to Favorites 1. Tap the For You tab, then tap a Memory you want to mark as a favorite. 2. Tap
, then tap Add to Favorite Memories. To view your Favorite Memories, tap See All, then tap Favorites. Share photos from a Memory movie Photos identies the people in a Memory and makes it easy to share the photos in that Memory with them. 1. Tap the For You tab, tap a Memory with photos you want to share. 2. Tap Select, then tap the photos you want to share. 3. Tap
, then choose how you want to share them. Photos suggests sharing the photos with the people in them. You can choose who to share with, as well as add others. NAV TITLE: Find people in Photos Find people in Photos on iPad The Photos app found faces to the People album. When you add names to the faces, you can search for photos by name. scans your photo library for peoples faces and adds the most frequently Note: With iCloud Photos, your People album is kept up to date on all your devices that meet these minimum system requirements: iOS 11, iPadOS 13, and macOS High Sierra 10.13. (You must be signed in with the same Apple ID on all the devices.) Find photos of a specic person To nd photos of a specic person, do either of the following:
In the Albums tab, tap the People album, then tap a person to see all of the photos theyre in. In the Search tab, enter a persons name in the search eld. Add a person to your People album 1. Open a photo of the person you want to add, then swipe up to see the photo details. 2. Tap a face under People, then tap Add Name. 3. Enter the persons name or select it in the list, then tap Done. Name a person in your People album 1. Tap the Albums tab, then tap the People album. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 300 2. Tap the face of the person whose name you want to add. 3. Tap Add Name at the top of the screen, then enter the persons name. 4. Tap Next, then tap Done. If theres a face identied as two or more people in the People album, tap Select, tap each instance of the person, then tap Merge. Set a persons key photo 1. Tap the People album, then tap a person. 2. Tap Select, then tap Show Faces. 3. Choose the photo you want to set as the key photo. 4. Tap
, then tap Make Key Photo. Fix misidentications 1. Tap the People album, then tap a person. 2. Tap Select, then tap Show Faces. 3. Tap the misidentied face. 4. Tap
, then tap Not This Person. NAV TITLE: Browse photos by location Browse photos by location on iPad The Photos app where they were taken. View photos taken in a specic location, or look for photos taken nearby. See a collection of all your places on a map, or even watch a Memory movie of a certain place. creates collections of your photos and videos in the Places album based on Browse photos by location 1. Tap the Albums tab, then tap the Places album. 2. Select Map or Grid view. Only pictures and videos that have embedded location information (GPS data) are included. Tip: Zoom in and drag the map to see more specic locations. See where a photo was taken 1. Open a photo, then swipe up to see the photo details. 2. Tap the map or address link to see more details. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 301 Look for photos taken nearby 1. Tap a photo to view it in full screen. (The photo must contain location information.) 2. Swipe up, then tap Show Nearby Photos. View a location-based Memory movie 1. In the Albums tab, tap the Places album, then tap Grid. 2. Find a location with several images, then tap the location heading. 3. Tap
. NAV TITLE: Use iCloud Photos Use iCloud Photos on iPad iCloud Photos automatically uploads the photos and videos you take and stores them in their original format at full resolution. You can access your photos and videos in iCloud Photos from any device where youre signed in using the same Apple ID. To use iCloud Photos, you need a device that meets these minimum system requirements:
iOS 8.1, iPadOS 13, OS X 10.10.3, or a PC with iCloud for Windows 5 or later. Go to Settings
> [your name] > iCloud > Photos, then turn on iCloud Photos. Turn on iCloud Photos Save space on your iPad iCloud Photos keeps all your photos and videos in their original, high-resolution version. You can optimize storage to save space on your iPad. Go to Settings
> [your name] > iCloud > Photos, then tap Optimize iPad Storage. View and share a full-resolution photo or video 1. Select a photo or video from your Library, then tap Edit. The full-resolution photo or video downloads automatically. 2. Tap
, then choose the device that you want to share with. Upgrade your iCloud storage to store more photos If your uploaded photos and videos exceed your storage plan, you can upgrade your iCloud storage. Go to Settings
> [your name] > iCloud > Manage Storage > Change Storage Plan. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 302 NAV TITLE: Share photos with iCloud Shared Albums Share iPad photos with Shared Albums in iCloud With Shared Albums in the Photos app
, you can share photos and videos with just the people you choose. They can also add their own photos, videos, and comments. Shared Albums works with or without iCloud Photos and My Photo Stream. If the person youre sharing with is using iCloud Photos or Shared Albums on a device with iOS 6 or later, iPadOS 13, or on a Mac with macOS 10.8 or later, they can view your albums and leave comments. If theyre using iOS 7 or later, iPadOS 13, or OS X 10.9 or later, they can add their own photos and videos. You can also publish your album to a website for anyone to view. Go to Settings
> [your name] > iCloud > Photos, then turn on Shared Albums. Turn on Shared Albums Share photos and videos 1. In Photos, tap a photo or video to view it in full screen. 2. Tap
, then tap Add to Shared Albums. 3. Select an existing shared album, or create your own. 4. Tap Post. Turn on public viewing in iCloud 1. In Albums, select a shared album. 2. At the bottom of the screen, tap People. 3. Turn on Public Website. Add photos and videos to a shared album 1. In a shared album, tap
. 2. Select all the items you want to add, then tap Done. 3. Add comment if you want to, then tap Post. Delete photos, videos, and comments from a shared album You must be the owner of the shared album to delete photos or videos. Delete photos and videos: In a shared album, tap Select. Select the photos or videos you want to delete, then tap
. Delete comments: While viewing the comment in a shared photo, touch and hold, then tap Delete. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 303 Rename a shared album 1. In Albums, scroll to Shared Albums, then tap See All. 2. Tap Edit, then tap the name of the album and enter a new one. Add or remove subscribers, or turn Notications on or o Select the shared album, then tap People. Add subscribers: Tap Invite People, then enter the names of the subscribers you want to add. Remove subscribers: Tap the subscriber, then tap Remove Subscriber. Turn Notications o: Toggle Notications o. Tap again to turn Notications on. Subscribe to a shared album When you receive an invitation, tap email. See your Family album
, tap Accept. You can also accept an invitation in an When Family Sharing is set up, a shared album called Family is automatically created in Photos on all family members devices. Everyone in the family can contribute photos, videos, and comments to the album, and be notied whenever something new is added. See Set up Family Sharing on iPad. Note: To use Shared Albums, your iPad must be connected to Wi-Fi. Shared Albums works over both Wi-Fi and cellular networks. Cellular data charges may apply. See Connect to the Internet. NAV TITLE: Use My Photo Stream Use My Photo Stream on iPad Use My Photo Stream with the Photos app iPod touch. Up to 1000 images are stored automatically for 30 days without using iCloud storage space or iCloud Photos. to access recent photos on any iPhone, iPad, or My Photo Stream automatically uploads your most recent photos to iCloud; you can even see them on devices that arent using iCloud Photos. (My Photo Stream doesnt upload Live Photos or videos.) You must be signed in on all devices using the same Apple ID. Turn on My Photo Stream My Photo Stream doesnt count against your iCloud storage and only saves still photos. Your photos automatically upload when you leave the Camera app and are connected to Wi-Fi, but edits arent updated across all devices. Go to Settings
> [your name] > iCloud > Photos, then turn on Upload to My Photo Stream. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 304 My Photo Stream is automatically turned o if you use iCloud Photos. Save photos from My Photo Stream to your iPad Images in My Photo Stream remain in iCloud for 30 daysafter that, theyre removed. To keep these photos, you must save them from Photo Stream to your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. 1. In the Albums tab, tap My Photo Stream. 2. Tap Select, then select all photos you want to save. 3. Tap
, then tap Save Image. Manage photos in My Photo Stream Tap the My Photo Stream album, tap Select, then do any of the following:
Save your best shots to iCloud or your device: Select the photos, then tap Add To. Share, print, or copy: Select the photos, then tap
. Delete photos: Select the photos, then tap
. Although deleted photos are removed from My Photo Stream on all your devices, the original photos remain in Photos on the device on which they were taken. Photos that you save to another album on a device or computer also arent deleted. Photos in My Photo Stream dont count against your iCloud storage, and theyre kept for 30 days in iCloud (up to 1000 photos). Download photos to your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or computer if you want to keep them permanently. See the Apple Support article My Photo Stream. NAV TITLE: Import photos and videos Import photos and videos to iPad You can import photos and videos directly to the Photos app from a digital camera, an SD memory card, or another iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch that has a camera. Depending on your model, use the Lightning to USB Camera Adapter, the USB-C to SD Card Camera Reader, or the Lightning to SD Card Camera Reader (sold separately). 1. Insert the camera adapter or card reader into the Lightning or USB-C connector on iPad. 2. Do one of the following:
Connect a camera: Use the USB cable that came with the camera to connect the camera to the camera adapter. Turn on the camera, then make sure its in transfer mode. For more information, see the documentation that came with the camera. Insert an SD memory card into the card reader: Dont force the card into the slot on the reader; it ts only one way. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 305 Connect an iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch: Use the USB cable that came with the device to connect it to the camera adapter. Turn on and unlock the device. 3. Unlock your iPad, then open Photos. 4. Touch and hold a photo for a large preview, so you can see the details in your photos and decide what you want to import. 5. Select the photos and videos you want to import, then select your import destination. You can create a new album or select an existing one. Import all items: Tap Import All. Import just some items: Tap the items you want to import (a checkmark appears for each), tap Import, then tap Import Selected. 6. After the photos and videos have been imported, keep or delete them on the camera, card, iPhone, iPad, or iPod . 7. Disconnect the camera adapter or card reader. See the Apple Support article Import photos using Apple camera adapters. Import also works in the background, so you can focus on other tasks while your photos upload. A new event in the Import History album contains all the photos you just imported. Photos you imported previously can be found in the Already Imported album. To transfer the photos to your computer, connect your iPad to your computer and import the images with a photo app (such as Photos or Adobe Photoshop Elements). NAV TITLE: Print photos Print photos on iPad to an AirPrint-enabled printer Print your photos directly from the Photos app on your iPad with any AirPrint-enabled device. Print a single photo: While viewing the photo, tap
, then tap Print. Print multiple photos: While viewing photos, tap Select, select each photo you want to print, tap
, then tap Print. See Print from. Podcasts APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 306 NAV TITLE: Find podcasts APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Find podcasts on iPad Use the Podcasts app to nd and play free showssimilar to radio or TV showsabout science, news, politics, comedy, and more. If you subscribe to a show, iPad automatically downloads new episodes as theyre released. Ask Siri. Say something like: Find Serial podcast. Learn how to ask Siri. Find and subscribe to shows Discover shows: Tap Browse to see Featured shows or Top Charts. You can also browse by categories or content providers. Search by title or topic: Tap Search, then enter what youre looking for. Subscribe to a show: Tap the show to see its information page, then tap Subscribe. Listen to your subscribed shows 1. Tap Listen Now. 2. To download an episode for o%ine playing, tap
. If you dont see
, the episode is already downloaded. To get notications whenever a new episode is available, tap
. NAV TITLE: Play podcasts 307 Play podcasts on iPad In the Podcasts app sleep timer, and stream content to another device.
, you can play, pause, or skip ahead using the playback controls, set a Ask Siri. Say something like: Play the newest episode of The Daily podcast. Learn how to ask Siri. Play a podcast 1. Tap an episode. 2. For more playback controls, tap the player to open the Now Playing screen. Use any of the following controls:
(table aria-label=Playback controls) Play APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 308 Pause Jump back 15 seconds Jump forward 30 seconds Choose a faster or slower playback speed Stream the audio to other devices Choose more actions such as sharing the episode or adding it to your queue. Tip: To jump to a specic time in the episode, drag the track position slider below the podcast artwork. 3. Swipe up on the Now Playing screen to see the sleep timer, episode notes, and your Up Next queue. To resume playing an episode, tap Listen Now. Episodes you havent nished are near the top of the list. NAV TITLE: Manage your subscriptions and library Manage your podcast subscriptions and library on iPad In the Podcasts app
, you can add or remove subscriptions and episodes in your library. Manage your subscriptions 1. Tap Library. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 309 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 2. Tap a show to see its information page, tap
, then do any of the following:
Set options for notications, playing episodes, and more: Tap Settings. Stop downloading new episodes: Tap Unsubscribe. Remove all the episodes: Tap Delete from Library. Manage episodes and downloads Add an episode to your library: For podcasts that you havent subscribed to, tap episode. To download the episode so you can play it when youre o%ine, tap
. next to an Delete an episode: Tap Library, tap Episodes, swipe left on the episode, then tap Delete. Remove a download: Tap Library, tap Downloaded Episodes, swipe left on the episode, then tap Remove. Change your Podcasts settings Go to Settings
> Podcasts, then do any of the following:
Prevent downloads from using cellular data (Wi-Fi + Cellular models): Turn on Only Download on Wi-Fi. Keep your subscriptions up to date on all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID: Turn on Sync Podcasts. Change the download settings for all your subscriptions: Change the settings below Episode Downloads. 310 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Reminders NAV TITLE: Set reminders Set reminders on iPad In the Reminders app
, you can easily create and organize reminders to keep track of all of lifes to-dos. Use it for shopping lists, projects at work, tasks around the house, and anything else you want to track. Create subtasks, set ags, add attachments, and choose when and where to receive reminders. You can also use smart lists to automatically organize your reminders. Keep your reminders up to date on all your devices with iCloud Go to Settings
> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Reminders. Your iCloud remindersand any changes you make to themappear on your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, and Mac where youre signed in with your Apple ID. Note: If youve been using an earlier version of Reminders, you may need to upgrade your iCloud reminders to use features such as attachments, ags, subtasks, grouped lists, list colors and icons, and more. To upgrade, tap the Upgrade button next to your iCloud account in Reminders. (You may need to tap Lists at the top left to see your iCloud account.) Also note the following:
Upgraded reminders are not backward compatible with the Reminders app in earlier versions of iOS and macOS. 311 Until macOS Catalina is available, your Mac using the same iCloud account cant access your upgraded reminders. Ask Siri. Say something like: Add artichokes to my groceries list. Learn how to ask Siri. Add a reminder Or do the following in a list:
1. Tap New Reminder, then enter text. 2. Use the quick toolbar above the keyboard to do any of the following:
Schedule a date or time: Tap to set a date and time for the notication.
, then choose a date for an all-day reminder or tap Custom Add a location: Tap you leave work or arrive at home.
, then choose where you want to be remindedfor example, when Set a ag: Tap to mark an important reminder. Attach a photo or scanned document: Tap photo from your photo library, or scan a document.
, then take a new photo, choose an existing 3. To add more details to the reminder, tap
, then do any of the following:
Add notes: In the Notes eld, enter more info about the reminder. Add a web link: In the URL eld, enter a web address. Reminders displays the link as a thumbnail that you can tap to go to the website. Get a reminder when chatting with someone in Messages: Turn on Remind me when messaging, then choose someone from your contacts list. The reminder appears the next time you chat with that person in Messages. Set a priority: Tap Priority, then choose an option. 4. Tap Done. Tip: With OS X 10.10 or later, you can hand o reminders youre editing between your Mac and iPad. Mark a reminder as complete Tap the empty circle next to the reminder. Completed reminders are hidden the next time you view the list. To unhide completed reminders, tap
, then tap Show Completed. Move or delete reminders Reorder reminders in a list: Touch and hold a reminder you want to move, then drag it to a new location. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 312 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Make a subtask: Swipe right on the reminder, then tap Indent. Or drag a reminder onto another reminder. If you delete or move a parent task, the subtasks are also deleted or moved. If you complete a parent task, the subtasks are also completed. Move a reminder to a di!erent list: Tap the reminder, tap
, tap List, then choose a list. Delete a reminder: Swipe left on the reminder, then tap Delete. To recover a deleted reminder, shake to undo or swipe left with three ngers. Change your Reminders settings 1. Go to Settings
> Reminders. 2. Choose options such as the following:
Default List: Choose the list for new reminders you create outside of a specic list, such as reminders you create using Siri. Today Notication: Set a time to show notications in Today View for all-day reminders that have been assigned a date without a time. Show Reminders as Overdue: The scheduled date turns red for overdue all-day reminders. NAV TITLE: Organize reminders in lists Organize reminders in lists on iPad In the Reminders app
, you can search your reminders and organize them in lists and groups. 313 Swipe down on the reminder lists to reveal the search eld, then enter the text youre looking for. Search reminders Use smart lists You can automatically track and organize upcoming reminders with smart lists. Tap any of the following:
Today: See reminders scheduled for today and overdue reminders. Scheduled: See reminders scheduled by date or time. Flagged: See reminders agged as important. All: See all your reminders across every list. Create reminder lists and groups You can organize your reminders into lists and groups of lists such as work, school, or shopping. Do any of the following:
Create and customize a new list: Tap Add List, enter a name, then choose a color and symbol for the list. Create a group of lists: Tap Edit, tap Add Group, enter a name, then tap Create. Or drag a list onto another list. Move and reorder lists: Touch and hold a list, then drag it to a new location. You can even move it to a dierent group. Edit a list or group: Swipe left on the list or group, then tap symbol of a list. You can change the color and Delete a list or group and their reminders: Swipe left on the list or group, then tap
. NAV TITLE: Share reminders and collaborate Share reminders and collaborate on iPad In the Reminders app signed in to iCloud.
, use iCloud to share reminder lists and collaborate with anyone who is Share a list using iCloud You can share a list and collaborate with people who also have an iCloud account. People who accept the invitation can add and edit reminders, and mark reminders as completed. 1. While viewing a list, tap
, then tap Add People. 2. Enter one or more email addresses, then tap Add. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 314 Safari NAV TITLE: Browse the web Browse the web using Safari on iPad With the Safari app
, you can browse the web, add webpages to your reading list to read later, and add page icons to the Home screen for quick access. If you sign in to iCloud with the same Apple ID on all your devices, you can see pages you have open on other devices, and keep your bookmarks, history, and reading list up to date on all your devices. View websites with Safari You can easily navigate a webpage with a few taps. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 315 Get back to the top: Double-tap the top edge of the screen to quickly return to the top of a long page. See more of the page: Turn iPad to landscape orientation. Refresh the page: Tap next to the address in the search eld. Share links: Tap Change text size, display, and website settings On iPad, Safari shows a websites desktop version thats automatically scaled for the iPad display and optimized for touch input. Use the View menu to increase or decrease the text size, switch to Reader view, specify privacy restrictions, and more. To open the View menu, tap on the left side of the search eld, then do any of the following:
Change the font size: Tap the large A to increase the font size or tap the small A to decrease it. View the webpage without ads or navigation menus: Tap Show Reader View (if available). Hide the search eld: Tap Hide Toolbar (tap the top of the screen to get it back). View the mobile version of the webpage: Tap Request Mobile Website (if available). Set display and privacy controls for each time you visit this website: Tap Website Settings. View two pages side-by-side in Split View Use Split View to open two Safari pages side-by side. Open a blank page in Split View: Touch and hold
, then tap Open New Window. Open a link in Split View: Touch and hold the link, then tap Open in New Window. Move a window to the other side of Split View: Touch and hold the top of the window, then drag left or right. Close tabs in a Split View window: Touch and hold
. Leave Split View: Drag the divider over the window you want to close. Preview website links Touch and hold a link in Safari to see a preview of the link without opening the page. To open the link, tap the preview window, or choose another option. To close the preview and stay on the current page, tap anywhere outside the preview window. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 316 NAV TITLE: Search for websites Search for websites using Safari on iPad In the Safari app
, enter a URL or a search term to nd websites or specic information. Search the web 1. Enter a search term, phrase, or URL in the search eld at the top of the page. 2. Tap a search suggestion, or tap Go on the keyboard to search for exactly what you typed. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 317 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE If you dont want to see suggested search terms, go to Settings Engine Suggestions (below Search).
> Safari, then turn o! Search Find websites you visited before Safari search suggestions include your open tabs, bookmarks, and pages you recently visited. For example, if you search for iPad, the search suggestions under Switch to Tab include your open tabs related to iPad. Websites related to iPad that you bookmarked or recently visited appear under Bookmarks and History. Search within websites To search within a website, enter a website followed by a search term in the search eld. For example, enter wiki einstein to search Wikipedia for einstein. To turn this feature on or o!, go to Settings >
> Safari > Quick Website Search. See your favorites when you enter an address, search, or create a new tab Go to Settings
> Safari > Favorites, then select the folder with the favorites you want to see. Search the page You can nd a specic word or phrase on a page. 318 1. Tap
, then tap Find on Page. 2. Enter the word or phrase in the search eld. 3. Tap to nd other instances. Choose a search engine Go to Settings
> Safari > Search Engine. NAV TITLE: Use tabs in Safari Use tabs in Safari on iPad In the Safari app Open a link in a new tab
, use tabs to help you navigate between multiple open webpages. Touch and hold the link, then tap Open in New Tab. Or, tap the link with two ngers. To automatically switch to the new tab whenever you open a link in a new tab, go to Settings
> Safari > Open Links, then tap In Background. Browse open tabs Tap or pinch closed with three ngersto view all your open tabs. (If you have several open tabs, tabs for the same site are stacked.) Then do any of the following:
Close a tab: Tap in the upper-left corner, or swipe left on the tab. View a single tab again: Tap a tab, or tap Done, or pinch open with three ngers. Tip: To see a tabs history, touch and hold or
. Reopen a recently closed tab Touch and hold
, then choose from the list of recently closed tabs. Show or hide the tab bar Go to Settings
> Safari, then turn Show Tab Bar on or o. View tabs that are open on your other devices 1. Sign in to iCloud with the same Apple ID on all your devices. 2. Go to Settings
> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Safari. Note: To also see tabs open on your Mac, you must have Safari selected in iCloud preferences on your Mac and be signed in with the same Apple ID. 3. Tap
, then scroll to the list at the bottom. To close a tab in the list, swipe left, then tap Close. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 319 NAV TITLE: Bookmark favorite webpages APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Bookmark favorite webpages in Safari on iPad In the Safari app
, bookmark websites and add them to Favorites to easily revisit later. Bookmark the current page Touch and hold
, then tap Add Bookmark. View and organize your bookmarks Tap
, then tap the Bookmarks tab. To create a new folder or to delete, rename, or reorder bookmarks, tap Edit. See your Mac bookmarks on iPad Go to Settings
> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Safari. Note: You must also have Safari selected in Cloud preferences on your Mac and be signed in with the same Apple ID. Add a webpage to your favorites 320 Open the page, tap
, then tap Add to Favorites. To edit your favorites, tap rename, or rearrange your favorites.
, tap the Bookmarks tab, tap Favorites, then tap Edit to delete, Quickly see your favorite and frequently visited sites Tap the search eld to see your favorites. Scroll down to see frequently visited sites. Note: To avoid seeing a list of these sites, go to Settings Visited Sites.
> Safari, then turn o Frequently Add a website icon to your iPad Home screen You can add a website icon to your iPad Home screen for quick access to that site. From the website, tap
, then tap Add to Home Screen. The icon appears only on the device where you add it. NAV TITLE: Save pages to a reading list Save pages to a reading list in Safari on iPad In the Safari app can even save the items in your reading list to iCloud and read them later when youre not connected to the Internet.
, save interesting items in your reading list so you can revisit them later. You Add the current page to your reading list Tap
, then tap Add to Reading List. Tip: To add a linked page without opening it, touch and hold the link, then tap Add to Reading List. View your reading list Tap
, then tap
. To delete an item from your reading list, swipe the item to the left. Automatically save all reading list items to iCloud for oine reading Go to Settings
> Safari, then turn on Automatically Save Oine (below Reading List). NAV TITLE: Automatically ll in forms Automatically ll in forms in Safari on iPad APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 321 In the Safari app information, and user names and passwords.
, use AutoFill to automatically ll in credit card information, contact Fill in a form 1. Tap a eld to bring up the keyboard. 2. Tap or above the keyboard to move from eld to eld. Fill in your contact information automatically When you ll in contact information on a website that supports AutoFill, tap AutoFill Contact above the keyboard. Tap Customize to edit and store your information for next time. Or, tap Other Contact to ll in someone elses information. Add a credit card for purchases 1. Go to Settings
> Safari > AutoFill > Saved Credit Cards > Add Credit Card. 2. To enter the information without typing, tap Use Camera, then position iPad so that your card appears in the frame. You can also save the credit card information when you make an online purchase. See Set up iCloud Keychain on iPad. Use your credit card information 1. When you ll in credit card information, tap AutoFill Credit Card above the keyboard. 2. Enter your cards security code (for security purposes, this code isnt storedyou must enter it manually each time you use a card). For greater security of your credit card information, use a passcode for iPad. Tap Go, Search, or the link on the webpage. Submit a form Turn o AutoFill You can turn o AutoFill for your contact or credit card information, and for passwords. Turn o AutoFill for your contact or credit card information: Go to Settings AutoFill, then turn o either option.
> Safari >
Turn o AutoFill for passwords: Go to Settings > Passwords & Accounts, then turn o AutoFill Passwords. NAV TITLE: Hide ads and distractions APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 322 Hide ads and distractions in Safari on iPad In the Safari app distracting items.
, use Safari Reader to view a page without ads, navigation menus, or other Show Reader view Reader view formats a webpage to show just the relevant text and images. Tap at the left end of the address eld, then tap Show Reader View. To return to the full page, tap
, then tap Hide Reader View. Note: If Show Reader View is dimmed in the page youre looking at. window, Reader view isnt available for the Automatically use Reader view for a website 1. On a supported website, tap
, then tap Website Settings. 2. Turn on Use Reader Automatically. Share the article text and the link to it Tap while viewing the page in Reader. Use Reader automatically 1. On a supported website, touch and hold
. 2. Choose to use Reader automatically on the current website or on all websites. Block pop-ups Go to Settings
> Safari, then turn on Block Pop-ups. NAV TITLE: Browse the web privately Browse privately in Safari on iPad APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 323 You can adjust settings in the Safari app yourself against malicious websites. to keep your browsing activities private and protect Control privacy and security settings for Safari Go to Settings
> Safari, then below Privacy & Security, turn any of the following on or o:
Prevent Cross-Site Tracking: Safari limits third-party cookies and data by default. Turn this option o to allow cross-site tracking. Block All Cookies: To prevent websites from adding cookies to your iPad, go to Settings >
Safari, then turn on Block All Cookies. (To remove cookies already on iPad, go to Settings >
Safari > Clear History and Website Data.) Fraudulent Website Warning: Safari displays a warning if youre visiting a suspected phishing website. Turn this option o if you dont want to be warned of fraudulent websites. Check for Apple Pay: Websites that use Apple Pay can check to see if you have Apple Pay enabled on your device. Turn this option o to prevent websites from checking if you have Apple Pay. When you visit a website using Safari that isnt secure, a warning appears in the Safari search eld. Erase your browsing history and data Go to Settings
> Safari > Clear History and Website Data. Visit sites without making history Tap
, then tap Private. While Private Browsing Mode is on, the Safari background is black instead of white, and sites you visit dont appear in History on iPad or in the list of tabs on your other devices. To hide the sites and exit Private Browsing Mode, tap reappear the next time you use Private Browsing Mode.
, then tap Private again. The sites Shortcuts NAV TITLE: Shortcuts APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 324 Use the Shortcuts app shortcuts to run multiple steps. Get started with examples from the gallery and personalize them with steps from dierent apps. to automate the tasks you do often. Create or customize your own To learn how to automate the best features of your apps, see the Shortcuts User Guide. Stocks NAV TITLE: Stocks Use the Stocks app follow, and get the latest business news. on iPad to track market activity, view the performance of stocks you Ask Siri. Say something like: How are the markets doing? or Hows Apple stock today?
Learn how to ask Siri. Manage your watchlist Add the stocks you follow to your watchlist to quickly view price, price change, percentage change, and market capitalization values. Add a symbol to your watchlist: In the search eld, enter a stock symbol, company name, fund name, or index. Tap the symbol you want to add in the search results, then tap Add to Watchlist. Delete a symbol: Swipe left on the symbol in your watchlist, then tap Remove. Reorder symbols: Tap Edit at the top of the watchlist. Touch and hold or down, then tap Done. to drag a symbol up View stock charts, details, and news Tap a stock symbol in your watchlist to view an interactive chart, additional details, and related news stories. See the performance of a stock over time: Tap an option from the time range selections at the top of the chart. See the value for a specic date or time: Touch and hold the chart with one nger. See the dierence in value over time: Touch and hold the chart with two ngers. See more details: Below the chart, view additional stock details like 52-week high and low, Beta, EPS, and average trading volume. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 325 Read news: Swipe up to see additional news stories, then tap a story. View your watchlist across devices You can view your watchlist across your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac when youre signed in with the same Apple ID. On your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch, go to Settings Stocks. On your Mac, go to System Preferences > iCloud, then turn on Stocks.
> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Read business news Tap Business News above the watchlist to view articles selected by Apple News editors that highlight the current news driving the market. Swipe up to see articles about companies in your watchlist grouped by ticker symbol, including Apple News+ content for subscribers (in the U.S., U.K., and Australia only; see Subscribe to Apple News+ on iPad). Stories from publications you have blocked in Apple News dont appear in the news feed. See View news stories chosen just for you on iPad. Tips NAV TITLE: Tips In the Tips app
, see collections of tips that help you get the most from iPad. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 326 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Get Tips In the Tips app, tap a collection to learn how to take better photos, use dictation, create a custom radio station, and much more. New tips are added frequently. Get notied when new tips arrive 1. Go to Settings
, then tap Notications. 2. Tap Tips below Notication Style, then turn on Allow Notications. 3. Choose options for the location and style of tip notications, when they should appear, and so on. TV 327 NAV TITLE: Set up the Apple TV app brings your favorite shows, movies, sports, and live news into one app. You Set up the Apple TV app on iPad The Apple TV app can watch titles from popular streaming services and leading cable providers as well as purchase or rent movies and TV shows. You can easily subscribe to Apple TV channels such as HBO and Showtime. The Apple TV app is on your iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, Apple TV, and supported smart TVs, so you can watch at home or wherever you go. Note: The availability of the Apple TV app and its features (such as Apple TV channels, sports, news, and supported apps) varies by country or region. See the Apple Support articles Availability of Apple Media Services and Availability of supported apps in the Apple TV app. Subscribe to Apple TV channels If you subscribe to Apple TV channels (such as HBO and Showtime), you can stream the ad-free content on demand or download it to watch oine. If you use Family Sharing, up to ve other family members can share your subscriptions for no additional charge. 1. Tap Watch Now, then scroll down to browse the available channels. 2. To start a free trial, tap Try It Free. Each channel provides one trial per subscriber or per family. If you previously used your trial, you have the option to resubscribe. 3. Review the subscription details, then conrm with Face ID, Touch ID, or your Apple ID. After you subscribe to a channel, you can browse its titles in the Apple TV channels row. Channels you subscribe to are shown rst in this row. Add your cable or satellite service to the Apple TV app Single sign-on provides immediate access to all the supported video apps in your subscription package. 1. Go to Settings
> TV Provider. 2. Choose your TV provider, then sign in with your provider credentials. If your TV provider isnt listed, sign in directly from the app you want to use. Connect supported apps to the Apple TV app The Apple TV app recommends new content or the next episode in a series you watched. The rst time you play from a supported app, tap Connect to allow the connection to the Apple TV app. Manage your connected apps and subscriptions 1. Tap Watch Now, then tap or your prole picture at the top right. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 328 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 2. Tap any of the following:
Connected Apps: Turn apps on or o!. Connected apps appear in the Apple TV app on all your devices where youre signed in with your Apple ID. Manage Subscriptions: Tap a subscription to change or cancel it. Clear Play History: Remove your viewing history from all your Apple devices. NAV TITLE: Find shows, movies, and more Find shows, movies, and more in the Apple TV app on iPad The Apple TV app place. Quickly nd and watch your favorites, pick up where you left o! with Up Next, or discover something newpersonalized just for you. brings your favorite shows, movies, sports, and live news together in one Spider-Man: Into the Spider-Verse is available on the Apple TV app; The Marvelous Mrs. Maisel is available on the Apple TV app Discover shows and movies In the Apple TV app, tap Watch Now, then do any of the following:
See whats up next: In the Up Next row, nd titles you recently added, rented, or purchased, catch the next episode in a series youve been watching, or resume what youre watching from the moment you left o!. Browse by category: Tap a category such as Movies, TV Shows, Sports, or Kids. 329 Get recommendations: Browse the What to Watch row for editorial recommendations that are personalized for you. Many rows throughout the app feature personalized recommendations based on your channel subscriptions, supported apps, purchases, and viewing interests. Browse Apple TV channels: Scroll down to browse Apple TV channels you subscribe to. In the Apple TV channels row, browse other available channels, then tap a channel to explore its titles. Watch live news: (available in select regions) Tap TV shows at the top, scroll down to the News row, then choose a news channel. Search for a title, sport, team, cast member, or Apple TV channel Tap Search, then enter what youre looking for in the search eld. Explore sports (U.S. and Canada only) You can browse by sport or league, watch games, and get live scores and notications for close games. 1. Tap Watch Now, then tap Sports at the top. 2. Do any of the following:
Browse by sport: Scroll down to browse the events of many sports, such as football, baseball, and basketball. To narrow your browsing, scroll down, then choose a sport. Watch a game: Tap the game. Choose your favorite teams: Scroll to the bottom, then tap Your Favorite Teams. Their games automatically appear in Up Next, and youll receive notications about your favorite teams. To hide the scores of live games, go to Settings
> TV, then turn o Show Sports Scores. Use the Up Next queue Add an item to Up Next: Tap the item to see its details, then tap
. Remove an item from Up Next: Touch and hold the item, then tap Remove from Up Next. Continue watching on another device: You can see your Up Next queue in Watch Now on your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple TV, or supported smart TV where youre signed in with your Apple ID. Spider-Man: Into the Spider-Verse 2018 Sony Pictures Animation Inc. All rights reserved. MARVEL and all related character names & 2019 MARVEL. NAV TITLE: Watch shows and movies APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 330 Watch shows and movies in the Apple TV app on iPad Play shows and movies from the Apple TV app channels play in the Apple TV app, while content from other providers plays in their video app. on iPad. Purchases, rentals, and Apple TV Buy, rent, stream, or download shows and movies 1. Tap an item to see its details. 2. Choose any of the following options (not all options are available for all titles):
Watch an Apple TV channel: Tap Play. If youre not a current subscriber, tap Try It Free or Subscribe. Watch with the suggested video app: Tap Open In. Choose a dierent video app: If the title is available from multiple providers, scroll down to How To Watch, then choose a provider. Buy or rent: Tap Buy or Rent, then complete the payment. When you rent a movie, you have 30 days to start watching it. After you start watching the movie, you can play it as many times as you want for 48 hours, after which the rental period ends. When the rental period ends, the movie is deleted. Download: Tap connected to the Internet. You can nd the download in Library and watch it even when iPad isnt Note: The availability of Apple Media Services varies by country or region. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Control playback in the Apple TV app During playback, tap the screen to show the controls. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 331 Spider-Man: Into the Spider-Verse is available on the Apple TV app
(table aria-label=Playback controls) Control Description Play Pause Skip backward 15 seconds; touch and hold to rewind Skip forward 15 seconds; touch and hold to fast-forward Change the aspect ratio; if you dont see the scaling control, the video already ts the screen perfectly Display subtitles and closed captions (if available) Stream the video to other devices Multitask with Picture in Picture Stop playback Change the Apple TV app settings APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 332 1. Go to Settings
> TV. 2. Do any of the following:
Limit playback to Wi-Fi connections: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Tap iTunes Videos, then turn o Use Cellular Data for Playback. Choose the video quality: (Wi-Fi models) Tap Playback Quality, then choose Best Available or Good. Choose the video quality: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Below Playback Quality, tap Wi-Fi or Cellular, then choose Best Available or Good. High-quality playback requires a faster Internet connection and uses more data. Update your recommendations and Up Next queue based on what you watch on your iPad:
Turn on Use Play History. What you watch on your iPad aects your personalized recommendations and Up Next on all your devices where youre signed in with your Apple ID. Remove a download 1. Tap Library, then tap Downloaded. 2. Swipe left on the item you want to remove, then tap Delete. Removing an item from iPad doesnt delete it from your purchases in iCloud. You can download the item to iPad again later. Spider-Man: Into the Spider-Verse 2018 Sony Pictures Animation Inc. All rights reserved. MARVEL and all related character names & TM 2019 MARVEL. Voice Memos NAV TITLE: Make a recording
, you can use iPad as a portable recording device to record Make a recording in Voice Memos on iPad With the Voice Memos app personal notes, classroom lectures, musical ideas, and more. You can ne-tune your recordings with editing tools like trim, replace, and resume. Use Voice Memos with the built-in microphone, an iPad or Bluetooth headset mic, or a supported external microphone. With Voice Memos in iCloud, you can capture audio anywhere with your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, or Mac, then open it on your Mac to edit and share recordings, use them in other media, and so on. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 333 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Make a basic recording compatible headset. 1. To begin recording, tap
, or press the center button on the included EarPods or other To adjust the recording level, move the microphone closer to or farther from what youre recording. For better recording quality, the loudest level should be between 3 dB and 0 dB. 2. Tap Done to nish recording. Your recording is saved with the name New Recording or the name of your location, if Location Services is turned on in Settings
> Privacy. To change the name, tap the recording, then tap the name and type a new one. To ne-tune your recording, see Edit a recording in Voice Memos. Use the advanced recording features You can make a recording in parts, pausing and resuming as you record. 1. To begin recording, tap
, or press the center button on the included EarPods or other compatible headset. To adjust the recording level, move the microphone closer to or farther away from what youre recording. To see more details while youre recording, swipe up from the top of the waveform. 2. Tap to stop recording; tap Resume to continue. 3. To review your recording, tap
. 334 To change where playback begins, drag the playhead right or left across the small waveform at the bottom of the screen before you tap
. 4. To save the recording, tap Done. Your recording is saved with the name New Recording or the name of your location, if Location Services is turned on in Settings
> Privacy. To change the name, tap the recording, then tap the name and type a new one. To ne-tune your recording, see Edit a recording in Voice Memos. While recording, use the iPad volume down button to turn the volume all the way down. Mute the start and stop tones Use another app while recording While youre recording, you can use another app, as long as it doesnt play audio on your device. If the app starts playing or recording sound, Voice Memos stops recording. 1. While recording, you can go to the Home screen and open another app. Note: During recording, Voice Memos will record any sounds produced by you or the movement of your device while youre using the other app. 2. To return to Voice Memos, tap the red bar at the top of the screen. If Voice Memos is turned on in iCloud, your recording is saved in iCloud and shows up automatically on all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Recordings using the built-in microphone are mono, but you can record stereo using an external stereo microphone that works with iPad. Look for accessories marked with the Apple Made for iPad or Works with iPad logo. NAV TITLE: Play it back Play a recording in Voice Memos on iPad In the Voice Memos app
, tap a recording and use the playback controls to listen to it. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 335 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE
(table aria-label=Playback controls) Play Pause Skip back 15 seconds Skip forward 15 seconds Tip: While the recording is open, you can tap its name to rename it. NAV TITLE: Edit or delete a recording Edit or delete a recording in Voice Memos on iPad In the Voice Memos app remove parts you dont want, record over parts, or replace an entire recording.
, you can use the editing tools to ne-tune your recordings. You can Trim the excess keep or delete. 1. In the Voice Memos list, tap the recording you want to edit, then tap Edit at the top right. 2. Tap at the top right, then drag the yellow trim handles to enclose the section you want to 336 You can pinch open to zoom in on the waveform for more precise editing. 3. To keep the selection (and delete the rest of the recording), tap Trim, or to delete the selection, To check your selection, tap
. tap Delete. 4. Tap Save, then tap Done. Replace a recording 1. In the Voice Memos list, tap the recording you want to replace, then tap Edit at the top right. 2. Drag the waveform to position the playhead where you want to start recording new audio. You can pinch open to zoom in on the waveform for more precise placement. 3. Tap Replace or press the center button on the included EarPods or other compatible headset to begin recording (the waveform turns red while youre recording). Tap to pause; tap Resume to continue. 4. To check your recording, tap
. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 337 5. Tap Done to save the changes. Delete a recording Do one of the following:
In the Voice Memos list, tap a recording, then tap
. Tap Edit at the top of the Voice Memos list, select one or more recordings, then tap Delete. Deleted recordings move to the Recently Deleted folder in the Voice Memos list, where theyre kept for 30 days by default. To change how long deleted recordings are kept, go to Settings Voice Memos > Clear Deleted, then select an option. To erase a recording in the Recently Deleted folder, swipe left on the recording, then tap Erase.
To recover a deleted recording, tap the Recently Deleted folder, tap the recording, then tap Recover. To recover or erase everything in the Recently Deleted folder, tap Edit above the Voice Memos list, then tap Recover All or Erase All. NAV TITLE: Search for or rename a recording Search for or rename a recording in Voice Memos on iPad You can search for your recordings in the Voice Memos app
, and rename any recording. Search for a recording 1. In the Voice Memos list, swipe down to reveal the search eld. 2. Tap the search eld, enter part or all of the recording name, then tap Search. Rename a recording A recording is initially saved with the name New Recording or the name of your location, if Location Services is turned on in Settings
> Privacy. To change the name, tap the recording, tap the name, then type a new one. NAV TITLE: Share and sync recordings Share and sync recordings in Voice Memos on iPad In the Voice Memos app available on your other devices, and sync them with your iTunes library on your computer.
, you can share individual recordings, save them in iCloud so theyre Share a recording 1. In the Voice Memos list, tap a saved recording, then tap
. 2. Tap
, then choose a sharing option, or save the recording. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 338 Use Voice Memos in iCloud Go to Settings
> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Voice Memos. With Voice Memos, your audio recordings are updated across all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID and Voice Memos is turned on in iCloud settings or preferences (they appear in your Voice Memos list). You can use your iPhone, iPad, Pod touch, or Mac to capture audio, then use your Mac to edit your recordings, incorporate them in other media, share them, and so on. Sync recordings with iTunes If you choose not to sync your Voice Memos using iCloud, you can sync them to your computer using iTunes. 1. Connect iPad to your computer. 3. Click Music in the sidebar. 2. Open iTunes on your computer, then select your iPad near the top-left corner. 4. Select Sync Music, make sure Include Voice Memos is selected, then click Sync. Voice memos synced from iPad to your computer appear in the Voice Memos list in iTunes. Voice memos synced from your computer appear in your Voice Memos app on iPad, but not in the Music app. Apple Pay NAV TITLE: Set up Apple Pay Set up Apple Pay on iPad Set up Apple Pay to make secure payments in apps and on websites that support Apple Pay. In Messages, you can send and receive money from friends and family or make purchases using Business Chat. Add a credit or debit card 1. Go to Settings
> Wallet & Apple Pay. 2. Tap Add Cards. You may be asked to sign in with your Apple ID. 3. Do one of the following:
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 339 Add a new card: Position iPad so that your card appears in the frame, or enter the card details manually. Add your previous cards: Select the card associated with your Apple ID, cards you use with Apple Pay on your other devices, or cards that you removed. Tap Continue, then enter the CVV number of each card. Alternatively, you may be able to add your card from the app of the bank or card issuer. The card issuer determines whether your card is eligible for Apple Pay, and may ask you for additional information to complete the verication process. View the information for a card and change its settings 1. Go to Settings
> Wallet & Apple Pay. 2. Tap a card, then do any of the following:
Tap Transactions to view your recent history. To hide this information, turn o Transaction History. To view all your Apple Pay activity, see the statement from your card issuer. View the last four digits of the card number and Device Account Numberthe number transmitted to the merchant. Change the billing address. Remove the card from Apple Pay. Change your Apple Pay settings 1. Go to Settings
> Wallet & Apple Pay. 2. Do any of the following:
Set your default card. Add the shipping address and contact information for purchases. Remove your cards from Apple Pay if your iPad is lost or stolen If you enabled Find My iPhone, use it to help locate and secure your iPad. Do any of the following:
On a Mac or PC: Sign in to your Apple ID account. In the Devices section, click the lost iPad. Below the list of cards, click Remove all. On another iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch: Go to Settings then tap Remove All Cards (below Apple Pay).
> [your name], tap the lost iPad, Call the issuers of your cards. If you remove cards, you can add them again later. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 340 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE If you sign out of iCloud in Settings > [your name], all your credit and debit cards for Apple Pay are removed from iPad. You can add the cards again the next time you sign in. Note: The availability of Apple Pay and its features varies by country or region. See the Apple Support article Countries and regions that support Apple Pay. NAV TITLE: Pay in apps or on the web Pay in apps or on the web using Apple Pay on iPad Use Apple Pay to make purchases in apps and on the web in Safari wherever you see the Apple Pay button. Pay in an app or on the web 1. During checkout, tap the Apple Pay button. 2. Review the payment information. You can change the credit card, shipping address, and contact information. 3. Complete the payment:
Models with Face ID: Double-click the top button, then glance at iPad to authenticate with Face ID, or enter your passcode. Models with Touch ID: Authenticate with Touch ID or enter your passcode. Change your default shipping and contact information 1. Go to Settings
> Wallet & Apple Pay. 341 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 2. Set any of the following:
Shipping address Email Phone NAV TITLE: Use Apple Cash Set up and use Apple Cash on iPad (U.S. only) When you receive money in Messages, its added to your Apple Cash. You can use Apple Cash right away wherever you would use Apple Pay. You can also transfer your Apple Cash balance to your bank account. Set up Apple Cash Do any of the following:
Go to Settings
> Wallet & Apple Pay, then turn on Apple Cash. In Messages, send or accept a payment. See Pay in apps or on the web using Apple Pay. Use Apple Cash You can use Apple Cash wherever you use Apple Pay:
Send and receive money with Apple Pay (U.S. only) Pay in apps or on the web using Apple Pay Manage your Apple Cash 1. Go to Settings
> Wallet & Apple Pay, then tap Apple Cash. 342 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 2. Do any of the following:
Add money from a debit card. Transfer money to your bank. See the Apple Support article Transfer money from Apple Cash to your debit card or bank account. Update your bank account information. Tap Transactions to view your history and details (including comments sent with payments), manually accept or reject individual payments, and request a statement. Choose to manually or automatically accept all payments. You have 7 days to manually accept a payment before its returned to the sender. Verify your identity for account servicing and to increase your transaction limits. Contact Apple Support. Apple Cash and sending and receiving payments through Apple Pay are services provided by Green Dot Bank, member FDIC. NAV TITLE: Use Apple Card Set up and use Apple Card on iPad (U.S. only) Apple Card is a credit card that can simplify your nancial life. You can sign up for Apple Card in the Wallet app on iPhone in minutes and start using it with Apple Pay right away in stores, in apps, or online worldwide. Apple Card gives you easy-to-understand, real-time views of your latest transactions and balance, and Apple Card support is available anytime by simply sending a text from Messages. Get Apple Card 343 1. Go to Settings
> Wallet & Apple Pay, tap Continue, then tap Apple Card. You may be asked for the following information:
Your legal name Date of birth Phone number Home address Country of citizenship Annual income Last four digits of your Social Security Number 2. Agree to the terms and conditions to submit your application. 3. Review the details of your Apple Card oer, including the credit limit and APR, then accept Apple Card or tap No Thanks to decline. 4. If you accept the terms, you can do any of the following:
Set Apple Card as your default card for Apple Pay transactions. Get a physical Apple Card to use where Apple Pay isnt accepted. Use Apple Card On iPad, you can use Apple Card to make Apple Pay purchases in apps or on the web. You can also use Apple Card at locations where Apple Pay isnt accepted:
In apps, on the web, or over the phone: Go to Settings Apple Card, then tap Card Information to see the card number, expiration date, and security code. Use this information to make your purchase.
> Wallet & Apple Pay, tap In stores, restaurants, and other locations: Use the physical card. View transactions and make payments 1. Go to Settings
> Wallet & Apple Pay, then tap Apple Card. 2. Do any of the following:
View transactions: Tap Transactions, then review your latest transactions, or scroll down to see all your transactions grouped by year. Schedule payments: Tap Scheduled Payments, choose Pay My Bill or Pay Dierent Amount, enter the payment details (such as the account and date), then authenticate with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 344 Make a one-time payment: Tap Make a Payment, drag the checkmark to adjust the payment amount or tap Show Keypad to enter an amount, tap Pay Now or Pay Later, review the payment details (such as the payment account), then authenticate with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode. View Apple Card details, change settings, contact support, and more 1. Go to Settings
> Wallet & Apple Pay, then tap Apple Card. Add or remove linked bank accounts. Lock your physical card and request a replacement card. Get support through Messages, by phone, or on the Apple Card Support website. 2. Do any of the following:
View card information. View credit details. Family Sharing NAV TITLE: Set up family sharing Set up Family Sharing on iPad With Family Sharing, up to six family members can share iTunes Store, App Store, and Apple Books purchases; an Apple Music family membership; an Apple News+ subscription; an Apple Arcade subscription; an iCloud storage plan; Screen Time information; a family calendar;
family photos; and more, all without sharing accounts. To use Family Sharing, one adult family member (the organizer) chooses features for the family to share and invites up to ve additional family members to participate. When family members join, Family Sharing is set up on their devices automatically. Family Sharing requires you (the organizer) to sign in with your Apple ID, and to conrm the Apple ID you use for the iTunes Store, the App Store, and Apple Books (you usually use the same Apple ID for everything). Family Sharing is available on devices that meet these minimum system requirements: iOS 8, iPadOS 13, a Mac with OS X 10.10, or a PC with iCloud for Windows 5. You can be part of only one family group at a time. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 345 Note: You can set up Screen Time for individual family members either through Family Sharing on your device or separately on their own devices. See Set up Screen Time for a family member on iPad. 1. Go to Settings
> [your name] > Set Up Family Sharing, then follow the onscreen Get started with Family Sharing instructions. 2. Tap the features you want to share:
Purchase Sharing iCloud Storage Location Sharing Screen Time Apple Music TV Channels Apple Arcade Apple News+
3. Follow the onscreen instructions to sign up. Depending on the features you choose, you may be asked to set up an Apple Music family membership or an iCloud Storage subscription. If you choose to share iTunes Store, App Store, and Apple Books purchases with your family members, you agree to pay for any purchases they initiate while part of the family group. Create an Apple ID for a child 1. Go to Settings
> [your name] > Family Sharing > Add Family Member. 2. Tap Create a Child Account, then follow the onscreen instructions. The childs account is added to your family until the child is at least 13 years old. See the Apple Support article Family Sharing and Apple ID for your child. Accept an invitation to Family Sharing Tap Accept in the invitation. Or, if youre near the organizer during the setup process, you can enter your Apple ID and password on the Family Members Apple ID screen on the organizers device. Leave Family Sharing Any family member can leave the Family Sharing group, but only the organizer can stop family sharing. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 346 1. Go to Settings
> [your name] > Family Sharing > [your name]. 2. Tap Leave Family. If youre the organizer, tap Stop Family Sharing. See the Apple Support article Leave Family Sharing. NAV TITLE: Share purchases with family members Share purchases with family members on iPad With Family Sharing, up to six family members can share iTunes Store, App Store, and Apple Books purchases, an Apple Music family membership, and an iCloud storage plan.
(See the Apple Support article Family Sharing.) When your family shares iTunes Store, App Store, and Apple Books purchases, all items are billed directly to the family organizers Apple ID account. Once purchased, an item is added to the initiating family members account and eligible purchases are shared with the rest of the family. Access shared purchases from the iTunes Store 1. Open the iTunes Store
, then tap Purchased. 2. Tap My Purchases at the top left. 3. Choose a family member. then tap to download it. Access shared purchases from the App Store 1. Open the App Store
. 2. Tap or your prole pictureat the top right. it. Access shared purchases from Apple Books 1. Open the Books app
. 2. Tap
, or your prole picture, at the top right. 4. Tap a category (for example, Music or Movies) at the top of the screen, tap a purchased item, 3. Tap Purchased, choose a family member, then tap next to a purchased item to download 3. Tap an item under My Purchases or choose a family member, then tap a category (for example, Books or Audiobooks). 4. Tap All Books, Recent Books, or a genre, then tap next to a purchased item to download it. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 347 Use a shared iCloud storage plan With Family Sharing, your family can share an iCloud storage plan of 200 GB or 2 TB. 1. Go to Settings
> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap iCloud Storage, then follow the onscreen instructions. You can also purchase or use your own storage plan if you need more space. To upgrade your iCloud storage, see the Apple Support article Buy More iCloud storage. NAV TITLE: Turn on Ask To Buy Turn on Ask To Buy on iPad When your Family Sharing group shares purchases, you can, as the family organizer, require that young family members request approval for purchases or free downloads. 1. Go to Settings
> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap the name of the person who needs to request approval, then turn on Ask To Buy. Note: Age restrictions for Ask To Buy vary by region. In the United States, the family organizer can turn on Ask To Buy for any family member under age 18; for children under age 13, its turned on by default. NAV TITLE: Hide purchases Hide your purchases on iPad With Family Sharing, you can hide your iTunes Store, App Store, and Apple Books purchases from family members. 1. Go to Settings
> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap Purchase Sharing, then turn o Share My Purchases. NAV TITLE: Share subscriptions Share subscriptions with family members on iPad When youre in a Family Sharing group, you can share a subscription to Apple Music and Apple News+ with family members. Use a shared Apple Music family membership If your family has an Apple Music family membership, you can simply open Apple Music and start listening. If you dont have an Apple Music family membership, you can sign up for one. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 348 1. Go to Settings
> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap Apple Music, then follow the onscreen instructions. Each family member gets their own music library and personal recommendations. (Selections are subject to content restrictions set in Screen Time.) To listen to music, make sure youre signed in with the Apple ID you entered in Family Sharing settings. See Subscribe to Apple Music on iPad. Use a shared Apple News+ subscription In News, you can subscribe to Apple News+, which includes over 200 magazines and other publications. When youre in a Family Sharing group and you buy an Apple News+ subscription, all members of your family can read Apple News+ publications for no additional charge. The other members of your family get a message about Apple News+ when they open News. If you dont have a subscription, you can sign up through the News app (not available in all countries or regions). See Subscribe to Apple News+ on iPad. Use a shared Apple Arcade subscription Your family can share a subscription to Apple Arcade, a gaming service that gives you access to over one hundred new games without ads or additional purchases. With an Apple Arcade subscription, all members of your family (up to six people) can download and play any Apple Arcade game from the App Store. (Selections are subject to content restrictions set in Screen Time.) The subscription allows you to play across iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, and Apple TVonline or oine. Each player gets a personalized accountyour progress is carried over between devices. New games are added to Apple Arcade regularly. If you dont have a subscription, you can sign up for one through the App Store. See Get apps, games, and fonts in the App Store on iPad. NAV TITLE: Share photos, a calendar, and more with family members Share photos, a calendar, and more with family members on iPad With Family Sharing on iPad, you can share a family photo album, a family calendar, your location, and more. Share photos or videos with family members When you set up Family Sharing, a shared album called Family is automatically created in the Photos app on all family members devices, which makes it easy to share family photos or videos. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 349 1. Open the Photos app
, then select a photo or video, or select multiple photos or videos. 2. Tap
, then tap Shared Albums. 3. Add any comments you want, then tap Shared Albums. 4. Choose an album to add the photo or video to. Members can unsubscribe from the family album, and the family organizer can delete it or remove subscribers. See Share iPad photos with Shared Albums in iCloud. Add an event to the family calendar When you set up Family Sharing, a shared calendar called Family is automatically created in the Calendar app on all family members devices. You can schedule an event on this calendar to share it with family members. 1. Open the Calendar app
, then add an event. 2. While entering the event details, tap Calendar, then tap Family to add the event to the family calendar. Members can unsubscribe from the family calendar, and the family organizer can delete it. See Share iCloud calendars on iPad. Share your location with family members With Family Sharing, you can share your location with members of your family group. When the family organizer sets up Location Sharing in Family Sharing settings, the organizers location is automatically shared with everyone in the family. Then family members can choose whether or not to share their location. When you share your location, your family members can see your location in Find My on and in Messages and, if your device is lost, they can help you locate it with Find My on. Note: To share your location, you must have Location Services turned on in Settings Privacy.
1. Go to Settings > [your name] > Family Sharing > Location Sharing, then turn on Share My Location. 2. Tap Change My Location to This iPad. 3. Tap a family member you want to share your location with, tap Share My Location, then tap
. You can repeat this step for each family member you want to share your location with. Each family member receives a message that youre sharing your location and can choose to share their location with you. You can also send or share your location from the Messages app (iOS 8 or later or iPadOS 13 or later) by tapping the prole picture or name at the top of the conversation, tapping tapping Send My Current Location or Share My Location.
, then APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 350 To stop sharing your location with a family member, tap the prole picture or name at the top of the conversation with the family member, tap
, then tap Stop Sharing My Location. To nd a family members location, use the Find My on app
. Share a Personal Hotspot With Family Sharing, you can share an Internet connection through a Personal Hotspot with members of your family group. When a member of your family group sets up a Personal Hotspot, other family members can use it without having to enter the password. See Share your Internet connection. NAV TITLE: Locate a family members missing device Locate a family members missing device on iPad When youre in a Family Sharing group and family members share their locations with you, you can use the Find My app computer to help a family member nd a lost device. on your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, or on iCloud.com on a Set up your device to be found by a family member A family member can help locate your missing device if you do the following on the device before its lost:
Turn on Location Services: Go to Settings
> Privacy, then turn on Location Services. Turn on Find My iPad: Go to Settings > [your name] > Find My > Find My iPad, then turn on Find My iPad, Enable Oine Finding, and Send Last Location. Share your location with family members: Go to Settings > [your name] > Family Sharing >
Location Sharing, then turn on Share My Location and make sure Find My iPad is turned on. 1. Open Find My on your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, or open Find My iPhone on iCloud.com on Locate a family members device a computer. 2. Sign in with your Apple ID. 3. In the list of devices, select the one you want to nd. Your devices are at the top of the list, and your family members devices are below yours. The selected device appears on a map so you can see where it is. See Locate a device in Find My on iPad. NAV TITLE: Set up Screen Time for family members APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 351 Set up Screen Time for family members on iPad You can set up Screen Time for family members through Family Sharingincluding downtime, allowances for app use, the contacts your family communicates with, content ratings, and more. Screen Time also lets you and your family members see how theyre using their devices and use that information to structure their device use. You can invite family members to join and enter their Apple IDs in Family Sharing on your device to begin the process. Or you can set up Screen Time for them in Family Sharing on your device.
(For information on creating a child account for Family Sharing, see the Apple Support article Family Sharing and Apple ID for your child.) Note: When you set up Screen Time for a family member through Family Sharing, notications of your family members weekly report appear on both your device and your family members. To view the report, tap the notication. 1. Go to Settings
> [your name] > Family Sharing > Screen Time. 2. Tap a family member, then tap Turn on Screen Time. 3. Tap Continue, then follow the onscreen instructions. Important: If you set up Screen Time for a family member through Family Sharing and you forget the family Screen Time passcode, you can reset it on your device using your device passcode, Touch ID, or Face ID. See Set up Screen Time for a family member on iPad. Use iPad with other devices Accessories included with iPad The following accessories are included with iPad:
USB power adapter Use the adapter with the Lightning to USB Cable to charge the iPad battery. The size of the adapter depends on your iPad model and region. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 352 USB-C Power Adapter (iPad Pro (11-inch) and iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation) only) Use the adapter with the USB-C Cable to charge the iPad battery. Lightning to USB Cable Use the cable to connect iPad to the USB power adapter or to your computer. USB-C Charge Cable (iPad Pro (11-inch) and iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation) only) Use the cable to connect iPad to the USB-C power adapter or to your computer. SIM eject tool (cellular models only) Insert the SIM eject tool into the small hole of the SIM card tray, then push in toward iPad to eject the tray. AirPods APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 353 NAV TITLE: Set up and adjust AirPods Set up and adjust AirPods with iPad Set up AirPods to use with iPad. Pair AirPods with your iPad 1. Go to the Home screen on your iPad. 2. Open the case with your AirPods inside, then hold it next to your iPad. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions, then tap Done. Your AirPods are automatically paired with all of your supported devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID (iOS 10, iPadOS 13, macOS 10.12, watchOS 3, or later required). To unpair the AirPods, see Unpair a device. Note: If you cant pair your AirPods, see the Apple Support article If your AirPods wont connect. Adjust the settings for AirPods 1. Open the AirPod case. 2. On iPad, go to Settings
> Bluetooth. 3. Tap next to your AirPods in the list of devices. 4. Do any of the following:
Change the name of your AirPods: Tap the current name, enter a new name, then tap Done. Change what a double tap does: Select the left or right AirPod, then choose what happens when you double-tap the AirPod. Turn Automatic Ear Detection o or on: Tap Automatic Ear Detection. When Automatic Ear Detection is turned on, AirPods sense when theyre in your ears and automatically play the audio from your iPad. Playback is paused when you remove one of your AirPods. When you remove both, playback stops. When you have Automatic Ear Detection on and youre not wearing your AirPods, audio plays through the iPad speakers. When Automatic Ear Detection is turned o, all audio from your iPad plays to your AirPods even when youre not wearing them. Set Microphone to left, right, or automatic: Tap Microphone, then choose an option. When Microphone is set to Automatic, either of your AirPods can act as the microphone. If you use only one AirPod, that AirPod is the microphone. When you choose Always Left or Always Right, the left or right AirPod becomes the microphone even if you remove it from your ear or put it in the case. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 354 Charge AirPods Put them in the case and close the lid. AirPods shut down and charge whenever theyre in the case. You can charge your AirPods (1st or 2nd generation) in the Wireless Charging Case or AirPods Charging Case. If you have the Wireless Charging Case, you can charge wirelessly with a Qi-compatible charger. You can charge either case by connecting it to a power outlet using an Apple Lightning to USB cable and an Apple USB power adapter. Note: If you have both AirPods (2nd generation) and AirPods (1st generation), make sure that you keep them separate. Your AirPods dont charge if you put one of each model in a charging case. NAV TITLE: Listen with AirPods Listen with AirPods on iPad Use AirPods to listen to music, movies, and more. Put AirPods in your ears to hear whats playing on your iPad(you can also listen with just one AirPod). While listening, you can do the following:
Stop audio: Remove both AirPods from your ears, or if youre wearing just one AirPod, remove it. If you return an AirPod to your ear within 15 seconds, play resumes automatically. Pause audio while listening with two AirPods: Remove one AirPod. When you return the AirPod to your ear, playback resumes automatically. Change the volume: Summon Siri, then say something like Turn down the volume. Or drag the volume slider on the playback destination screen, on the Lock screen, or in Control Center. You can set either of your AirPods to do one of the following when you double tap it:
Play, pause, or stop playback Skip to the next track Go back to the previous track See Adjust the settings for AirPods. You can share what youre listening to with a friend wearing AirPods or compatible Beats earphones. See Share audio with another pair of AirPods from. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 355 NAV TITLE: Use Siri with AirPods Use Siri with AirPods on iPad You can use Siri with your AirPods to ask questions and do tasks. Summon Siri with your voice using AirPods (2nd generation) While wearing one or both AirPods, say Hey Siri, wait for a chime, then ask Siri a question or to do a task for you. For example, say something like Hey Siri, hows the weather today? or Hey Siri, lets hear the Acoustic playlist. Note: If you didnt set up Hey Siri, go to Settings Hey Siri.
> Siri & Search, then turn on Listen for Summon Siri with a double tap While wearing one or both AirPods, double-tap an AirPod, wait for a chime, then ask Siri a question or to do a task for you. For example, say something like Whats my next meeting? or Remind me to pack an umbrella when I get home. By default, you can double-tap either AirPod to summon Siri. You can also set one or both AirPods to respond dierently to a double tap, for example, to skip to the next audio track or stop audio playback. See Adjust the settings for AirPods. Note: If you havent turned on Siri, go to Settings for Siri (models with the Home button) or Press Top Button for Siri (other models).
> Siri & Search, then turn on Press Home NAV TITLE: Connect Bluetooth devices Connect Bluetooth devices to iPad You can use Bluetooth devices such as wireless headphones, speakers, and more with iPad. WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss and avoiding distractions that could lead to dangerous situations, see Important safety information for iPad. Note: The use of certain accessories with iPad may aect wireless performance. Not all iOS or iPadOS accessories are fully compatible with iPad. Turning on airplane mode may eliminate audio interference between iPad and an accessory. Reorienting or relocating iPad and the connected accessory may improve wireless performance. Turn Bluetooth on or o On iPad, go to Settings
> Bluetooth, then tap Bluetooth. To quickly disconnect from Bluetooth devices without turning Bluetooth o, open Control Center, then tap
. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 356 Pair a Bluetooth device Note: To pair AirPods, see Set up and adjust AirPods with iPad. 1. Follow the instructions that came with the device to put it in discovery mode. 2. On iPad, go to Settings
, then tap Bluetooth. 3. Tap the device in the Devices list to connect. iPad must be within about 33 feet (10 meters) of the Bluetooth device. Unpair a device 1. Go to Settings
, then tap Bluetooth. 2. Tap next to the device, then tap Forget This Device. If you dont see the Devices list, make sure Bluetooth is on. If you have AirPods and you tap Forget This Device, they are automatically removed from other devices that signed in with the same Apple ID. NAV TITLE: Share audio with another pair of AirPods Share audio with another pair of AirPods from iPad While you wear AirPods or compatible Beats earphones, you can share what youre listening to with a friend whos also wearing AirPods or compatible Beats earphones. Both sets of earphones must be paired with iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. (On supported models. iOS 13 or iPadOS 13 required.) Start sharing when your friends earphones are in the charging case 1. While youre wearing your earphones, move your iPad close to a friends open charging case. Your earphones should be connected to your iPad, and your friends earphones should be inside their case. 2. On your iPad, tap Temporarily Share Audio, then follow the onscreen instructions. Start sharing when your friend is wearing earphones If your friend is wearing earphones connected to their iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, you can share the audio thats playing on your iPad. 1. Wear one or both of your earphones. 2. On your iPad, tap in the Now Playing controls, either in the app youre listening to or on the Lock screen. Or open Control Center, touch and hold the Now Playing controls at the top right, then tap
. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 357 3. Tap Share Audio (below the name of your earphones). 4. Bring your iPad close to your friends iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. 5. Tap Share Audio on your iPad. 6. Ask your friend to tap Join on their device. Separately control the volume of each set of earphones 1. On your iPad, open Control Center, then touch and hold the volume control. 2. Drag the separate volume sliders. Stop sharing audio On your iPad, tap to turn o the connection. on the Now Playing controls, then tap the name of your friends earphones Or open Control Center, tap the audio card, then turn o your friends connection. NAV TITLE: Stream audio and video to other devices Stream audio and video to other devices from iPad Stream content from iPad to AirPlay-enabled or Bluetooth devices, or mirror your iPad screen.
(Apple TV, AirPlay-enabled devices, and Bluetooth devices are available separately.) Stream audio to Apple TV, AirPlay-enabled devices, or a connected Bluetooth device 1. On your iPad, open an audio app, such as Music, then choose an item to stream. 2. Tap
, then choose a playback destination, such as one or more HomePod speakers, Apple TV, an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV, or wireless headphones. While audio is playing, you can change the playback destination from the Lock screen or Control Center. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 358 Note: If your AirPlay-enabled devices dont appear as a playback destination, make sure everything is on the same Wi-Fi network. With a Bluetooth device, the playback destination returns to iPad if the device moves out of range. Stream photos and video to Apple TV or a smart TV using AirPlay Stream photos: In Photos Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV as the playback destination.
, tap a photo, tap
, swipe up, tap AirPlay, then choose your or another supported video app, tap Stream video: In the Apple TV app your Apple TV or AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV as the playback destination.
, then choose If an AirPlay passcode appears on the TV screen, enter the passcode on your iPad. Mirror your iPad screen on Apple TV or a smart TV 1. Open Control Center. playback destination. 2. Tap Screen Mirroring, then choose your Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV as the If an AirPlay passcode appears on the TV screen, enter the passcode on your iPad. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 359 To switch back to iPad, tap Stop Mirroring or
, then choose your iPad. Note: For a list of AirPlay 2-enabled smart TVs, see the Home accessories website. NAV TITLE: Connect to a TV, projector, or monitor Connect iPad to a TV, projector, or monitor With the appropriate cable or adapter, you can connect your iPad to a display, like a TV, projector, or computer display. Connect iPad Pro (11-inch) or iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation) 1. Plug a USB-C Display AV Adapter or USB-C VGA Multi-port Adapter into the charging port on the bottom of iPad. 2. Connect an HDMI or VGA cable to your adapter. 3. Connect the other end of your HDMI or VGA cable to your secondary display. 4. If necessary, switch to the correct video source on your secondary display. If you need help, use your displays manual. Connect iPad with Lightning port bottom of iPad. projector). 1. Plug a Lightning Digital AV Adapter or Lightning to VGA Adapter into the charging port on the 2. Connect an HDMI or VGA cable to your adapter. 3. Connect the other end of your HDMI or VGA cable to your secondary display (TV, monitor, or 4. If necessary, switch to the correct video source on your secondary display. If you need help, use your displays manual. For more information, see the Apple Support article About Apple Digital AV Adapters for iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. NAV TITLE: Control audio on multiple devices Control audio on devices with iPad With AirPlay 2 and iPad, you can play audio on multiple AirPlay 2-enabled devices connected to the same Wi-Fi network. For example, you can play a party playlist on HomePod speakers in the living room and kitchen, on an Apple TV in the bedroom, and on an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV in the den. Ask Siri. Say something like:
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 360 Stop playing music everywhere Set the dining room volume to 10 percent Whats playing in the kitchen?
Play a song I like in the kitchen Add the living room speaker Remove the music from the kitchen Move the music to the den Play audio on multiple AirPlay 2-enabled devices from an app 1. In an audio app such as Music or Podcasts, tap Now Playing at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap
, then select each device you want to use. Play audio on multiple AirPlay 2-enabled devices from Control Center or the Lock screen 1. From Control Center or the Lock screen, touch and hold the Now Playing controls. 2. Tap
, then select each device you want to use. Note: Devices arranged in a stereo pair are treated as a single audio device. NAV TITLE: Apple Pencil Use Apple Pencil with iPad APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 361 On supported models, you can use Apple Pencil (available separately) to:
Draw or write in a note Sign a document Markup a PDF le, photo, email, and more On iPad Pro (11-inch) and iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation), magnetically attach Apple Pencil
(2nd generation) to pair, charge, and store. For more information, see the Apple Support article Use Apple Pencil. NAV TITLE: Use Smart Keyboard and Smart Keyboard Folio Use Smart Keyboard and Smart Keyboard Folio with iPad On supported models, use Smart Keyboard or Smart Keyboard Folio to hold your iPad in just the right positionfor typing, watching movies, drawing, and more. Attach the keyboard to the Smart Connector on the side (models with a Home Button) or bottom (models with Face ID). Quickly switch between apps Press and hold the Command key, then press Tab until you reach the app you want to open. View keyboard shortcuts Press and hold the Command key to see shortcuts for an app. Open Search Press Command-Space. Switch keyboard layouts Use Smart Keyboard or Smart Keyboard Folio to switch between keyboard layoutsEnglish, Emoji, and any keyboards youve added for typing in dierent languages, for example. Press and hold Shift-Control, then press the Space bar until you reach the language you want to use. NAV TITLE: Use Magic Keyboard Use Magic Keyboard with iPad You can use Magic Keyboard (available separately) to enter text on your iPad. The keyboard connects via Bluetooth, so you must rst pair it with iPad. Note: Magic Keyboard may not support keyboard features that are on your device. For example, you cant enable dictation with Magic Keyboard. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 362 Pair Magic Keyboard with iPad 1. Turn on the keyboard. 2. On iPad, go to Settings
> Bluetooth, then turn on Bluetooth. 3. Tap the keyboard when it appears in the Other Devices list, then follow the onscreen instructions. Once its paired, the keyboard reconnects to iPad whenever its in rangeup to about 33 feet
(10 meters). When its connected, the onscreen keyboard doesnt appear. Quickly switch between apps Press and hold the Command key, then press Tab until you reach the app you want to open. View keyboard shortcuts Press and hold the Command key to see shortcuts for an app. Press and hold the Command key, then press Tab until you reach the app you want to open. Quickly switch between apps Open Search Press Command-Space. Tip: If youve added a Chinese, Korean, Japanese, or Hebrew keyboard, you can use the Caps Lock key to quickly switch back and forth between Latin script and the other keyboard youre using. Switch keyboards Using a wireless keyboard, you can switch between keyboards that appear onscreenfor example, English and any keyboards youve added for typing in dierent languages. 1. On the wireless keyboard, press and hold Shift-Control. 2. Press the Space bar to cycle through the languages. Make the onscreen keyboard appear Press on the wireless keyboard. You can also move the wireless keyboard out of range or turn it o. Turn o Magic Keyboard To turn o the keyboard when youre not using it, turn the switch on the back of the keyboard to O. NAV TITLE: AirPrint APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 363 Print from iPad Use AirPrint to print wirelessly to an AirPrint-enabled printer from apps such as Mail, Photos, and Safari. Many apps available on the App Store also support AirPrint. iPad and the printer must be on the same Wi-Fi network. See the Apple Support article About AirPrint.
, or
(depending on the app youre using), then tap Print. (Swipe up if you dont see Print a document
, Tap Print.) NAV TITLE: Hando See the status of a print job Open the App Switcher, then tap Print Center. The badge on the icon shows how many documents are in the queue. To cancel a print job, select it in Print Center, then tap Cancel Printing. Use Handoff with iPad Continue working on one device where you left o on another. You can use Hando with many Apple appsfor example, Mail, Safari, Pages, Numbers, Keynote, Maps, Messages, Reminders, Calendar, and Contactsand even some third-party apps. To use Hando, you must be signed in with the same Apple ID on all your devices. Your devices must have Bluetooth on and be within Bluetooth range of one another (about 33 feet or 10 meters). Switch devices From Mac to iPad: The Hando icon of the app youre using on your Mac appears on iPad on the right side of the Dock. Tap the Hando icon to continue working in the app on iPad. From iPad to Mac: The Hando icon of the app youre using on iPad appears on your Mac at the left end of the Dock (or the top, depending on the Dock position). Click the icon to continue working in the app. Hand o audio from iPad to HomePod While playing audio from Music, Podcasts, or another audio app, bring iPad close to a HomePod on the same Wi-Fi network to play that audio on HomePod. Disable Hando on your devices iPad, iPhone, and iPod touch: Go to Settings
, then tap General > Hando. Mac: Choose Apple Menu > System Preferences > General, then turn o Allow Hando between this Mac and your iCloud devices. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 364 NAV TITLE: Use Universal Clipboard Use Universal Clipboard on iPad Cut or copy content (a block of text or an image, for example) on your iPad, then paste it on another iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, or a Mac computer, and vice versa. For Universal Clipboard to work, you must be signed in with the same Apple ID on all your devices. Your devices must be connected to Wi-Fi, be within Bluetooth range of one another
(about 33 feet or 10 meters), have Bluetooth on, and have Hando enabled. (iPadOS 13, iOS 10, macOS Sierra, or later required.) You must cut, copy, and paste your content within a short period of time. Copy, cut, or paste Copy: Pinch closed with three ngers. Cut: Pinch closed with three ngers two times. Paste: Pinch open with three ngers. You can also touch and hold a selection, then tap Cut, Copy, or Paste. For more information about selecting text or placing the insertion point, see Type and edit text on iPad. NAV TITLE: Make and receive Wi-Fi calls Make and receive Wi-Fi calls on iPad With Continuity, you can make and receive calls on your iPad and other Apple devices by relaying calls through your iPhone. To make calls this way, you must set up FaceTime and sign in with the same Apple ID on all your devices. (iOS 9, iPadOS 13, OS X 10.10, or later required.) Note: Wi-Fi calling on other devices is available with some carriers, and cellular charges may apply. You must rst set up your iPhone, then your iPad. Set up Wi-Fi calls on your iPhone 1. On your iPhone, go to Settings
> Cellular. 2. If your iPhone has Dual SIM, choose a line (below Cellular Plans). 3. Tap Wi-Fi Calling, then turn on Wi-Fi Calling on This iPhone. 4. Enter or conrm your address for emergency services. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 365 Note: Emergency calls on your iPhone are routed through cellular service when available. In the event that cellular service isnt available, and you have enabled Wi-Fi Calling, emergency calls may be made over Wi-Fi, and your devices location information may be used for emergency calls to aid response eorts, regardless of whether you enable Location Services. Some carriers may use the address you registered with the carrier when signing up for Wi-Fi Calling as your location. When connected to Wi-Fi calling, your iPhone may not receive emergency alerts. Allow Wi-Fi calls on your other devices 1. On your iPhone, go to Settings
> Cellular. 2. If your iPhone has Dual SIM, choose a line (below Cellular Plans). 3. Do any of the following:
Tap Calls on Other Devices, turn on Allow Calls on Other Devices, then choose the devices where youd like to make and receive calls. This allows other devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID to make and receive calls when theyre nearby your iPhone and on Wi-Fi. Tap Wi-Fi Calling, then turn on Add Wi-Fi Calling For Other Devices. This allows other devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID to make and receive calls even when your iPhone isnt nearby. Turn on Wi-Fi Calling on your iPad 1. On your iPad, set up FaceTime and sign in with the same Apple ID you use on your iPhone. 2. Go to Settings
> FaceTime, then turn on FaceTime and Calls from iPhone. If youre asked, turn on Wi-Fi calling. Note: If you enable Wi-Fi Calling, emergency calls may be made over Wi-Fi, and your devices location information may be used for emergency calls to aid response eorts, regardless of whether you enable Location Services. Some carriers may use the address you registered with the carrier when signing up for Wi-Fi Calling as your location. Make or receive a Wi-Fi call on your iPad Make a call: Tap or click a phone number in Contacts, Calendar, FaceTime, Messages, Spotlight, or Safari. Or open FaceTime, enter a contact or phone number, then tap
. Receive a call: Swipe or click the notication to answer, ignore, or respond with a quick message. For more information about Wi-Fi calls, see the Apple Support article Make a call with Wi-Fi Calling. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 366 NAV TITLE: Instant Hotspot Use Instant Hotspot You can use Instant Hotspot on your iPhone or iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) to provide Internet access to your other devices and Mac computers where youre sign in with the same Apple ID.
(iOS 8, iPadOS 13, OS X 10.10, or later required.) Instant Hotspot uses your iPhone or iPad Personal Hotspot, without you having to enter a password or even turn on Personal Hotspot. Use Instant Hotspot capabilities). 1. Go to Settings
, then tap Wi-Fi on your other iOS or iPadOS device (models without cellular 2. Below My Networks, choose your iPhone or iPad network. On your Mac, choose your iPhone or iPad network from your Wi-Fi settings. When youre not using the hotspot, your devices disconnect to save battery life. For more information about ways to set up a Personal Hotspot see Share your Internet connection. Note: This feature may not be available with all carriers. Additional fees may apply. Contact your carrier for more information. NAV TITLE: Personal Hotspot Share your iPad Internet connection Use Personal Hotspot to share your iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Internet connection. Computers can share your Internet connection using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, or a USB cable. Other iOS and iPadOS devices can share the connection using Wi-Fi. Personal Hotspot works only if iPad is connected to the Internet over the cellular data network. Note: This feature may not be available with all carriers. Additional fees may apply. Contact your carrier for more information. Share an Internet connection Go to Settings your carrier.
> Cellular, then tap Personal Hotspotif it appearsto set up the service with After you turn on Personal Hotspot, you can connect other devices in the following ways:
Wi-Fi: On the device, select your iPad in the list of available Wi-Fi networks, then enter the password when asked. To nd the password, go to Settings
> Cellular > Personal Hotspot on your iPad. With Family Sharing, any member of your family can set up a Personal Hotspot, and other family members can use it without entering a password. See Set up Family Sharing on iPad. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 367 USB: Connect iPad to your computer. In your computers Network preferences, choose iPad, then congure the network settings. Bluetooth: On iPad, go to Settings > Bluetooth, then turn on Bluetooth. To pair and connect iPad with your Bluetooth device, refer to the documentation that came with your device. Note: When a device is connected, a blue band appears at the top of the iPad screen. The Personal Hotspot icon Hotspot. appears in the status bar of iOS and iPadOS devices using Personal Change the Wi-Fi password for iPad 1. Go to Settings
> Cellular > Personal Hotspot > Wi-Fi Password. You can change the name of your Personal Hotspot by changing the name of your iPad. 2. Enter a password of at least eight characters. Change the name of your Personal Hotspot Go to Settings
> General > About > Name. Monitor your cellular data network usage Go to Settings
> Cellular > Usage. See View or change cellular settings on iPad. Connect iPad and your computer using USB Using USB, you can directly connect iPad and a Mac or Windows PC to set up your iPad, charge the iPad battery, share your iPad Internet connection, transfer les, and sync content. 1. Make sure you have one of the following:
Mac with a USB port and OS X 10.9 or later PC with a USB port and Windows 7 or later 2. Connect iPad to the USB port on your computer using an appropriate cable. Depending on the type of USB port on your computer, the cable included with your iPad may be appropriate. A USB-C Charge Cable is included with iPad Pro (11-inch) and iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation). APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 368 A Lightning to USB Cable is included with other models. Alternatively, you may need one of the following (sold separately):
A USB-C to Lightning Cable A USB-C to USB Adapter, a USB-C Digital AV Multiport Adapter, or a USB-C VGA Multiport Adapter NAV TITLE: Transfer les with your computer Transfer les between iPad and your computer with iTunes You can transfer les between iPad and your computer by connecting them and using iTunes on either:
A Mac (with a USB port and OS X 10.9 or later) A Windows PC (with a USB port and Windows 7 or later) Note: You can also transfer les between iPad and your computer or other iOS and iPadOS devices using AirDrop and email attachments, and you can use iCloud to make your les accessible on all your devices. 1. Connect iPad to your computer. (See Connect iPad and your computer using USB.) 2. In iTunes on your computer, select iPad, then click File Sharing. 3. Use the File Sharing section to transfer documents between iPad and your computer. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 369 Apps that support le sharing appear in the File Sharing Apps list in iTunes. To delete a le, select it in the Documents list on your computer, then press the Delete key. For more information, see the Apple Support article Use iTunes to share les between your computer and your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. NAV TITLE: Sync iPad with your computer Sync iPad with your computer using iTunes With iTunes on your computer, you can sync your music, movies, TV shows, photos and more. After you sync, the content on your iPad matches the content in your iTunes Library on your computer. Before syncing with iTunes, consider using iCloud to keep your device up to date. To keep your iPad up to date, you can use iCloud or iTunes, or both, depending on your needs. For example, you can use iCloud to automatically keep your contacts, calendars, email, messages, and more up to date on all your devices, and use iTunes to sync music from your computer to iPad. See Manage Apple ID and iCloud settings on iPad for information on using iCloud to securely store your data and content. Note: If you use iCloud for features such as music, photos, calendar, and contacts, you cant use iTunes to sync their associated media and data. Sync your iPad content with iTunes To sync, your computer must have the latest version of iTunes, available from the iTunes download website. 1. Connect iPad to your Mac. (See Connect iPad and your computer using USB.) 2. On your computer, open iTunes, then click the iPad button. 3. Choose the content types that you want to sync. 4. Click the Apply button in the lower-right corner of the screen to save your sync settings; if syncing doesnt start automatically, click the Sync button. After you turn on syncing, your content syncs each time you connect your iPad to your computer and have iTunes open. 5. To sync using Wi-Fi after you set up syncing using USB, select your iPad in iTunes, click Summary on the left side of the iTunes window, select Sync with this [device] over Wi-Fi, then click Apply. When the computer and iPad are on the same Wi-Fi network, your iPad appears in iTunes. Your iPad syncs automatically whenever its plugged in to power and iTunes is open on the computer. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 370 Unless iPad is actively syncing with your computer, you can disconnect it at any time. Look at the top of the iTunes screen on your computer or on iPad to see if syncing is in progress. If you disconnect iPad while its syncing, some data may not get synced until the next time you connect iPad to your computer. See also Apple Support article: Sync your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch with iTunes Privacy and security Privacy NAV TITLE: Sign in with Apple Sign in with Apple on iPad Use Sign in with Apple to sign in to participating apps and websites. By using your Apple ID to sign in, you dont need to ll out forms or create and remember new passwords. Many apps and websites that allow you to Sign in with Apple wont require any information from you. To respect your privacy, the most information youll be asked to share is your name and email address. If you dont want to share your email address, you can even hide that. Apple will never track or prole you while you use your apps and visit websites. Create an account to use Sign in with Apple When a participating app or website asks you to create an account, tap Sign in with Apple, then follow the onscreen instructions. If you dont want to share your email address, choose Hide My Email while creating your account. Apple automatically supplies a unique, anonymized address for you that forwards email from the app or website to your real address. Sign in to your account When youre asked to sign in, tap Sign in with Apple, then use Face ID or Touch ID (depending on your model). Sign in with Apple also works on your other devicesiPhone, Watch, Mac, Apple TV, and iPod touchwhere youre signed in with the same Apple ID. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 371 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE To sign in from an Android app, a Windows app, or any web browser, tap Sign in with Apple, then enter your Apple ID and password. For extra security, the Sign in with Apple feature uses two-factor authentication. With two-factor authentication, the accounts you sign in to with Sign in with Apple can be accessed only on devices you trust, like your iPad, iPhone, or Mac. For information about how two-factor authentication works, see the Apple Support article Two-factor authentication for Apple ID. NAV TITLE: Set which apps can access your location Set which apps can access your location on iPad With Location Services, you can choose which location-based appsfor example, Reminders, Maps, and Cameracan gather and use data indicating your location. Your approximate location is determined using information about your local Wi-Fi networks (if you have Wi-Fi turned on), your cellular network (WiFi + Cellular models, if you have cellular data turned on), and GPS (WiFi + Cellular models, if available). When an app is using Location Services, appears in the status bar. Turn on Location Services If you didnt turn on Location Services when you rst set up iPad, go to Settings Location Services, then turn on Location Services.
> Privacy >
Turn o! Location Services Go to Settings Location Services for some apps and services, or for all of them.
> Privacy > Location Services, then choose from the options to turn o!
372 If you turn o Location Services, youre asked to turn it on again the next time an app or service tries to use it. Review the terms and privacy policy for each third-party app to understand how it uses the data its requesting. See the Apple Support article About privacy and Location Services. Hide the map in Location Services alerts When you allow an app to always use your location in the background, you may receive alerts about the apps use of that information. (These alerts allow you to change your permission, if you want to.) In the alerts, a map shows locations recently accessed by the app. To hide the map, go to Settings Show Map in Location Alerts.
> Privacy > Location Services > Location Alerts, then turn o With the setting o, you continue to receive location alerts, but the map isnt shown. Change Location Services settings for system services Several system services, such as location-based suggestions and location-based ads, use Location Services. To see the status for each service, to turn Location Services on or o for each service, or to show Privacy > Location Services > System Services. in the status bar when enabled system services use your location, go to Settings
Delete signicant locations The Maps app keeps track of the places youve recently visited, as well as when and how often you visited them. Maps uses this information to provide you with personalized services like predictive trac routing. You can delete this information. 1. Go to Settings
> Privacy > Location Services > System Services > Signicant Locations. 2. Do one of the following:
Delete a single location: Tap the location, tap Edit, then tap
. Delete all locations: Tap Clear History. This clears all your signicant locations on any devices that are signed in with the same Apple ID. NAV TITLE: Change app access to private data Change app access to private data on iPad Change which apps and features have access to private information in Contacts, Calendar, Reminders, Photos, Home, and more. 1. Go to Settings
> Privacy. 2. Tap a category of data, such as Contacts, Photos, Microphone, or Motion & Fitness. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 373 The list shows the apps and features that requested access to that data, along with the level of access that you allowed. 3. Tap an app or feature, then choose a dierent level of access or deny access. Review the terms and privacy policy for each third-party app to understand how it uses the data its requesting. See the Apple Support article About privacy and Location Services. Turn o location-based ads, reset or limit targeted advertising in App Store and News, and prevent cross-site tracking in Safari. Turn o location-based ads and oers
> Privacy > Location Services > System Services, then turn o Location-
NAV TITLE: Limit ad targeting Limit ad targeting on iPad Go to Settings Based Apple Ads. Reset or limit ad tracking Go to Settings following:
> Privacy > Advertising (at the bottom of the screen), then do any of the Clear the data used to determine which ads might be relevant to you: Tap Reset Advertising Identier. Opt out of targeted advertising: Turn on Limit Ad Tracking. Note: When you turn on Limit Ad Tracking, you may still receive the same number of ads, but they may be less relevant to you. View the information Apple uses to deliver targeted ads Go to Settings
> Privacy > Advertising > View Ad information. The information is used by Apple to deliver more relevant ads in the App Store and News. Your personal data isnt provided to other parties. Keep your Safari browsing activities to yourself While browsing the web, you can prevent cross-site tracking, block cookies, erase your browsing history, and more. See Browse privately in Safari on iPad for Safari. Learn more about privacy and Apples advertising platform Go to Settings
> Privacy > Advertising > About Advertising & Privacy. Security APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 374 NAV TITLE: Set a passcode Set a passcode on iPad For better security, set a passcode that must be entered to unlock iPad when you turn it on or wake it. Setting a passcode turns on data protection, which uses your passcode as a key to encrypt Mail messages and attachments stored on iPad with 256-bit AES encryption. (Other apps may also use data protection.) Set or change the passcode 1. Go to Settings
, then depending on your model, tap one of the following:
Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Tap Turn Passcode On or Change Passcode. To view options for creating a password, tap Passcode Options. The most secure options are Custom Alphanumeric Code and Custom Numeric Code. After you set a passcode, on supported models you can use Face ID or Touch ID to unlock iPad. For additional security, however, you must always enter your passcode to unlock your iPad under the following conditions:
You turn on or restart your iPad. You havent unlocked your iPad for more than 48 hours. You havent unlocked your iPad with the passcode in the last 6.5 days, and you havent unlocked it with Face ID or Touch ID in the last 4 hours. Your iPad receives a remote lock command. There are ve unsuccessful attempts to unlock your iPad with Face ID or Touch ID. Change when iPad automatically locks Go to Settings
> Display & Brightness > Auto-Lock, then set a length of time. Erase data after 10 failed passcodes Set iPad to erase all information, media, and personal settings after 10 consecutive failed passcode attempts. 1. Go to Settings
, then depending on your model, tap one of the following:
Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 375 After all data is erased, you must restore iPad from a backup or set it up again as new. 1. Go to Settings
, then depending on your model, tap one of the following:
2. Turn on Erase Data. Turn o the passcode Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Tap Turn Passcode O. Reset the passcode If you enter the wrong passcode six times in a row, youll be locked out of your device, and youll receive a message that says iPad is disabled. If you cant remember your passcode, you can erase your device with iTunes or with recovery mode, then set a new passcode. (If you made an iCloud or iTunes backup before you forgot your passcode, you can restore your data and settings from the backup.) See the Apple Support article If you forgot the passcode for your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, or your device is disabled. NAV TITLE: Set up Face ID Set up Face ID on iPad Use Face ID (supported models) to unlock iPad, authorize purchases and payments, and sign in to many third-party apps by simply glancing at your iPad. To use Face ID, you must also set a passcode on your iPad. Set up Face ID or add an alternate appearance If you didnt set up Face ID when you rst set up your iPad, go to Settings Passcode > Set up Face ID, then follow the onscreen instructions.
> Face ID &
To set up an additional appearance for Face ID to recognize, go to Settings > Face ID &
Passcode > Set Up an Alternate Appearance, then follow the onscreen instructions. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 376 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE If you have physical limitations, you can tap Accessibility Options during Face ID set up. When you do this, setting up facial recognition doesnt require the full range of head motion. Using Face ID is still secure, but it requires more consistency in how you look at iPad. Face ID also has an accessibility feature you can use if youre blind or have low vision. If you dont want Face ID to require that you look at iPad with your eyes open, go to Settings >
Accessibility > Face ID & Attention, then turn o! Require Attention for Face ID. This feature is automatically turned o! if you turn on VoiceOver when you rst set up iPad. See Change Face ID and attention settings on. Temporarily disable Face ID You can temporarily prevent Face ID from unlocking your iPad. 1. Press and hold the top button and either volume button for 2 seconds. 2. After the sliders appear, press the top button to immediately lock iPad. iPad locks automatically if you dont touch the screen for a minute or so. The next time you unlock iPad with your passcode, Face ID is enabled again. Turn o! Face ID 1. Go to Settings
> Face ID & Passcode. 377 2. Do one of the following:
Turn o Face ID for specic items only: Turn o one or more options: iPad Unlock, Apple Pay, iTunes & App Store, or Safari AutoFill. Turn o Face ID: Tap Reset Face ID. If your device is lost or stolen, you can prevent Face ID from being used to unlock your device with Find My iPhone Lost Mode. (See Locate a device in Find My on iPad.) For more information about Face ID, see About Face ID advanced technology. See also Change when iPad automatically locks NAV TITLE: Set up Touch ID Set up Touch ID on iPad Use Touch ID (supported models) to unlock iPad, authorize purchases and payments, and sign in to many third-party apps by pressing the Home button with your nger or thumb. To use Touch ID, you must set a passcode on your iPad. Turn on ngerprint recognition Touch ID & Passcode. 1. If you didnt turn on ngerprint recognition when you rst set up your iPad, go to Settings
2. Turn on any of the options, then follow the onscreen instructions. If you turn on iTunes & App Store, youre asked for your Apple ID password when you make your rst purchase from the iTunes Store, the App Store, or Apple Books. When you make your next purchases, youre asked to use Touch ID. Note: If you cant add a ngerprint or unlock your iPad using Touch ID, see the Apple Support article If Touch ID isnt working. Add a ngerprint You can add multiple ngerprints (both of your thumbs and forengers, for example). 1. Go to Settings
> Touch ID & Passcode. 2. Tap Add a Fingerprint. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. Name or delete a ngerprint 1. Go to Settings
> Touch ID & Passcode. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 378 If you added more than one ngerprint, place a nger on the Home button to identify its print. 2. Tap the ngerprint, then enter a name (such as Thumb) or tap Delete Fingerprint. Unlock iPad by touching instead of pressing the Home button Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Home Button, then turn on Rest Finger to Open. Turn o Touch ID Go to Settings
> Touch ID & Passcode, then turn o one or more of the options. See also Change when iPad automatically locks NAV TITLE: Change access to items when iPad is locked Change access to items when iPad is locked By default, some commonly used features (such as Today View and Control Center) are available when iPad is locked. (For security, USB connections arent allowed when iPad is locked.) You can change whether any of these items can be accessed from the Lock screen. 1. Go to Settings
, then depending on your model, tap one of the following:
Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Select your options. You can turn access on or o to the following features while iPad is locked:
Today View (see View and organize Today View on iPad) Recent notications (see View and respond to notications on iPad) Control Center (see Use and customize Control Center on iPad) Siri (see Ask Siri on iPad) Home Control (see A look at Home on iPad) Returning Missed Calls (see Make and receive FaceTime calls on iPad) Connecting to a Mac, a PC, or an accessory with USB (such as when you connect iPad to your computer using USB) NAV TITLE: Create website and app passwords APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 379 Create website and app passwords on iPad When you sign up for services on websites and in apps, you can let iPad create strong passwords for many of your accounts, or you can create your own passwords. iPad stores the passwords in iCloud Keychain and lls them in for you automatically, so you dont have to memorize them. If you use the same password in more than one account, iPad ags it for you to change. Note: For iPad to create and store passwords, iCloud Keychain must be turned on. Go to Settings
> [your name] > iCloud > Keychain. Create a password for a new account 1. On the new account screen for the website or app, enter a new account name. For supported websites and apps, iPad suggests a unique, complex password. 2. Do one of the following:
Choose the suggested password: Tap Use Strong Password. Make up your own password: Tap Choose My Own Password. 3. To later allow iPad to automatically ll in the password for you, tap Yes when youre asked if you want to save the password. Automatically ll in a saved password 1. On the sign-in screen for the website or app, tap the account name eld. 2. Do one of the following:
Tap the account suggested at the bottom of the screen or near the top of the keyboard. Tap
, tap Other Passwords, then tap an account. The password is lled in. To see the password, tap
. To enter an account or password that isnt saved, tap on the sign-in screen. View your saved passwords Ask Siri. Say something like: Show me my passwords. Learn how to ask Siri. To view the password for an account, tap it. You can also view your passwords without asking Siri. Do one of the following, then tap an account to view its password:
Go to Settings
> Passwords & Accounts > Website & App Passwords. On a sign-in screen, tap
, then tap Other Passwords. Replace a reused password APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 380 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE To help you replace reused passwords with unique ones, reused passwords are agged with in the passwords list. 1. Go to Settings
> Passwords & Accounts > Website & App Passwords. 2. Tap any account agged with a
. 3. Tap Change Password, then change your password on the website or in the app that appears. Prevent iPad from automatically lling in passwords Go to Settings
> Passwords & Accounts, then turn o! AutoFill Passwords. NAV TITLE: Share passwords with AirDrop Share website and app passwords with AirDrop on iPad Use AirDrop to securely share passwords with someone using an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac. iCloud Keychain must be set up on your iPad. Send a password The person you$re sharing with must be in Contacts. To share with someone on iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch, ask them to open Control Center and allow AirDrop to receive items. To share with someone on a Mac, ask them to allow themselves to be discovered in AirDrop in the Finder. 1. On your iPad, go to Settings
> Passwords & Accounts > Website & App Passwords. 2. Tap the account you want to share. 3. Tap Password, then tap AirDrop. 4. Tap the contact you want to send the password to. 381 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Receive a password To receive a password, you must be in the senders contacts. 1. If you havent already done so, allow AirDrop to receive items. 2. When you receive a request to accept a password from someone else, tap Accept. The password is saved on your iPad, where you can view it and let iPad automatically ll it in on the sign-in screen for the account. NAV TITLE: Make your Apple ID more secure Make your Apple ID more secure from iPad Two-factor authentication helps prevent others from accessing your Apple ID account, even if they know your Apple ID password. Two-factor authentication is built into iPadOS 13, iOS 9 and later, and OS X 10.11 and later. For information about how two-factor authentication works, see the Apple Support article Two-
factor authentication for Apple ID. Note: If you use two-step verication and upgrade to iPadOS 13, your account might be migrated to use two-factor authentication. See the Apple Support article Switch from two-step verication to two-factor authentication. Turn on two-factor authentication 1. Go to Settings
> [your name] > Password & Security. 2. Tap Turn On Two-Factor Authentication, then tap Continue. 3. Enter a trusted phone number (a phone number where you want to receive verication codes for two-factor authentication). You can choose to receive the codes by text message or automated phone call. 4. Tap Next. 5. Enter the verication code sent to your trusted phone number. 382 To send or resend a verication code, tap Didnt get a verication code?
You wont be asked for a verication code again on your iPad unless you sign out completely, erase your iPad, sign in to your Apple ID account page in Safari, or need to change your Apple ID password for security reasons. Certain features in iPadOS require the security of two-factor authentication, which is designed to protect your information. After you turn on two-factor authentication, you have a two-week period during which you can unenroll. After that period, you cant turn o two-factor authentication. To unenroll, open your enrollment conrmation email and click the link to return to your previous security settings. Keep in mind that unenrolling makes your account less secure and means you cant use features that require a higher level of security. Add another device or a Mac as a trusted device The new device or Mac must meet these minimum system requirements: iOS 9, iPadOS 13, or OS X 10.11. 1. After you turn on two-factor authentication on one device, sign in with the same Apple ID on another device. Even if youve already signed in, sign in again. (On iPad, iPhone or iPod touch, go to Settings
> [your name]. On a Mac, choose Apple menu > System Preferences > iCloud.) 2. When youre asked to enter a six-digit verication code, do one of the following:
Obtain the verication code on your iPad or another trusted device thats connected to the Internet: Look for a notication on that device, then tap or click Allow to make the code appear on that device. (A trusted device is an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac on which youve already turned on two-factor authentication and on which youre signed in with your Apple ID.) Obtain the verication at a trusted phone number: If a trusted device isnt available, tap Didnt get a verication code? then choose a phone number. Obtain the verication code on a trusted device thats oine: On a trusted iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, go to Settings > [your name] > Password & Security, then tap Get Verication Code. On a trusted Mac, choose Apple menu > System Preferences > iCloud > Account Details > Security, then click Get Verication Code. 3. Enter the verication code on the new device. You wont be asked for a verication code again unless you sign out completely, erase your device, sign in to your Apple ID account page in Safari, or need to change your Apple ID password for security reasons. Add or remove a trusted phone number When you enrolled in two-factor authentication, you had to verify one trusted phone number. You should also consider adding other phone numbers you can access, such as a home phone, or a number used by a family member or close friend. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 383 1. Go to Settings
> [your name] > Password & Security. 2. Tap Edit (above the list of trusted phone numbers), then do one of the following:
Add a number: Tap Add a Trusted Phone Number. Remove a number: Tap next to the phone number. Trusted phone numbers dont automatically receive verication codes. If you cant access any trusted devices when setting up a new device for two-factor authentication, tap Didnt get a verication code? on the new device, then choose one of your trusted phone numbers to receive the verication code. View or remove trusted devices 1. Go to Settings
> [your name]. A list of the devices associated with your Apple ID appears near the bottom of the screen. 2. To see if a listed device is trusted, tap it, then look for This device is trusted and can receive Apple ID verication codes. 3. To remove a device, tap it, then tap Remove from Account. Generate a password for an app that signs in to your Apple ID account With two-factor authentication, you need an app-specic password to sign in to your Apple ID account from a third-party app or servicesuch as an email, contacts, or calendar app. After you generate the app-specic password, use it to sign in to your Apple ID account from the app and access the information you store in iCloud. 1. Sign in to your Apple ID account. 2. Tap Generate Password (below App-Specic Passwords). 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. After you generate your app-specic password, enter or paste it into the password eld of the app as you would normally. For more information, see the Apple Support article Using app-specic passwords. NAV TITLE: Set up iCloud Keychain Set up iCloud Keychain on iPad Use iCloud Keychain to keep your website and app passwords, credit card information, Wi-Fi network information, and other account information up to date across all of your approved devices and Mac computers. (iPadOS 13, iOS 7, OS X 10.9, or later required.) iCloud Keychain is secured with 256-bit AES encryption during storage and transmission, and its data cannot be read by Apple. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 384 iCloud Keychain can also keep the accounts you use in Mail, Contacts, Calendar, and Messages up to date across all of your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch devices and Mac computers. Set up iCloud Keychain If you didnt turn on iCloud Keychain when you rst set up your iPad, go to Settings
[your name] > iCloud > Keychain, turn on iCloud Keychain, then follow the onscreen instructions.
When you set up iCloud Keychain, you create an iCloud Security Code, which you can use to authorize additional devices that use your iCloud Keychain. Its also used for verication so that you can perform other iCloud Keychain actions, such as recovering your iCloud Keychain if you lose all your devices. Set up iCloud Keychain on an additional device When you turn on iCloud Keychain on an additional device, your other devices using iCloud Keychain receive a notication requesting your approval of the additional device. On one of your other devices, approve the additional device. Your iCloud Keychain automatically begins updating on the additional device. To approve iCloud Keychain when you dont have access to your other devices, follow the onscreen instructions to use your iCloud Security Code. Reset or create an iCloud Security Code If you enter the wrong iCloud Security Code too many times when using iCloud Keychain, your iCloud Keychain is disabled on that device, and your keychain in iCloud is deleted. To reset or create a new iCloud Security Code, see the Apple Support article If you enter your iCloud Security Code incorrectly too many times. To learn more about iCloud Keychain, see the Apple Support article Set up iCloud Keychain. NAV TITLE: Use VPN Use VPN on iPad A VPN (virtual private network) provides secure access over the Internet to private networks, such as the network at your organization. You may need to install a VPN app from the App Store that congures iPad to access a network. Contact your system administrator for information about the app and settings you need. Restart, update, reset, and restore APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 385 NAV TITLE: Restart iPad Restart iPad If your iPad isnt working right, try restarting it. Turn iPad o and on 1. To turn o iPad, do one of the following:
Models with the Home button: Press and hold the top button until the slider appears, then drag the slider. Other models: Simultaneously press and hold the top button and either volume button until the sliders appear, then drag the top slider. All models: Go to Settings
> General > Shut Down, then drag the slider. 2. To turn iPad back on, press and hold the top button until the Apple logo appears. Force restart iPad If iPad isnt responding, do one of the following:
Models with the Home button: Press and hold the top button and the Home button at the same time. When the Apple logo appears, release both buttons. Other models: Press and release the volume up button, press and release the volume down button, then press and hold the top button. When the Apple logo appears, release the button. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 386 If iPad still doesnt respond or turn on, see the Apple Support article If your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch wont turn on or is frozen. NAV TITLE: Update iPadOS software Update iPadOS software When you update the iPadOS software, your data and settings remain unchanged. Note: Set up iPad to back up automatically, or back up your device manually, before you update. Update iPad automatically If you didnt turn on automatic updates when you rst set up iPad, go to Settings Software Update > Automatic Updates, then turn on Automatic Updates.
> General >
iPad automatically installs updates wirelessly, and youre notied before the update occurs. To see the currently installed version of iPadOS, go to Settings > General > Software Update. Update iPad manually Go to Settings Updates.
> General > Software Update > Automatic Updates, then turn o Automatic At any time, you can check for and install software updates. Go to Settings > General >
Software Update. The screen shows the currently installed version of iPadOS and whether an update is available. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 387 Update using iTunes Sync with your computer using iTunes. iTunes checks for available software updates each time you sync. See the Apple Support articles Update to iOS 12 and If you cant update or restore your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. NAV TITLE: Back up iPad Back up iPad using iCloud or iTunes You can back up iPad using iCloud or iTunes. To decide which method is best for you, see About backups for iOS devices. Tip: If you replace your iPad, you can use its backup to transfer your information to the new device. See Restore all content to iPad from a backup. Back up iPad using iCloud 1. Go to Settings
> [your name] > iCloud > iCloud Backup. 2. Turn on iCloud Backup. iCloud automatically backs up your iPad daily when iPad is connected to power, locked, and on Wi-Fi. 3. To perform a manual backup, tap Back Up Now. To view your iCloud backups, go to Settings > [your name] > iCloud > Manage Storage >
Backups. To delete a backup, choose a backup from the list, then tap Delete Backup. Back up iPad using iTunes 1. Connect iPad and your computer using USB. 2. On your computer, open iTunes. 3. Click the iPad button, then click Summary in the sidebar. 4. In the Summary pane, select Encrypt iPad backup if you want to encrypt the backup stored on your computer. Encrypted backups are indicated by
, and a password is required to restore them. 5. Click one of the following:
Back Up Now: Starts a manual backup. This computer: Turns on automatic backups that start whenever you connect iPad to your computer. To view or delete iTunes backups, choose iTunes > Preferences, then click Devices. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 388 NAV TITLE: Return iPad settings to their defaults Return iPad settings to their defaults You can return settings to their defaults without erasing your content. If you want to save your settings, back up iPad using iCloud or iTunes before returning them to their defaults. For example, if youre trying to solve a problem but returning settings to their defaults doesnt help, you might want to restore your previous settings from a back up. 1. Go to Settings
> General > Reset. 2. Choose an option:
WARNING: If you choose the Erase All Content and Settings option, all of your content is removed. See Erase all content and settings from iPad. Reset All Settings: All settingsincluding network settings, the keyboard dictionary, the Home screen layout, location settings, privacy settings, and Apple Pay cardsare removed or reset to their defaults. No data or media are deleted. Reset Network Settings: Only network settings are removed. When you reset network settings, previously used networks and VPN settings that werent installed by a conguration prole or mobile device management (MDM) are removed. Wi-Fi is turned o and then back on, disconnecting you from any network youre on. The Wi-Fi and Ask to Join Networks settings remain turned on. To remove VPN settings installed by a conguration prole, go to Settings > General >
Proles & Device Management, select the conguration prole, then tap Remove Prole. This also removes other settings and accounts provided by the prole. See Install or remove conguration proles on iPad in this guide. To remove network settings installed by MDM, go to Settings > General > Proles & Device Management, select the management, then tap Remove Management. This also removes other settings and certicates provided by MDM. See Mobile device management (MDM) in the iOS Deployment Reference. Reset Keyboard Dictionary: You add words to the keyboard dictionary by rejecting words iPad suggests as you type. Resetting the keyboard dictionary erases only the words youve added. Reset Home Screen Layout: Returns the built-in apps to their original layout on the Home screen. Reset Location & Privacy: Resets the location services and privacy settings to their defaults. If you want to use iTunes to delete your content along with your settings and then restore iPad to factory settings, see Erase all content and settings from with iTunes. If you want to completely erase all content and settings, see Erase all content and settings from iPad. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 389 NAV TITLE: Restore all content from a backup Restore all content to iPad from a backup You can restore content and settings from a backup. If youre asked to enter your passcode and youve forgotten it, see Reset the passcode. If youre asked to enter your Apple ID password and youve forgotten it, see the Recover your Apple ID website. Erase then restore iPad from a backup Important: You must rst create a backup of your iPad. See Back up iPad using iCloud or iTunes. 1. Go to Settings
> General > Reset. 2. Tap Erase All Content and Settings. 3. Follow the setup assistant when iPad restarts. The setup assistant gives you the option to restore iPad from an iCloud or iTunes backup.
(See Turn on and set up iPad.) Restore iPad from an iTunes backup Important: You must rst create a backup of your iPad in iTunes. See Back up iPad using iCloud or iTunes. 1. Connect iPad to the computer you normally back up to. 2. Open iTunes on the computer, then in iTunes choose File > Devices > Restore from Backup. See the Apple Support articles Restore your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch from a backup and If you cant update or restore your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. For more information about iTunes, refer to the Help in the app. NAV TITLE: Restore purchased and deleted items Restore purchased and deleted items to iPad You can redownload items from the App Store, Book Store, and iTunes Store without repurchasing them. If youre part of a Family Sharing group, you can download items purchased by other family members, too. To restore purchases that arent on your iPad, see the Apple Support article Redownload apps, music, movies, TV shows, and books from the App Store, iTunes Store, and Apple Books. You can also recover recently deleted email, photos, notes, and voice memos. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 390 NAV TITLE: Sell or give away your iPad Sell or give away your iPad Before you sell or give away your iPad, see the Apple Support article What to do before you sell or give away your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, and be sure to perform the following tasks:
Back up iPad using iCloud or iTunes. If you replace one iPad with another, you can use the setup assistant to restore the backup to your new iPad. Erase all content and settings that contain personal information. NAV TITLE: Erase all content and settings Erase all content and settings from iPad When you delete data, its no longer accessible through the iPad interface, but it isnt erased from iPad storage. To remove all of your content and settings from storage, erase iPad. For example, erase iPad before you sell it or give it away. If you want to save your content and settings, back up using iCloud or iTunes before erasing iPad. 1. Go to Settings
> General > Reset. If youre asked to enter your passcode and youve forgotten it, see Reset the passcode. If youre asked to enter your Apple ID password and youve forgotten it, see the Recover your Apple ID website. 2. Tap Erase All Content and Settings. When iPad restarts with all content and settings erased, the setup assistant gives you the option to either set up iPad as new or restore it from an iCloud or iTunes backup. (See Turn on and set up iPad.) NAV TITLE: Erase all content and settings with iTunes Erase all content and settings from iPad with iTunes You can use iTunes to delete all content and settings from your iPad, restore iPad to factory settings, and install the latest iPadOS software. 1. Connect iPad and your computer using USB. 2. Open iTunes on the computer. 3. Click the iPad button near the top of the iTunes window. 4. In the Summary pane, click Restore iPad. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 391 See the Apple Support article If you cant update or restore your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. For more information about iTunes, refer to the Help in the app. NAV TITLE: Install or remove conguration proles Install or remove conguration proles on iPad Conguration proles dene settings for using iPad with corporate or school networks or accounts. You might be asked to install a conguration prole that was sent to you in an email, or one that is downloaded from a webpage. Youre asked for permission to install the prole and, when you open the le, information about what it contains is displayed. You can see the proles you have installed in Settings prole, all of the settings, apps, and data associated with the prole are also deleted.
> General > Proles & Device Management. If you delete a Accessibility NAV TITLE: Get started with accessibility features Get started with accessibility features on iPad iPad provides many accessibility features to support your vision, physical and motor, hearing, and learning needs. Learn how to congure these features and set up shortcuts for easy access. Turn on accessibility features during setup You can turn on many accessibility features right away when you rst set up iPad. Turn on iPad, then do any of the following:
Turn on VoiceOver: Triple-click the top button (iPad Pro (11-inch) and iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation)) or triple-click the Home button (other models). Turn on Zoom: Double-tap the screen with three ngers. Turn on Switch Control, Larger Text, Smart Invert, and more: Choose a language and country, tap
, then choose the features you want. Change accessibility settings After you set up iPad, you can adjust accessibility settings. 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 392 2. Choose any of the following features:
Vision VoiceOver Zoom Magnier Display & Text Size Motion Spoken Content Audio Descriptions Physical and Motor Touch Face ID & Attention Switch Control Voice Control Home or top button Apple TV Remote Keyboards Apple Pencil Hearing Hearing Devices RTT Audio/Visual Subtitles & Captioning General Guided Access Siri Accessibility Shortcut See also Apple Accessibility website APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 393 Vision VoiceOver NAV TITLE: Turn on and practice VoiceOver Turn on and practice VoiceOver on iPad With VoiceOvera gesture-based screen readeryou can use iPad even if you dont see the screen. VoiceOver gives audible descriptions of whats on your screenfrom battery level, to whos calling, to which app your nger is on. You can also adjust the speaking rate and pitch to suit your needs. When you touch the screen or drag your nger over it, VoiceOver speaks the name of the item your nger is on, including icons and text. To interact with the item, such as a button or link, or to navigate to another item, use VoiceOver gestures. When you go to a new screen, VoiceOver plays a sound, then selects and speaks the name of the rst item on the screen (typically in the top-left corner). VoiceOver tells you when the display changes to landscape or portrait orientation, when the screen becomes dimmed or locked, and whats active on the Lock screen when you wake iPad. Turn VoiceOver on or o Important: VoiceOver changes the gestures you use to control iPad. When VoiceOver is on, you must use VoiceOver gestures to operate iPad. To turn VoiceOver on or o, use any of the following methods:
Go to Settings
> Accessibility > VoiceOver, then turn the setting on or o. Summon Siri and say Turn on VoiceOver or Turn o VoiceOver. Triple-click the Home button (models with the Home button). Triple-click the top button (other models). Use Control Center. Learn and practice VoiceOver gestures You can practice VoiceOver gestures in a special area without aecting iPad or its settings. When you practice a gesture, VoiceOver describes the gesture and the resulting action. Try dierent techniques to discover which works best for you. If a gesture doesnt work, try a quicker movement, especially for a double-tap or swipe gesture. To swipe, try brushing the screen quickly with your nger or ngers. For best results using multinger gestures, touch the screen with some space between your ngers. 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > VoiceOver. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 394 2. Turn on VoiceOver, tap VoiceOver Practice, then double-tap to start. 3. Practice the following gestures with one, two, three, and four ngers:
Tap Double-tap Triple-tap Swipe left, right, up, or down 4. When you nish practicing, tap Done, then double-tap to exit. NAV TITLE: Change your VoiceOver settings Change your VoiceOver settings on iPad You can customize the settings for VoiceOver, such as the audio options, language, voice, speaking rate, and verbosity. Adjust the VoiceOver volume and other audio options To increase or decrease the volume, press the volume buttons on iPad. To set other audio options, go to Settings of the following:
Turn on Mute Sound Eects.
> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Audio, then do any Turn on Audio Ducking to temporarily reduce playback volume when VoiceOver speaks. Adjust audio routing options when you connect additional devices, such as an instrument amplier or a DJ mixer. Set the VoiceOver language VoiceOver uses the same language you choose for your iPad. VoiceOver pronunciation of some languages is aected by the Region Format you choose. 1. Go to Settings
> General > Language & Region. 2. Tap iPad Language, then choose a language. Adjust the speaking voice Go to Settings
> Accessibility > VoiceOver, then do any of the following:
Adjust the speaking rate: Drag the Speaking Rate slider. Choose a voice: Tap Speech > Voice, then choose a voice. To download an enhanced voice, tap
. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 395 Adjust the pitch: Tap Speech, then drag the slider. You can also turn on Use Pitch Change to have VoiceOver use a higher pitch when speaking the rst item of a group (such as a list or table) and a lower pitch when speaking the last item of a group. Specify the pronunciation of certain words: Tap Speech > Pronunciations, tap phrase, then dictate or spell out how you want the phrase to be pronounced.
, enter a Note: You can dictate only if you turned on Enable Dictation in Settings > General >
Keyboards. Set how much VoiceOver tells you Go to Settings
> Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap any of the following:
Verbosity: Choose options to have VoiceOver speak hints, punctuation, uppercase letters, embedded links, and more. VoiceOver can even conrm rotor actions. To change how VoiceOver speaks punctuation, tap Punctuation, then choose a group. You can also create new groupsfor example, a programming group in which [ is spoken as right brack. Always Speak Notications: VoiceOver reads notications, including incoming text messages as they occur, even if iPad is locked. Unacknowledged notications are repeated when you unlock iPad. Customize VoiceOver settings for an activity You can customize a group of VoiceOver settings for an activity such as programming. Apply the settings automatically when you open certain apps or by adjusting the rotor. 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Activities. 2. Choose an existing activity or tap Add Activity. 3. Adjust settings for speech, verbosity, and braille. 4. Choose Apps or Context to automatically apply the settings for this activity. Adjust VoiceOver visuals Go to Settings
> Accessibility > VoiceOver, then turn on any of the following:
Large Cursor: If you have trouble seeing the black outline around the selected item, you can enlarge and thicken the outline. Caption Panel: The text spoken by VoiceOver is displayed at the bottom of the screen. NAV TITLE: Learn VoiceOver gestures Learn VoiceOver gestures on iPad APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 396 When VoiceOver is on, standard touchscreen gestures have dierent eects, and additional gestures let you move around the screen and control individual items. VoiceOver gestures include two-, three-, and four-nger taps and swipes. You can use dierent techniques to perform VoiceOver gestures. For example, you can perform a two-nger tap using two ngers on one hand, one nger on each hand, or your thumbs. Instead of selecting an item and double-tapping, you can use a split-tap gesturetouch and hold an item with one nger, then tap the screen with another nger. Explore and speak items on the screen To explore the screen, drag your nger over it. VoiceOver speaks the name of each item you touch. You can also use VoiceOver gestures to explore the screen in order, from top to bottom and left to right.
(table aria-label=VoiceOver gestures to speak items on the screen) Action Select and speak an item Select the next item Select the previous item VoiceOver gesture to perform action Tap or touch the item Swipe right Swipe left Select the rst item on the screen Four-nger tap near the top of the screen Select the last item on the screen Four-nger tap near the bottom of the screen Speak the entire screen from the top Two-nger swipe up Speak the entire screen from the selected item Two-nger swipe down Pause or continue speaking Two-nger tap Speak additional information, such as the position within a list or whether Three-nger tap text is selected Scroll up, down, left, and right Use VoiceOver gestures to move to another page.
(table aria-label=VoiceOver gestures to scroll) Action Scroll up one page Scroll down one page Scroll left one page Scroll right one page VoiceOver gesture to perform action Three-nger swipe down Three-nger swipe up Three-nger swipe right Three-nger swipe left Take action on an item Use VoiceOver gestures to perform actions on an item. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 397
(table aria-label=VoiceOver gestures to perform actions on an item) Action Activate the selected item Double-tap the selected item Drag a slider VoiceOver gesture to perform action Double-tap Triple-tap Tap the slider to select it, then swipe up or down with one nger; or double-
tap and hold the slider until you hear three rising tones, then drag the slider Start or stop the current action (for example, play or pause music or a Two-nger double-tap video, take a photo in Camera, start or stop a recording, start or stop the stopwatch) Dismiss an alert or return to the previous screen Two-nger scrub (move two ngers back and forth three times quickly, making a z) Edit an items label to make it easier to nd Two-nger double-tap and hold Tip: As an alternative to selecting an item and double-tapping to activate it, touch and hold an item with one nger, then tap the screen with another. Use gestures to control VoiceOver Use these gestures to control VoiceOver.
(table aria-label=Gestures to control VoiceOver) Action VoiceOver gesture to perform action Mute or unmute VoiceOver Three-nger double-tap. If both VoiceOver and Zoom are enabled, use the three-nger triple-tap Turn the screen curtain on or o Three-nger triple-tap.
(When the screen curtain is on, the screen contents are active even though If both VoiceOver and Zoom are enabled, use the three-nger quadruple-
the display is turned o.) Use a standard gesture gesture. tap gesture. resume. Double-tap and hold your nger on the screen until you hear three rising tones, then make the gesture. When you lift your nger, VoiceOver gestures For example, to drag a volume slider with your nger instead of swiping up and down, select the slider, double-tap and hold, wait for the three tones, then slide left or right. To move quickly through the list of items, type a name in the search eld, swipe right or left to move through the list alphabetically, or tap the table index to the right of the list and swipe up or down. You can also use handwriting to select an item by writing its name. To dismiss the Item Chooser without making a selection, double-tap. Open the Item Chooser Two-nger triple-tap. Use the VoiceOver rotor You can use the rotor to change VoiceOver settings, jump from one item to the next on the screen, select special input methods such as Braille Screen Input or Handwriting, and more. For details, see Control VoiceOver using the rotor on. Use these gestures to use the rotor. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 398
(table aria-label=Gestures to use the VoiceOver rotor) Action Choose a rotor setting VoiceOver gesture to perform action Two-nger rotation Move to the previous item or increase (depending on the rotor setting) Swipe up Move to the next item or decrease (depending on the rotor setting) Swipe down Operate iPad using VoiceOver gestures When VoiceOver is on, you need to use special gestures to unlock iPad, go to the Home screen, open Control Center, switch apps, and more. Unlock iPad Models with Face ID: Wake iPad and glance at it, then drag up from the bottom edge of the screen until you hear two rising tones. Models with Touch ID: Press the Home button. Other models: Press the Home button, then enter your passcode. To avoid having your passcode spoken as you enter it, enter your passcode silently using handwriting mode or type onscreen braille. Go to the Home screen Drag one nger up from the bottom edge of the screen until you hear two rising tones, then lift your nger. Press the Home button (models with the Home button). Slide one nger up from the bottom edge until you hear two rising tones, then swipe down. Use the dock Switch to another app Swipe right or left with ve ngers to cycle through the open apps. (Make sure Gestures is turned on in Settings
> General > Multitasking & Dock.) Alternatively, you can use the App Switcher:
1. Open the App Switcher using one of the following methods:
Drag one nger up from the bottom edge of the screen until you hear three tones, then lift your nger. Double-click the Home button (models with the Home button). 2. To browse the open apps, swipe left or right until the app you want is selected. 3. Double-tap to open the app. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 399 Open Control Center Drag one nger down from the top edge of the screen until you hear two rising tones. Tap any item in the status bar, then swipe up with three ngers. To dismiss Control Center, do a two-nger scrub. View notications Drag one nger down from the top edge of the screen until you hear three rising tones. Tap any item in the status bar, then swipe down with three ngers. To dismiss the notications screen, do a two-nger scrub. 2. Swipe left or right to hear the time, battery state, Wi-Fi signal strength, and more. Speak status bar information 1. Tap the status bar at the top of the screen. Rearrange apps on your Home screen Use one of the following methods:
Drag and drop: Tap an icon on the Home screen, then double-tap and hold your nger on the screen until you hear three rising tones. The items relative location is described as you drag. Lift your nger when the icon is in its new location. Drag an icon to the edge of the screen to move it to another Home screen. Move actions: Tap an app, then swipe down to hear available actions. When you hear Edit Mode, double-tap to start arranging apps. Find the app you want to move, then swipe down to the Move action and double-tap. Move the VoiceOver cursor to the new destination for the app, then choose from the available actions: Cancel Move, Create New Folder, Add to Folder, Move Before, or Move After. When youre nished, tap Done, then double-tap. Search from the Home screen 1. Tap anywhere on the Home screen outside the status bar. 2. Swipe down with three ngers. NAV TITLE: Control VoiceOver using the rotor Control VoiceOver using the rotor on iPad You can use the VoiceOver rotor to change how VoiceOver works. You can adjust the VoiceOver volume or speaking rate, move from one item to the next on the screen, select special input methods such as Braille Screen Input or Handwriting, and more. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 400 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE When you use Magic Keyboard to control VoiceOver, use the rotor to adjust settings such as volume, speech rate, use of pitch or phonetics, typing echo, and reading of punctuation. Use the VoiceOver rotor 1. When VoiceOver is turned on, rotate two ngers on your screen as if youre turning a dial. If you prefer to use one nger on each hand, simultaneously drag up with one nger and drag down with the other. VoiceOver speaks the rotor setting. Keep rotating your ngers to hear more settings. Stop rotating your ngers when you hear the setting you want. 2. Swipe your nger up or down on the screen to use the setting. The available rotor settings and their e!ects depend on what youre doing. For example, if you choose Headings when youre browsing a webpage, a swipe down or up will move the VoiceOver cursor to the next or previous heading. Customize the VoiceOver rotor 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > VoiceOver. 2. Do any of the following:
Add or reorder the rotor settings: Tap Rotor, then choose the settings you want, or drag to reorder settings. Add another language: Tap Speech > Add New Language (below Rotor Languages), then choose a language. Have VoiceOver conrm rotor actions: Tap Verbosity, then turn on Speak Conrmation. NAV TITLE: Use the onscreen keyboard Use the onscreen keyboard with VoiceOver on iPad VoiceOver changes how you use the onscreen keyboard when you activate an editable text eld. You can enter, select, and delete text; change the keyboard language; and more. Enter text with the onscreen keyboard 1. Select a text eld, then double-tap. The insertion point and the onscreen keyboard appear. 401 2. Enter text using one of the following methods:
Standard typing (default): Select a key on the keyboard by swiping left or right, then double-
tap to enter the character. Or move your nger around the keyboard to select a key and, while continuing to touch the key with one nger, tap the screen with another nger. VoiceOver speaks the key when its selected, and again when the character is entered. Touch typing: Touch a key on the keyboard to select it, then lift your nger to enter the character. If you touch the wrong key, slide your nger to the key you want. VoiceOver speaks the character for each key as you touch it, but doesnt enter a character until you lift your nger. Direct Touch typing: VoiceOver is disabled for the keyboard only, so you can type just as you do when VoiceOver is o. Dictation: Use a two-nger double-tap on the keyboard to start and stop dictation. To enter an accented character, use one of the following methods:
Standard typing (default): Select the plain character, then double-tap and hold until you hear a tone indicating alternate characters have appeared. Drag left or right to select and hear the choices. Release your nger to enter the current selection. Touch typing: Touch and hold a character until the alternate characters appear. Edit text with the onscreen keyboard Move the insertion point: Swipe up or down to move the insertion point forward or backward in the text. Use the rotor to choose whether you want to move the insertion point by character, by word, or by line. To jump to the beginning or end, double-tap the text. VoiceOver makes a sound when the insertion point moves, and speaks the character, word, or line that the insertion point moves across. When moving forward by words, the insertion point is placed at the end of each word, before the space or punctuation that follows. When moving backward, the insertion point is placed at the end of the preceding word, before the space or punctuation that follows it. Move the insertion point past the punctuation at the end of a word or sentence: Use the rotor to switch back to character mode. When moving the insertion point by line, VoiceOver speaks each line as you move across it. When moving forward, the insertion point is placed at the beginning of the next line (except when you reach the last line of a paragraph, when the insertion point is moved to the end of the line just spoken). When moving backward, the insertion point is placed at the beginning of the line thats spoken. Delete a character: Use
. Select text: Use one of the following methods. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 402 Set the rotor to Text Selection, swipe up or down to choose Character, Word, Line, or Sentence, then swipe left or right to move backward or forward. (You may need to enable Text Selectiongo to Settings
> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Rotor.) Set the rotor to Edit, swipe up or down to choose Select or Select All, then double-tap. If you choose Select, the word closest to the insertion point is selected when you double-tap. To increase or decrease the selection, do a two-nger scrub to dismiss the pop-up menu, then pinch. Cut, copy, or paste: Set the rotor to Edit, select the text, swipe up or down to choose Cut, Copy, or Paste, then double-tap. Fix misspelled words: Set the rotor to Misspelled Words, then swipe up or down to jump to the previous or next misspelled word. Swipe left or right to choose a suggested replacement, then double-tap to use the replacement. Undo: Shake iPad, swipe left or right to choose the action to undo, then double-tap. Change the keyboard settings 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > VoiceOver. 2. Tap any of the following:
Typing Style: You can choose a new style. Or, set the rotor to Typing Mode, then swipe up or down. Phonetic Feedback: Speak text character by character. VoiceOver rst speaks the character, then its phonetic equivalentfor example, f and then foxtrot. Typing Feedback: Choose to speak characters, words, both, or nothing. Rotor: Select the settings you want to include in the rotor. Speech: Tap Add New Language (below Rotor Languages), then choose a language. Verbosity: Tap Deleting Text. To have VoiceOver speak deleted characters in a lower pitch, tap Change Pitch. NAV TITLE: Write with your nger Write with your nger using VoiceOver on iPad With Handwriting mode, you can enter text by writing characters on the screen with your nger. In addition to normal text entry, use handwriting mode to enter your iPad passcode silently or to open apps from the Home screen. Use handwriting mode 1. Set the rotor to Handwriting. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 403 If Handwriting isnt in the rotor, go to Settings it.
> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Rotor, then add 2. To choose a character type (lowercase, numbers, uppercase, or punctuation), swipe up or down with three ngers. To hear the selected character type, tap with three ngers. 3. Trace a character on the screen with your nger. You can also do any of the following:
Enter an alternate character (a character with an accent, for example): Write the character, then swipe up or down with two ngers until you hear the type of character you want. Enter a space: Swipe right with two ngers. Go to a new line: Swipe right with three ngers. Delete the previous character: Swipe left with two ngers. 4. To exit handwriting mode, do a two-nger scrub, or set the rotor to a dierent setting. Enter your passcode silently with handwriting mode 1. On the passcode screen, set the rotor to Handwriting. 2. Write the characters of your passcode with your nger. Select an item on the Home screen 1. On the Home screen, set the rotor to Handwriting. 2. Start writing the name of the item with your nger. If there are multiple matches, continue to spell the name until its unique, or swipe up or down with two ngers to choose from the current matches. Quickly navigate a long list VoiceOver Item Chooser). 1. Select the index to the right of the list (for example, next to your Contacts list or in the 2. Set the rotor to Handwriting, then use your nger to write the letter you want to navigate to. NAV TITLE: Control VoiceOver with Magic Keyboard Control VoiceOver on iPad with Magic Keyboard If you pair Magic Keyboard with iPad, you can use keyboard shortcuts on Magic Keyboard to activate VoiceOver commands. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 404 Additionally, you can use VoiceOver Help to learn the keyboard layout and the actions associated with various key combinations. VoiceOver Help speaks keys and keyboard commands as you type them, without performing the associated action. Choose the VoiceOver modier The modier is a key or set of keys you press with one or more other keys to enter VoiceOver commands. You can set the modier to be the Caps Lock key or the Control and Option keys pressed at the same time. 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Modier Keys. 2. Choose the modier for VoiceOver commands: the Caps Lock key or the Control and Option keys. This modier is abbreviated as VO in the lists below. VoiceOver keyboard commands VO = modier keys Turn on VoiceOver Help: VO-K Turn o VoiceOver Help: Esc (Escape) Select the next or previous item: VO-Right Arrow or VO-Left Arrow Activate the selected item: VO-Space bar Touch and hold the selected item: VO-Shift-M Read from the current position: VO-A Read from the top: VO-B Pause or resume reading: Control Copy the last spoken text to the clipboard: VO-Shift-C Search for text: VO-F Mute or unmute VoiceOver: VO-S Go to the Home screen: VO-H Move to the status bar: VO-M Open the notications screen: Move to the status bar (VO-M), then Option-Up Arrow Open Control Center: Move to the status bar (VO-M), then Option-Down Arrow Open Spotlight Search: Option-Up Arrow Open the App Switcher: VO-H-H Switch apps: Command-Tab or Command-Shift-Tab APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 405 Open the Item Chooser: VO-I Change the label of the selected item: VO-/
Start, stop, or pause an action: VO-Hyphen Swipe up or down: VO-Up Arrow or VO-Down Arrow Adjust the rotor: VO-Command-Left Arrow or VO-Command-Right Arrow Adjust the setting specied by the rotor: VO-Command-Up Arrow or VO-Command-Down Arrow Turn the screen curtain on or o: VO-Shift-F11 Return to the previous screen: Esc Quick Nav using the arrow keys Turn on Quick Nav to control VoiceOver using the arrow keys. Turn Quick Nav on or o: Left Arrow-Right Arrow Select the next or previous item: Right Arrow or Left Arrow Select the next or previous item specied by the rotor: Up Arrow or Down Arrow Select the rst or last item: Control-Up Arrow or Control-Down Arrow Tap an item: Up Arrow-Down Arrow Scroll up, down, left, or right: Option-Up Arrow, Option-Down Arrow, Option-Left Arrow, or Option-Right Arrow Adjust the rotor: Up Arrow-Left Arrow or Up Arrow-Right Arrow Single-key Quick Nav for web browsing When you view a webpage with Quick Nav on, you can use the following keys on the keyboard to navigate the page quickly. Typing the key moves to the next item of the indicated type. To move to the previous item, hold the Shift key as you type the letter. Turn on Single-key Quick Nav: VO-Q Heading: H Link: L Text eld: R Button: B Form control: C Image: I Table: T APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 406 Item of the same type: M Static text: S ARIA landmark: W List: X Level 1 heading: 1 Level 2 heading: 2 Level 3 heading: 3 Level 4 heading: 4 Level 5 heading: 5 Level 6 heading: 6 Text editing Use these commands (with Quick Nav turned o) to work with text. VoiceOver reads the text as you move the insertion point. Go forward or back one character: Right Arrow or Left Arrow Go forward or back one word: Option-Right Arrow or Option-Left Arrow Go up or down one line: Up Arrow or Down Arrow Go to the beginning or end of the line: Command-Left Arrow or Command-Down Arrow Go to the beginning or end of the paragraph: Option-Up Arrow or Option-Down Arrow Go to the previous or next paragraph: Option-Up Arrow or Option-Down Arrow Go to the top or bottom of the text eld: Command-Up Arrow or Command-Down Arrow Select text as you move: Shift + any of the insertion point movement commands above Select all text: Command-A Copy, cut, or paste the selected text: Command-C, Command-X, or Command-V Undo or redo last change: Command-Z or Shift-Command-Z NAV TITLE: Type onscreen braille using VoiceOver Type onscreen braille using VoiceOver on iPad If you turn on Braille Screen Input, you can use your ngers to enter six-dot braille or contracted braille directly on the iPad screen. Enter braille on the screen APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 407 Enter braille with iPad lying at in front of you (tabletop mode), or hold iPad with the screen facing away so your ngers curl back to tap the screen (screen away mode). 1. Set the rotor to Braille Screen Input. If you dont see Braille Screen Input in the rotor, go to Settings VoiceOver > Rotor, then select it from the list.
> Accessibility >
2. Enter braille characters by tapping the screen with one or several ngers at the same time. You can also do any of the following:
Enter a space: Swipe right with one nger. (In screen away mode, swipe to your right.) Delete the previous character: Swipe left with one nger. Move to a new line: Swipe right with two ngers. Cycle through spelling suggestions: Swipe up or down with one nger. Enter a carriage return, or send a message (in Messages): Swipe up with three ngers. Switch between six-dot braille and contracted braille: Swipe to the right with three ngers. Turn braille contractions on or o: Swipe to the right with three ngers. Translate immediately (when contractions are enabled): Swipe down with two ngers. Switch to the next keyboard: Swipe up with two ngers. 3. To exit Braille Screen Input, do a two-nger scrub, or adjust the rotor to another setting. Tip: To have iPad read dots aloud, tap and hold the dots, then when you hear the timer tones and announcement, release the dots. Adjust entry dot positions To move the entry dots to match your natural nger positions, double-tap all the dots. Change Braille Screen Input settings 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille > Braille Screen Input. 2. Do any of the following:
Set six-dot or contracted Braille as the default. Reverse dot positions for six-dot and eight-dot Braille. NAV TITLE: Use a braille display Use a braille display with VoiceOver on iPad APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 408 You can use a Bluetooth braille display to read VoiceOver output, and a braille display with input keys and other controls to control iPad when VoiceOver is turned on. For a list of supported braille displays, see the Apple Support article Braille displays supported by iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. Connect a braille display 1. Turn on the braille display. 2. On iPad, go to Settings
> Bluetooth, turn on Bluetooth, then choose the display. 3. On iPad, go to Settings > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille, then choose the display. 1. On iPad, go to Settings
> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille. Adjust the braille settings 2. Do any of the following:
Choose contracted, uncontracted eight-dot, or uncontracted six-dot braille input or output Add Braille tables that appear in the Braille Table rotor Turn on the status cell and choose its location Turn on Nemeth code for mathematical equations Display the onscreen keyboard Choose to have the page turned automatically when panning Change the braille translation from Unied English Change the alert display duration Adjust the key debounce duration (the timing used between typing and activating commands) Output closed captions in braille during media playback 1. On iPad, go to Settings
> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Verbosity. 2. Choose Braille or Speech and Braille. For information about common braille commands for VoiceOver navigation, and for information specic to certain displays, see the Apple Support article Common braille commands for VoiceOver on your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. NAV TITLE: Customize gestures and keyboard shortcuts Customize VoiceOver gestures and keyboard shortcuts on iPad You can customize the gestures and keyboard shortcuts that activate VoiceOver commands. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 409 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Commands. 2. Tap any of the following:
All Commands: Navigate to the command you want to customize, then tap Edit, Add Gesture, or Add Keyboard Shortcut. Touch Gestures: List the gestures and the associated commands. Handwriting: List the gestures for handwriting and the associated commands. Braille Screen Input: List the gestures for Braille Screen Input and the associated commands. To clear your custom gestures and keyboard shortcuts, tap Reset VoiceOver Commands. NAV TITLE: Use VoiceOver in apps Use VoiceOver in apps on iPad You can use VoiceOver to interact with apps such as Maps, Camera, Photos, Voice Memos, Safari, and more even if you cant see the screen. Read PDF documents in Apple Books or Files using VoiceOver VoiceOver can read detailed informationsuch as forms, tables, and listsin PDF documents. Browse the web in Safari using VoiceOver Search the web: Select the search eld, double-tap to invoke the keyboard, enter your search, then swipe right or left to move down or up the list of suggested search phrases. Then double-tap the screen to search the web using the selected phrase. Skip to the next page element of a particular type: Set the rotor to the element typesuch as headings, links, and form controlsthen swipe up or down. Set the rotor settings for web browsing: Go to Settings Tap to select or deselect settings, or drag up or down to reposition an item.
> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Rotor. Skip images while navigating: Go to Settings > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Navigate Images. You can choose to skip all images or only those without descriptions. Reduce page clutter for easier reading and navigation: Select the Reader item in the Safari address eld (not available for all webpages). Allow websites to customize their behavior for assistive technologies: Go to Settings >
Accessibility > VoiceOver > Web, then turn on Accessibility Events. This setting may reveal whether an assistive technology is active on your iPad. Tip: If you pair Magic Keyboard with iPad, you can use single-key Quick Nav commands to navigate webpages. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 410 Read math equations using VoiceOver VoiceOver can read math equations on the web (encoded using MathML) and in supported Apple apps such as Numbers and Keynote. Hear an equation: Have VoiceOver read the text as usual. VoiceOver says math before it starts reading an equation. Explore the equation: Double-tap the selected equation to display it in full screen and move through it one element at a time. Swipe left or right to read elements of the equation. Use the rotor to select Symbols, Small Expressions, Medium Expressions, or Large Expressions, then swipe up or down to hear the next element of that size. You can continue to double-tap the selected element to drill down into the equation to focus on the selected element, then swipe left or right, or up or down, to read one part at a time. Equations spoken by VoiceOver can also be output to a braille device using Nemeth code, as well as the codes used by Unied English Braille, British English, French, and Greek. See Use a braille display with VoiceOver on iPad. Navigate in Maps with VoiceOver In the Maps app, you can use VoiceOver to explore a region, browse points of interest, follow roads, zoom in or out, select a pin, or get information about a location. Control how the map tracks your current location: Double-tap option you want:
until you hear the tracking Tracking on: The map automatically centers on your current location. Tracking on with heading: The map automatically centers on your current location and rotates so that the heading youre facing is at the top of the screen. In this mode, iPad speaks street names and points of interest as you approach them. Tracking o: The map doesnt automatically center on your current location. Explore the map: Drag your nger around the screen, or swipe left or right to move to another item. Zoom in or out: Select the map, set the rotor to Zoom, then swipe down or up with one nger. Pan the map: Swipe with three ngers. Browse visible points of interest: Set the rotor to Points of Interest, then swipe up or down with one nger. Follow a road: Hold your nger down on the road, wait until you hear pause to follow, then move your nger along the road while listening to the guide tone. The pitch increases when you stray from the road. Select a pin: Touch a pin, or swipe left or right to select the pin. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 411 Get information about a location: With a pin selected, double-tap to display the information ag. Swipe left or right to select the More Info button, then double-tap to display the information page. Use Camera, Photos, and Voice Memos with VoiceOver Use VoiceOver gestures to take and edit Camera videos and Voice Memo recordings. Pause or continue a recording: Double-tap the screen with two ngers. Trim a video: While viewing a video in Photos, double-tap the screen to display the video controls, then select the beginning or end of the trim tool. Then swipe up to drag to the right, or swipe down to drag to the left. VoiceOver announces the amount of time the current position will trim from the recording. To complete the trim, select Trim, then double-tap. Trim a voice memo: Select the memo in Voice Memos, tap Edit, then tap Start Trimming. Select the beginning or end of the selection, double-tap and hold, then drag to adjust. VoiceOver announces the amount of time the current position will trim from the recording. Tap Play to preview the trimmed recording. When youve got it the way you want it, tap Trim. NAV TITLE: Zoom Zoom in on the iPad screen In many apps, you can zoom in or out on specic items. For example, you can double-tap or pinch to look closer in Photos or expand webpage columns in Safari. You can also use the Zoom feature to magnify the screen no matter what youre doing. You can magnify the entire screen
(Full Screen Zoom), magnify part of the screen with a resizable lens (Window Zoom), or magnify a portion of the screen that stays in one place (Pinned Zoom). And, you can use Zoom together with VoiceOver. Set up Zoom 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Zoom, then turn on Zoom. 2. Adjust any of the following:
Follow Focus: Track your selections, the text insertion point, and your typing. Smart Typing: Switch to Window Zoom when a keyboard appears. Keyboard Shortcuts: Turn on keyboard shortcuts to control Zoom. Zoom Controller: Turn the controller on, set controller actions, and adjust the color and opacity. Zoom Region: Choose Pinned Zoom, Full Screen Zoom, or Window Zoom. Zoom Filter: Choose None, Inverted, Grayscale, Grayscale Inverted, or Low Light. Maximum Zoom Level: Drag the slider to adjust the level. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 412 3. To add Zoom to Accessibility Shortcut, go to Settings > Accessibility > Accessibility Shortcut, then tap Zoom. Use Zoom 1. Double-tap the screen with three ngers or use accessibility shortcuts to turn on Zoom. 2. To see more of the screen, do any of the following:
Adjust the magnication: Double-tap the screen with three ngers (without lifting your ngers after the second tap), then drag up or down. Or triple-tap with three ngers, then drag the Zoom Level slider. Move the Zoom lens: (Window Zoom) Drag the handle at the bottom of the Zoom lens. Pan to another area: (Full Screen Zoom) Drag the screen with three ngers. 3. To adjust the settings with the Zoom menu, triple-tap with three ngers, then adjust any of the following:
Choose Region: Choose Pinned Zoom, Full Screen Zoom, or Window Zoom. Resize Lens: (Window Zoom) Tap Resize Lens, then drag any of the round handles that appear. Choose Filter: Choose Inverted, Grayscale, Grayscale Inverted, or Low Light. Show Controller: Show the Zoom Controller. 4. To use the Zoom Controller, do any of the following:
Show the Zoom menu: Tap the controller. Zoom in or out: Double-tap the controller. Pan: When zoomed in, drag the controller. While using Zoom with Magic Keyboard, the screen image follows the insertion point, keeping it in the center of the display. See Use Magic Keyboard with iPad. To turn o Zoom, double-tap the screen with three ngers or use accessibility shortcuts. NAV TITLE: Magnier Magnify nearby objects with Magnier on iPad Use your iPad as a magnifying glass to zoom in on objects near you. 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Magnier. Set up Magnier 2. Turn on Magnier. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 413 3. To automatically adjust the brightness of Magnier based on ambient light settings, turn on This adds Magnier as an accessibility shortcut. Auto-Adjust Exposure. Turn on and adjust Magnier 1. Use accessibility shortcuts to turn on Magnier. 2. Make any of the following adjustments:
Adjust the magnication level: Drag the Zoom Level slider. Add more light: Tap to turn the ashlight on or o. Lock the focus: Tap
. Tap again to unlock the focus. Apply color lters: Tap the brightness and contrast, drag the sliders. To invert the colors, tap selected lter and return to Magnier screen, tap again. Tap the dierent color lters to preview their eects. To adjust
. To apply the Freeze the frame: Tap the image, touch and hold the image, then tap Save Image. To unfreeze the frame, tap again. To adjust the magnication, drag the Zoom Level slider. To save To turn o Magnier, do the following:
Models with the Home button: Press the Home button. Other models: Swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen. NAV TITLE: Display & Text Size Adjust the display and text size on iPad If you have color blindness or other vision challenges, you can customize the display settings to make the screen easier to see. Use display accommodations 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Display & Text Size. 2. Adjust any of the following:
Bold Text: Display the text in boldface characters. Larger Text: Turn on Larger Accessibility Sizes, then adjust the text size using the Font Size slider. This setting adjusts to your preferred text size in apps that support Dynamic Type, such as Settings, Calendar, Contacts, Mail, Messages, and Notes. Button Shapes: This setting underlines text you can tap. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 414 On/O Labels: This setting indicates switches turned on with 1 and switches turned o with 0. Reduce Transparency: This setting reduces the transparency and blurs on some backgrounds. Increase Contrast: This setting improves the contrast and legibility by altering color and text styling. Apps that support Dynamic Typesuch as Settings, Calendar, Contacts, Mail, Messages, and Notesadjust to your preferred text size. Dierentiate Without Color: This setting replaces user interface items that rely on color to convey information with alternatives. Smart Invert or Classic Invert: Smart Invert Colors reverses the colors of the display, except for images, media, and some apps that use dark color styles. Color Filters: Tap a lter to apply it. To adjust the intensity or hue, drag the sliders. Reduce White Point: This setting reduces the intensity of bright colors. Auto-Brightness: This setting automatically adjusts the screen brightness for current light conditions using the built-in ambient light sensor. You can also apply these eects to only the contents of the zoom window. See Zoom in on the iPad screen. NAV TITLE: Motion Reduce or stop the motion of screen elements on iPad If you have sensitivity to motion eects or screen movement on your iPad, you can stop or reduce the movement of some screen elements, such as:
Parallax eect of wallpaper, apps, and alerts Screen transitions Siri animations Typing autocompletion Animated eects in Messages 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Motion. 2. Turn on or o any of the following controls:
Reduce Motion: This setting reduces the motion of the user interface, including the parallax eect of icons. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 415 Prefer Cross-Fade Transitions: This setting reduces the motion of user interface controls that slide in and out when appearing and disappearing. Auto-Play Message Eects: This setting allows the Messages app to automatically play full-
screen eects. If you turn this setting o, you can still manually play eects by tapping Replay below the message bubble. Auto-Play Video Previews: This setting allows apps such as the App Store to automatically play video previews. Limit Frame Rate: This setting limits the frame rate of the display to 60 frames per second
(on supported models). NAV TITLE: Spoken Content Hear iPad speak the screen, selected text, and typing feedback Even if VoiceOver is turned o, you can have iPad speak selected text or the entire screen. iPad can also provide feedback and speak text corrections and suggestions as you type. Change the speech settings 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Spoken Content. 2. Adjust any of the following:
Speak Selection: To hear text you selected, tap the Speak button. Speak Screen: To hear the entire screen, swipe down with two ngers from the top of the screen. Speech Controller: Show the controller for quick access to Speak Screen and Speak on Touch. Highlight Content: iPad can highlight words, sentences, or both as theyre spoken. You can change the highlight color and style. Typing Feedback: You can congure typing feedback for software and hardware keyboards and choose to have iPad speak each character, entire words, auto-corrections, auto-
capitalizations, and typing predictions. To hear typing predictions, you also need to go to Settings > General > Keyboards, then turn on Predictive. Voices: Choose a voice and dialect. Speaking Rate: Drag the slider. Hear iPad speak Pronunciations: Dictate or spell out how you want certain phrases to be spoken. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 416 Ask Siri. Say something like: Speak screen. Learn how to ask Siri. Or do any of the following:
Hear selected text: Select the text, then tap Speak. Hear the entire screen: Swipe down with two ngers from the top of the screen. Use the controls that appear to pause speaking or adjust the rate. Hear typing feedback: Start typing. To hear typing predictions (when turned on), touch and hold each word. NAV TITLE: Audio Descriptions Hear audio descriptions for video content on iPad If you have video content that includes audio descriptions of scenes, iPad can play the descriptions for you. 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Audio Descriptions. 2. Turn on Audio Descriptions. Physical and Motor Touch NAV TITLE: AssistiveTouch Use AssistiveTouch on iPad Open the AssistiveTouch menu Go to the Home screen Double-tap Perform multinger gestures AssistiveTouch helps you use iPad if you have diculty touching the screen or pressing the buttons. You can use AssistiveTouch without any accessory to perform actions or gestures that are dicult for you. You can also use a compatible adaptive accessory (such as a joystick) together with AssistiveTouch to control iPad. With AssistiveTouch, you can use a simple tap (or the equivalent on your accessory) to perform actions such as the following:
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 417 Access Control Center, notications, Lock screen, or App Switcher Summon Siri Adjust the volume on iPad Shake iPad Take a screenshot Use Apple Pay Speak screen Control Analytics Restart iPad Set up AssistiveTouch Ask Siri. Say something like: Turn on AssistiveTouch or Turn o AssistiveTouch. Learn how to ask Siri. 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch. Or do the following:
2. Turn on AssistiveTouch. 3. To customize AssistiveTouch, tap any of the following:
Customize Top Level Menu: The menu can have up to eight actions. Single-Tap, Double-Tap, or Long Press: Assign custom actions that run when you interact with the menu button. Create New Gesture: Add your favorite gestures. Idle Opacity: Adjust the visibility of the menu button when not in use. Tip: To turn AssistiveTouch on or o quickly, triple-click the top button or triple-click the Home button. Add a pointer device You can connect Bluetooth and USB assistive pointer devices, such as joysticks and mouse devices. Magic Mouse and Magic Trackpad arent supported over Bluetooth. 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch. 2. Below Pointer Devices, tap any of the following:
Devices: Pair or unpair devices and customize buttons. Mouse Keys: Allow the AssistiveTouch pointer to be controlled using the keyboard number pad. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 418 Pointer Style: Adjust the size, color, and auto-hide settings. Show Onscreen Keyboard: Display the onscreen keyboard. Always Show Menu: Show the AssistiveTouch menu when a pointer device is connected. Tracking speed: Drag the slider to adjust the speed. Drag Lock: Turn on to enable dragging. Zoom Pan: Choose Continuous, Centered, or Edges. Dwell Control: When turned on, holding the cursor still for the specied amount of time performs the selected dwell action. Movement Tolerance: Adjust the distance you can move while dwelling on an item. Move the AssistiveTouch menu button Drag the menu button to a new location on the screen. Use AssistiveTouch Tap the menu button, then choose an action or gesture. For a multinger gesture, do the following:
Pinch: Tap Custom, then tap Pinch. When the pinch circles appear, touch anywhere on the screen to move the pinch circles, then drag them in or out to perform a pinch gesture. When you nish, tap the menu button. Multinger swipe or drag: Tap Device > More > Gestures, then tap the number of digits needed for the gesture. When the circles appear on the screen, swipe or drag in the direction required by the gesture. When you nish, tap the menu button. To return to the previous menu, tap the arrow in the center of the menu. To exit the menu without performing a gesture: Tap anywhere outside the menu. Create custom gestures You can add your favorite gestures (such as touch and hold or two-nger rotation) to the AssistiveTouch menu. You can even create several gestures with dierent degrees of rotation. 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch > Create New Gesture. 2. Perform your gesture on the recording screen. For example:
Touch-and-hold gesture: Touch and hold your nger in one spot until the recording progress bar reaches halfway, then lift your nger. Be careful not to move your nger while recording, or the gesture will be recorded as a drag. Two-nger rotation gesture: Rotate two ngers on the iPad screen around a point between them. (You can do this with a single nger or stylusjust create each arc separately, one after the other.) APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 419 If you record a sequence of taps or drags, theyre all played back at the same time. For example, using one nger or a stylus to record four separate, sequential taps at four locations on the screen creates a simultaneous four-nger tap. 3. If your gesture doesnt turn out quite right, tap Cancel, then try again. 4. When youre satised with your gesture, tap Save, then name the gesture. To use your custom gesture, tap the AssistiveTouch menu button, tap Custom, then choose the gesture. When the blue circles representing your gesture appear, drag them to where you want to use the gesture, then release. NAV TITLE: Touch Adjust touch settings on iPad If you have trouble using the touchscreen or buttons, you can change how iPad responds to your touch. Use touch accommodations 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Touch > Touch Accommodations. 2. You can congure iPad to do any of the following:
Respond to touches of a certain duration: Turn on Hold Duration, then tap adjust the duration (the default is 0.10 seconds). or to To perform swipe gestures without waiting for the specied hold duration, tap Swipe Gestures, then turn on Swipe Gestures. You can choose the amount of required movement before a swipe gesture begins. Ignore multiple touches: Turn on Ignore Repeat, then tap to adjust the amount of time allowed between multiple touches. Then, if you touch the screen several times quickly, iPad treats the touches as one. or Respond to the rst or last place you touch: Choose Use Initial Touch Location or Use Final Touch Location. If you choose Use Initial Touch Location, iPad uses the location of your rst tapwhen you tap an app on the Home screen, for example. If you choose Use Final Touch Location, iPad registers the tap where you lift your nger. iPad responds to a tap when you lift your nger within a certain period of time. Tap to adjust the timing. Your device can respond to other gestures, such as drags, if you wait longer than the gesture delay. or If you tend to shake iPad by accident, go to Settings Shake to Undo.
> Accessibility > Touch, then turn o Turn o Shake to Undo Route audio calls APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 420 You can automatically route the audio of phone or FaceTime calls to your headphones, speaker, or hearing devices. 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Touch > Call Audio Routing. 2. Choose an audio destination for calls. 3. To have iPad answer calls automatically, tap Auto-Answer Calls, turn on Auto-Answer Calls, then tap or to set the duration of time before the call is answered. During a call, you can switch the audio routing from your hearing aid to the iPad speaker by removing the hearing aid from your ear. See Use hearing devices with. NAV TITLE: Face ID & Attention Change Face ID and attention settings on iPad On iPad Pro (11-inch) and iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation), you can adjust Face ID and attention settings if you have physical or vision limitations. Set up Face ID with Accessibility Options By default, setting up Face ID requires you to gently move your head in a circle to show all the angles of your face. If you cant perform the full range of head motion, you can still set up Face ID without moving your head. 1. Go to Settings
> Face ID & Passcode. 2. Position your face within the frame, then tap Accessibility Options. Face ID is still secure but requires more consistency in how you look at iPad. Change attention settings For additional security, Face ID is attention aware. It unlocks iPad only when your eyes are open and looking at the screen. iPad can also reveal notications and messages, keep the screen lit when youre reading, or lower the volume of alerts. If you dont want iPad to check for your attention, do the following:
1. Go to Settings
> Face ID & Passcode. 2. Turn on or o any of the following:
Require Attention for Face ID Attention Aware Features These settings are turned o by default if you turn on VoiceOver when you rst set up iPad. Note: Requiring attention makes Face ID more secure. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 421 Switch Control NAV TITLE: Set up Switch Control Set up Switch Control on iPad If you have physical diculties, you can use Switch Control to operate iPad using one or more switches. With switches, you can select, tap, drag, type, and even draw freehand. You use a switch to select an item or location on the screen, then use the same (or a dierent) switch to choose an action. Add a switch You can use any of the following sources as a switch:
An external adaptive switch: Choose a Bluetooth switch or Made For iPhone (MFi) switch that plugs into the Lightning connector on iPad. The iPad screen: Tap the screen to trigger the switch. The iPad front-facing camera: Move your head left or right while facing the camera to trigger the switch. Before you add an external switch, connect it to iPad, following the instructions that came with the switch. If the switch connects using Bluetooth, pair it with iPadturn on the switch, go to Settings Connect Bluetooth devices to iPad.
> Bluetooth, tap the switch, then follow the onscreen instructions. See 1. Go to Settings > Accessibility > Switch Control > Switches. 2. Tap Add New Switch, then choose a source. 3. Assign an action to the switch. To ensure Switch Control functions correctly, you must assign the Select Item action to at least one switch. Choose a scanning style and customize Switch Control You can adjust the behavior of Switch Control in a variety of ways, to suit your specic needs and style. 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Switch Control. 2. Tap Scanning Style, then choose one of the following:
Auto Scanning: The focus automatically moves to the next item after a specied duration. Manual Scanning: You trigger a switch to move the focus to the next item (requires multiple switches). Single Switch Step Scanning: You trigger a switch to move the focus to the next item; if no action is taken with a specied duration, the item with the focus is automatically activated. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 422 3. Customize Switch Control in the following ways:
Add switches and specify their function. Create, edit, and choose recipes to temporarily assign special actions to switches. Adjust the scanning speed. Set scanning to pause on the rst item in a group. Choose how many times to cycle through the screen before hiding Switch Control. Choose a tap behavior and set the interval for performing a second switch action to show the Scanner Menu. Choose whether Switch Control resumes scanning at an item you tap or from the beginning. Set whether a movement action is repeated when you press and hold a switch, and how long to wait before repeating. Assign another action to a switch by pressing and holding the switch for a long duration. Choose the actions shown in the Scanner Menu and the order in which they appear. Set whether and how long you need to hold a switch down before its accepted as a switch action. Ignore accidental repeated switch triggers. Adjust the point scanning style and speed. Turn on sound eects. Speak items as they are scanned. Group items for faster scanning. Make the selection cursor larger or a dierent color. Create and save custom gestures to the Scanner Menu. Turn Switch Control on or o Important: Switch Control changes the gestures you use to control iPad. To turn Switch Control on or o, use any of the following methods:
Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Switch Control. Triple-click the Home button (models with the Home button). Triple-click the top button (other models). Use Control Center. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 423 NAV TITLE: Use Switch Control Use Switch Control on iPad With Switch Control, there are two methods to select an item on the screen:
Item scanning: The focus moves (automatically or manually) from one item to the next until you select an item; this is the default scanning method. Point scanning: You select an item on the screen by pinpointing it with scanning crosshairs. After you select an item, you can choose an action (for example, tap, drag, or pinch) in the Scanner Menu. Use item scanning With item scanning, the focus sequentially moves from one item to the next item on the screen. 1. If you use Auto Scanning, watch or listen as the focus moves. If you use Manual Scanning, trigger your Move to Next Item switch to move the focus. 2. When the focus surrounds the item you want, trigger your Select Item switch. 3. In the Scanner Menu, choose an action such as the following:
Tap Gestures Scroll Media Controls More (the dots at the bottom of the menu) for more options Home (to return to the Home screen) Device (for other hardware actions) Settings (to adjust Switch Control behavior) The available actions in the Scanner Menu depend on the selected item. To dismiss the Scanner menu without choosing an action, trigger your switch while the original item is highlighted and all the icons in the Scanner Menu are dimmed. Switch from item scanning to point scanning Point scanning lets you select an item on the screen by pinpointing it with scanning crosshairs. 1. Use item scanning to select an item. 2. In the Scanner Menu, choose Point Mode. 3. To position the vertical crosshair:
a. Trigger your Select Item switch when the wide vertical band is over the item you want. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 424 b. Trigger your Select Item switch again when the ne vertical line is over the item. 4. Repeat to position the horizontal crosshair. 5. Choose an action from the Scanner Menu. To return to item scanning, choose Item Mode from the Scanner Menu. NAV TITLE: Voice Control Control iPad with your voice You can control iPad with just your voice. You can edit text as you dictate, navigate with voice commands and gestures, and see numbers or names next to screen elements. Turn on Voice Control Do any of the following:
Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Voice Control. Add Voice Control to Accessibility Shortcutsgo to Settings > Accessibility > Accessibility Shortcut, then tap Voice Control. Learn Voice Control commands When Voice Control is turned on, you can say commands such as the following:
Open Control Center Go home Tap item name Open app name Take screenshot Turn up volume To learn more Voice Control commands, go to Settings Customize Commands, then tap a category.
> Accessibility > Voice Control >
Use the screen overlay For faster interactions, navigate iPad with a screen overlay that shows item names, numbers, or a grid. Item names: Say Show names or Show names continuously, then say Tap item name. Numbers: Say Show numbers or Show numbers continuously, then say the number next to the item you want. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 425 Grid: To interact with a screen location not represented by an item name or number, say Show grid or Show grid continuously, then say the number closest to the location you want. To zoom in on the location, say another number on the smaller grid. To turn o the overlay, say Hide names, Hide numbers, or Hide grid. Customize Voice Control 1. Go to Settings > Accessibility > Voice Control. 2. Adjust any of the following:
Show Conrmation: When iPad recognizes a command, a visual conrmation appears at the top of the screen. Play Sound: When iPad recognizes a command, an audible sound is played. Show Hints: See command suggestions and hints. Overlay: Display numbers, names, or a grid over screen elements. Attention Aware: (supported models) Voice Control wakes up when you look at your iPhone and goes to sleep when you look away. 3. To teach Voice Control new words, tap Vocabulary. NAV TITLE: Home or top button Adjust settings for the Home or top button 1. Go to Settings
(other models).
> Accessibility > Home Button (models with the Home button) or Top Button 2. Choose the speed required to double or triple-click. 3. Choose how iPad responds when you press and hold the top or Home button. NAV TITLE: Apple TV Remote Use buttons on the Apple TV Remote on iPad On the Apple TV Remote on iPad, you can use buttons instead of swipe gestures. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Apple TV Remote, then turn on Directional Buttons. NAV TITLE: Keyboards Adjust software and hardware keyboard settings on iPad APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 426 If you have diculty distinguishing characters on the iPad keyboard or manipulating a hardware keyboard, you can adjust settings such as the key repeat rate. Tip: Rotate iPad to landscape view to use a larger keyboard. Change the keyboard settings for accessibility 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Keyboards. 2. Do any of the following:
Show only uppercase keys on the iPad keyboard. Adjust the key repeat rate on hardware keyboards. Use Sticky Keys to press and hold modier keys, such as Command and Option, as you press another key. Use Slow Keys to adjust the time between when a key is pressed and when its activated. See also Set typing options Use Smart Keyboard and Smart Keyboard Folio with iPad Use Magic Keyboard with iPad NAV TITLE: Apple Pencil Change Apple Pencil (2nd generation) settings If you have trouble using the gestures for Apple Pencil (2nd generation) on iPad Pro (11-inch) and iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation), you can adjust the settings. 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Apple Pencil. 2. Do any of the following:
Turn o Double Tap Gesture. Change the duration of the double tap gesture to Slow or Slowest. Hearing NAV TITLE: Hearing devices Use hearing devices with iPad APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 427 You can use Made for iPhone (MFi) hearing aids or sound processors with iPad and adjust their settings. Pair a hearing device with iPad If your hearing devices arent listed in Settings Hearing Devices, you need to pair them with iPad.
> Accessibility > Hearing Devices > MFi 1. Open the battery door on each hearing device. 2. On iPad, go to Settings > Bluetooth, then make sure Bluetooth is turned on. 3. Go to Settings > Accessibility > Hearing Devices > MFi Hearing Devices. 4. Close the battery doors on your hearing devices. 5. When their names appear in the list of devices (this could take a minute), tap the names and respond to the pairing requests. Pairing can take as long as 60 secondsdont try to stream audio or otherwise use the hearing devices until pairing is nished. When pairing is nished, you hear a series of beeps and a tone, and a checkmark appears next to the hearing devices in the Devices list. You need to pair your devices only once (and your audiologist might do it for you). After that, your hearing devices automatically reconnect to iPad whenever they turn on. Adjust the settings and view the status of your hearing devices In Settings: Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Hearing Devices > MFi Hearing Devices. Using accessibility shortcuts: See Use accessibility shortcuts on. On the Lock screen: Go to Settings > Accessibility > Hearing Devices > MFi Hearing Devices, then turn on Control on Lock Screen. From the Lock screen, you can do the following:
Check battery status. Adjust ambient microphone volume and equalization. Choose which hearing aids (left, right, or both) receive streaming audio. Control Live Listen. Use your hearing devices with more than one device If you pair your hearing devices with more than one device (both iPhone and iPad, for example), the connection for your hearing devices automatically switches from one to the other when you do something that generates audio on the other device, or when you receive a phone call on iPhone. Changes you make to hearing device settings on one device are automatically sent to your other devices. 1. Sign in with your Apple ID on all the devices. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 428 2. Connect all the devices to the same Wi-Fi network. Turn on Hearing Aid Compatibility Hearing Aid Compatibility may reduce interference and improve audio quality with some hearing aid models. 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Hearing Devices. 2. Turn on Hearing Aid Compatibility. NAV TITLE: Stream audio to hearing devices Stream audio from iPad to your hearing devices Stream audio from iPad and its apps to your hearing devices. You can even use Live Listen to stream sound from the microphone to your Made For iPhone (MFi) hearing devices or AirPods. Stream audio to your hearing devices To stream audio from Siri, Music, Apple TV, and more, see Connect Bluetooth devices to iPad. You can also automatically route audio calls to a hearing device. Use iPad as a remote microphone with Live Listen Stream sound from the microphone on iPad to your Made For iPhone (MFi) hearing devices or AirPods. This can help you hear better in some situationsfor example, when having a conversation in a noisy environment. 1. If youre using AirPods, place them in your ears. 2. Turn on Live Listen with one of the following methods:
Open Control Center, tap
, tap your hearing device or AirPods, then turn on Live Listen.
(If you dont see Customize Controls, then choose Hearing.)
, add it to Control Centergo to Settings
> Control Center >
Triple-click the Home button (models with the Home button) or triple-click the top button
(other models), tap Hearing Devices, then tap Live Listen. 3. Position iPad near the sound source. NAV TITLE: RTT Set up and use RTT on iPad With real-time text (RTT) and Wi-Fi calling on your iPhone, you can also make and receive RTT calls in the FaceTime app on your iPad. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 429 Important: RTT isnt supported by all carriers or in all regions. RTT functionality depends on your carrier and network environment. When making an emergency call in the U.S., iPhone sends special characters or tones to alert the operator. The operators ability to receive or respond to these tones can vary depending on your location. Apple doesnt guarantee that the operator will be able to receive or respond to an RTT call. Set up RTT 1. Make sure you can make and receive Wi-Fi calls on iPad. 2. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > RTT. 3. Turn on Software RTT, then do any of the following. Tap Relay Number, then enter the phone number to use for relay calls using Software RTT/TTY. Turn on Send Immediately to send each character as you type. Turn o to complete messages before sending. When RTT is turned on, appears in the status bar at the top of the screen. 2. Type the name or number you want to call in the entry eld at the top, then tap Audio. Start an RTT call 1. In FaceTime, tap at the top of the screen. 3. Tap Call, then tap RTT Call. Type text during an RTT call 1. Enter your message in the text eld. If you turned on Send Immediately in Settings, your recipient sees each character as you type. Otherwise, tap to send the message. 2. To also transmit audio, tap
. Note: Standard voice call rates apply for RTT calls. See also Apple Support article: Make and receive RTT calls on your iPhone NAV TITLE: Audio/Visual Adjust audio and visual settings on iPad You can adjust audio and visual settings such as mono audio, audio balance, and LED Flash for Alerts. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 430 Adjust the volume balance and mono audio 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Audio/Visual. 2. Adjust any of the following:
Mono Audio: Combine the left and right channels into a mono signal played on both channels. Balance: Drag the Left Right Stereo Balance slider. Flash the LED for alerts On models with ash, if you cant hear the sounds that announce incoming calls and other alerts, iPad can ash its LED (next to the camera lens on the back of iPad). The LED ashes only if iPad is locked. Tip: LED Flash for Alerts is a useful feature for anyone who might miss the tones associated with calls and other alerts in a noisy environment. 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Audio/Visual, then turn on LED Flash for Alerts. 2. To prevent LED ashes when iPad is in silent mode, turn o Flash on Silent. NAV TITLE: Subtitles & Captioning Watch videos with subtitles and captions on iPad When you watch video content in the Apple TV app or another supported app, you can see subtitles and closed captions (if available). iPad usually shows standard subtitles and captions, but you can also choose special accessible captionssuch as subtitles for the deaf and hard of hearing (SDH)if available. Turn on subtitles and captions in the Apple TV app 1. While playing video content, tap
. 2. Choose from the list of available subtitles and captions. Customize the subtitles and captions in supported video apps 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Subtitles & Captioning. 2. If you prefer closed captioning or subtitles for the deaf and hard of hearing when available, turn on Closed Captions + SDH. 3. Tap Style, then choose an existing caption style or create a new style based on the following:
Font, size, and color Background color and opacity Text opacity, edge style, and highlight APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 431 General NAV TITLE: Guided Access Use Guided Access on iPad Guided Access helps you stay focused on a task by temporarily restricting iPad to a single app, and allowing you to control which app features are available. You can do any of the following:
Disable areas of the screen that arent relevant to a task, or areas where an accidental gesture might cause a distraction Disable the iPad hardware buttons Limit how long someone can use the app Set up Guided Access 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Guided Access, then turn on Guided Access. 2. Adjust any of the following:
Passcode Settings: Tap Set Guided Access Passcode, then enter a passcode. You can also turn on Face ID (supported models) or Touch ID (supported models) as a way to end a Guided Access session. Time Limits: Play a sound or speak the time remaining before a Guided Access session ends. Accessibility Shortcut: Turn the shortcut on or o during Guided Access sessions. Display Auto-Lock: Set how long it takes iPad to automatically lock during a Guided Access session. Start a Guided Access session 1. Open the app you want to use. 2. Turn on Guided Access using one of the following methods:
Ask Siri. Say something like: Turn on Guided Access. Learn how to ask Siri. 3. Circle any areas of the screen you want to disable. Drag the mask into position or use the Use accessibility shortcuts. handles to adjust its size. 4. Tap Options, then turn on or o any of the following:
Top Button (or Sleep/Wake Button) Volume Buttons APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 432 Motion (to prevent iPad from switching from portrait to landscape or from responding to other motions) Keyboards Touch Time Limit 5. Tap Start. End a Guided Access session Do any of the following:
Models with the Home button: Double-click the Home button, then unlock with Touch ID (if enabled). Or triple-click the Home button, then enter the Guided Access passcode. Other models: Double-click the top button, then unlock with Face ID (if enabled). Or triple-
click the top button, then enter the Guided Access passcode. NAV TITLE: Siri Use accessibility features with Siri on iPad Siri is often the easiest way to start using accessibility features with iPad. With Siri, you can open apps, turn many settings on or o, or use Siri for what it does bestacting as your intelligent personal assistant. Ask Siri. Say something like: Turn on VoiceOver or Turn o VoiceOver. Learn how to ask Siri. Siri knows when VoiceOver is on, so will often read more information back to you than appears on the screen. You can also use VoiceOver to read what Siri shows on the screen. Type instead of speaking to Siri 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Siri, then turn on Type to Siri. 2. To make a request, summon Siri, then interact with Siri by using the keyboard and text eld. Control voice feedback for Siri 1. Go to Settings
> Accessibility > Siri. 2. Choose Always On or Hands-Free Only. See also Ask Siri on iPad Add Siri Shortcuts on iPad APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 433 NAV TITLE: Accessibility shortcuts Use accessibility shortcuts on iPad After you set up accessibility features, you can quickly turn them on or o with any of the methods below. Ask Siri to turn on an accessibility feature Say something like: Turn on VoiceOver. Learn how to ask Siri. Triple-click the top button On iPad Pro (11-inch) and iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation), you can turn accessibility features on or o by triple-clicking the top button. Set up Accessibility Shortcut: Go to Settings select the features you use the most.
> Accessibility > Accessibility Shortcut, then Slow down the double-click or triple-click speed for the top button: Go to Settings >
Accessibility > Top Button. Use Accessibility Shortcut: Triple-click the top button. Triple-click the Home button On models with the Home button, you can turn accessibility features on or o by triple-clicking the Home button. Set up Accessibility Shortcut: Go to Settings select the features you use the most.
> Accessibility > Accessibility Shortcut, then Slow down the double-click or triple-click speed for the Home button: Go to Settings >
Accessibility > Home Button. Use Accessibility Shortcut: Triple-click the Home button. Use Control Center You can also add accessibility features to Control Center and then activate them from there. 1. Go to Settings
> Control Center > Customize Controls, then tap next to accessibility features you use the most. accessibility feature. 2. To activate an accessibility feature from Control Center, open Control Center, then tap the Safety, handling, and support APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 434 NAV TITLE: Important safety information Important safety information for iPad WARNING: Failure to follow these safety instructions could result in re, electric shock, injury, or damage to iPad or other property. Read all the safety information below before using iPad. Handling Handle iPad with care. It is made of metal, glass, and plastic and has sensitive electronic components inside. iPad or its battery can be damaged if dropped, burned, punctured, or crushed, or if it comes in contact with liquid. If you suspect damage to iPad or the battery, discontinue use of iPad, as it may cause overheating or injury. Dont use iPad with a cracked screen, as it may cause injury. If youre concerned about scratching the surface of iPad, consider using a case or cover. Repairing Dont open iPad and dont attempt to repair iPad yourself. Disassembling iPad may damage it or may cause injury to you. iPad Pro (11-inch) and iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation) contain lasers that could be damaged during repair or disassembly, which could result in hazardous exposure to infrared laser emissions that are not visible. If iPad is damaged, malfunctions, or comes in contact with liquid, contact Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider. Repairs by service providers other than Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider may not involve the use of Apple genuine parts and may aect the safety and functionality of the device. You can nd more information about repairs and service at the iPad Repair website. Battery Dont attempt to replace the iPad battery yourself. The lithium-ion battery in iPad should be replaced by Apple or an authorized service provider. Improper replacement or repair could damage the battery, cause overheating, or result in injury. The battery must be recycled or disposed of separately from household waste. Dont incinerate the battery. For information about battery services and recycling, see the Battery Service and Recycling website. Distraction Using iPad in some circumstances may distract you and might cause a dangerous situation (for example, avoid using headphones while riding a bicycle and avoid typing a text message while driving a car). Observe rules that prohibit or restrict the use of mobile devices or headphones. Navigation Maps depends on data services. These data services are subject to change and may not be available in all regions, resulting in maps and location-based information that may be unavailable, inaccurate, or incomplete. Compare the information provided in Maps to your surroundings. Use common sense when navigating. Always observe current road conditions and posted signs to resolve any discrepancies. Some Maps features require Location Services. Charging Charge iPad with the included USB cable and power adapter. You can also charge iPad with Made for iPad or other third-party cables and power adapters that are compliant with USB 2.0 or later and with applicable country regulations and international and regional safety standards, including the International Standard for Safety Information Technology Equipment (IEC 60950-1). Other adapters may not meet applicable safety standards, and charging with such adapters could pose a risk of death or injury. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 435 Using damaged cables or chargers, or charging when moisture is present, can cause re, electric shock, injury, or damage to iPad or other property. When you use the Apple USB power adapter to charge iPad, make sure the USB cable is fully inserted into the power adapter before you plug the adapter into a power outlet. Its important to keep iPad and its power adapter in a well-ventilated area when in use or charging. Charging cable and connector Avoid prolonged skin contact with the charging cable and connector when the charging cable is connected to a power source because it may cause discomfort or injury. Sleeping or sitting on the charging cable or connector should be avoided. Prolonged heat exposure iPad and its USB power adapter comply with applicable surface temperature standards and limits dened by the International Standard for Safety of Information Technology Equipment (IEC 60950-1). However, even within these limits, sustained contact with warm surfaces for long periods of time may cause discomfort or injury. Use common sense to avoid situations where your skin is in contact with a device or its power adapter when its operating or connected to a power source for long periods of time. For example, dont sleep on a device or power adapter, or place them under a blanket, pillow, or your body, when its connected to a power source. Keep your iPad and its power adapter in a well-ventilated area when in use or charging. Take special care if you have a physical condition that aects your ability to detect heat against the body. USB power adapter To operate the Apple USB power adapter safely and reduce the possibility of heat-related injury or damage, plug the power adapter directly into a power outlet. Dont use the power adapter in wet locations, such as near a sink, bathtub, or shower stall, and dont connect or disconnect the power adapter with wet hands. Stop using the power adapter and any cables if any of the following conditions exist:
The power adapter plug or prongs are damaged. The charge cable becomes frayed or otherwise damaged. The power adapter is exposed to excessive moisture, or liquid is spilled into the power adapter. The power adapter has been dropped, and its enclosure is damaged. USB power adapter specications:
(table aria-label=USB power adapter specications) Frequency Line voltage Output voltage 50 to 60 Hz, single phase 100 to 240 Vac Refer to the output marking on the power adapter Hearing loss Listening to sound at high volumes may damage your hearing. Background noise, as well as continued exposure to high volume levels, can make sounds seem quieter than they actually are. Turn on audio playback and check the volume before inserting anything in your ear. For information about how to set a maximum volume limit on iPad, see Play music on iPad. For more information about hearing loss, see the Sound and Hearing website. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 436 The Apple headsets sold with iPhone in China (identiable by dark insulating rings on the plugs) are designed to comply with Chinese standards and are only compatible with iPad, iPhone, and iPod touch. WARNING: To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Radio frequency exposure iPad uses radio signals to connect to wireless networks. For information about radio frequency (RF) energy resulting from radio signals, and steps you can take to minimize exposure, go to Settings
> General > About > Legal > RF Exposure, or see the RF Exposure website. Radio frequency interference Observe signs and notices that prohibit or restrict the use of mobile devices. Although iPad is designed, tested, and manufactured to comply with regulations governing radio frequency emissions, such emissions from iPad can negatively aect the operation of other electronic equipment, causing them to malfunction. When use is prohibited, such as while traveling in aircraft, or when asked to do so by authorities, turn o iPad, or use airplane mode or Settings transmitters.
> Wi-Fi and Settings > Bluetooth to turn o the iPad wireless Medical device interference iPad contains components and radios that emit electromagnetic elds. iPad also contains magnets along the left and right edges and back of the device and on the right side of the front glass, which may interfere with medical devices, such as pacemakers and debrillators. The iPad Smart Cover, iPad Pro Smart Cover, iPad Pro Smart Keyboard, iPad Pro Smart Keyboard Folio, and Apple Pencil (each available separately) also contain magnets. These electromagnetic elds and magnets may interfere with medical devices. Consult your physician and medical device manufacturer for information specic to your medical device and whether you need to maintain a safe distance of separation between your medical device and iPad, the iPad Smart Cover, the iPad Pro Smart Cover, the iPad Pro Smart Keyboard, the iPad Pro Smart Keyboard Folio, and the Apple Pencil. If you suspect iPad is interfering with your medical device, stop using iPad. Not a medical device iPad is not a medical device and should not be used as a substitute for professional medical judgment. It is not designed or intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions, or in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of any condition or disease. Please consult your healthcare provider prior to making any decisions related to your health. Medical conditions If you have any medical condition or experience symptoms that you believe could be aected by iPad or ashing lights (for example, seizures, blackouts, eyestrain, or headaches), consult with your physician prior to using iPad. Explosive and other atmospheric conditions Charging or using iPad in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere, such as areas where the air contains high levels of ammable chemicals, vapors, or particles (such as grain, dust, or metal powders), may be hazardous. Exposing iPad to environments having high concentrations of industrial chemicals, including near evaporating liquied gasses such as helium, may damage or impair iPad functionality. Obey all signs and instructions. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 437 Repetitive motion When you perform repetitive activities such as typing, swiping, or playing games on iPad, you may experience discomfort in your hands, arms, wrists, shoulders, neck, or other parts of your body. If you experience discomfort, stop using iPad and consult a physician. High-consequence activities This device is not intended for use where the failure of the device could lead to death, personal injury, or severe environmental damage. Choking hazard Some iPad accessories may present a choking hazard to small children. Keep these accessories away from small children. NAV TITLE: Important handling information Important handling information for iPad Cleaning Clean iPad immediately if it comes in contact with anything that may cause stains or other damagefor example, dirt or sand, ink, makeup, soap, detergent, acids or acidic foods, and lotions. To clean:
Disconnect all cables, then do one of the following to turn iPad o:
Models with the Home button: Press and hold the top button until the slider appears, then drag the slider. Other models: Simultaneously press and hold the top button and either volume button until the sliders appear, then drag the top slider. All models: Go to Settings
> General > Shut Down, then drag the slider. Use a soft, slightly damp, lint-free clothfor example, a lens cloth. Avoid getting moisture in openings. Dont use cleaning products or compressed air. The front of iPad is made of glass with a ngerprint-resistant oleophobic (oil-repellant) coating. This coating wears over time with normal usage. Cleaning products and abrasive materials will further diminish the coating and may scratch the glass. Using connectors, ports, and buttons Never force a connector into a port or apply excessive pressure to a button, because this may cause damage that is not covered under the warranty. If the connector and port dont join with reasonable ease, they probably dont match. Check for obstructions and make sure that the connector matches the port and that you have positioned the connector correctly in relation to the port. Lightning to USB Cable (for models with a Lightning connector) Discoloration of the Lightning connector after regular use is normal. Dirt, debris, and exposure to moisture may cause discoloration. If your Lightning cable or connector become warm during use or your iPad wont charge or sync, disconnect it from your computer or power adapter and clean the Lightning connector with a soft, dry, lint-free cloth. Do not use liquids or cleaning products when cleaning the Lightning connector. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 438 Lightning to USB Cable or USB-C Charge Cable (depending on model) Certain usage patterns can contribute to the fraying or breaking of cables. The included cable, like any other metal wire or cable, is subject to becoming weak or brittle if repeatedly bent in the same spot. Aim for gentle curves instead of angles in the cable. Regularly inspect the cable and connector for any kinks, breaks, bends, or other damage. Should you nd any such damage, discontinue use of the cable. Operating temperature iPad is designed to work in ambient temperatures between 32 and 95 F (0 and 35 C) and stored in temperatures between -4 and 113 F (-20 and 45 C). iPad can be damaged and battery life shortened if stored or operated outside of these temperature ranges. Avoid exposing iPad to dramatic changes in temperature or humidity. When youre using iPad or charging the battery, it is normal for iPad to get warm. If the interior temperature of iPad exceeds normal operating temperatures (for example, in a hot car or in direct sunlight for extended periods of time), you may experience the following as it attempts to regulate its temperature:
iPad stops charging. The screen dims. A temperature warning screen appears. Some apps may close. Important: You may not be able to use iPad while the temperature warning screen is displayed. If iPad cant regulate its internal temperature, it goes into deep sleep mode until it cools. Move iPad to a cooler location out of direct sunlight and wait a few minutes before trying to use iPad again. See the Apple Support article Keeping iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch within acceptable operating temperatures. NAV TITLE: Zoom an app to ll the screen Zoom an app to ll the screen on iPad Most apps for iPhone and iPod touch can be used with iPad, but they might not take advantage of the large screen. In this case, tap size. to zoom in on the app. Tap to return to the original Check the App Store to see if theres a version of the app thats optimized for iPad, or a universal version thats optimized for iPhone, iPod touch, and iPad. NAV TITLE: Get information about your iPad Get information about your iPad APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 439 View overall storage availability and storage used per app Go to Settings
> General > iPad Storage. See the Apple Support articles How to check the storage on your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch and Manage your iCloud storage. Go to Settings display battery level as a percentage. See Charge and monitor the iPad battery.
> Battery to see the elapsed time since iPad has been charged. You can also Go to Settings
> Cellular Data. See View or change cellular settings on iPad. See more information about iPad Go to Settings
> General > About. The items you can view include:
See battery usage View cellular usage Name iPadOS software version Model name Part and model numbers. To the right of Model, the part number appears. To see the model number, tap the part number. Serial number
(Cellular models) Network Number of songs, videos, photos, and apps Capacity and available storage space
(Cellular models) Carrier
(Cellular models) Cellular Data Number Wi-Fi and Bluetooth addresses
(Cellular models) IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity)
(Cellular models) ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card Identier, or Smart Card) for GSM networks
(Cellular models) MEID (Mobile Equipment Identier) for CDMA networks Modem rmware Legal (including legal notices, and license, warranty, and RF exposure information) To copy the serial number and other identiers, touch and hold the identier until Copy appears. To see regulatory marks, go to Settings > General > Legal & Regulatory. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 440 View or turn o diagnostic information Go to Settings
> Privacy > Analytics. To help Apple improve products and services, iPad sends diagnostic and usage data. This data doesnt personally identify you, but may include location information. NAV TITLE: View or change cellular settings View or change cellular settings on iPad Activate cellular data service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models), turn cellular use on or o, and set which apps and services use cellular data. With some carriers, you can also change your data plan. Note: For help with cellular network services and billing, contact your wireless service provider. If iPad is connected to the Internet via the cellular data network, an icon identifying the cellular network appears in the status bar. If Cellular Data is o, all data services will use only Wi-Fiincluding email, web browsing, push notications, and other services. If Cellular Data is on, carrier charges may be incurred. For example, using certain features and services that transfer data, such as Messages, could result in charges to your data plan. Turn Cellular Data on or o Go to Settings also be available:
> Cellular Data, then turn Cellular Data on or o. The following options may Monitor and manage your cellular data network usage: You can see which apps use cellular data and turn o the option, if you want. Turn LTE on or o: Turning on LTE loads data faster. Turn Data Roaming on or o: Turning o Data Roaming avoids carrier charges when using a network provided by a dierent carrier. Set up Personal Hotspot: Personal Hotspot shares the Internet connection on iPad with computers and iPhone and iPod touch. See Share your iPad Internet connection. Turn Wi-Fi Assist on or o: If Wi-Fi connectivity is poor, Wi-Fi Assist uses cellular data to boost the signal. Note: Using data over a cellular network may incur additional fees. Set whether cellular data is used for apps and services Go to Settings cellular data.
> Cellular Data, then turn Cellular Data on or o for any app that can use If a setting is o, iPad uses only Wi-Fi for that service. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 441 Activate, view, or change your cellular data account Go to Settings
> Cellular Data, then tap Manage Account [account name] or Carrier Services. Lock your SIM card If your device uses a SIM card for cellular data, you can lock the card with a personal identication number (PIN) to prevent others from using the card. Then, every time you restart your device or remove the SIM card, your card locks automatically, and youre required to enter your PIN. See Use a SIM PIN for your iPhone or iPad. NAV TITLE: Find more resources for software and service Find more resources for iPad software and service Refer to the following resources to get more iPad-related safety, software, service, and support information.
(table aria-label=Where to go for more information) To learn about Using iPad safely Do this See Important safety information for iPad. iPad service and support, tips, forums, and Apple software downloads See the iPad Support website. The latest information about iPad See the iPad website. Getting personalized support (not available in all regions) See the Apple Support website. Managing your Apple ID account Sign in to your Apple ID account page. Using iCloud Using iTunes See iCloud Help. See the iTunes Support website. Using other Apple iPadOS apps See the Apps Support website. Finding your iPad serial number or IMEI You can nd your iPad serial number or International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) on the iPad packaging. Or, on iPad, go to Settings General > About. See the Apple Support article Find the serial number and
other information on your iPhone, iPad or iPod touch. Obtaining warranty service First follow the advice in this guide, then see the iPad Support website. Viewing iPad regulatory information On iPad, go to Settings
> General > Legal & Regulatory. Battery service See the Battery Service and Recycling website. Using iPad in an enterprise environment See the Apple at Work website. Using iPad in education See the Education website. FCC compliance statement APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 442 This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment o and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit dierent from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Changes or modications to this product not authorized by Apple could void the electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and wireless compliance and negate your authority to operate the product. This product has demonstrated EMC compliance under conditions that included the use of compliant peripheral devices and shielded cables between system components. It is important that you use compliant peripheral devices and shielded cables between system components to reduce the possibility of causing interference to radios, televisions, and other electronic devices. Responsible party (contact for FCC matters only):
Apple Inc. One Apple Park Way, MS 911-AHW Cupertino, CA 95014 USA www.apple.com/contact ISED Canada compliance statement This device complies with ISED Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 443 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Operation in the band 51505250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dISDE Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. La bande 51505250 MHz est rserve uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur an de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. NAV TITLE: Class 1 Laser information Class 1 Laser information for iPad iPad Pro (11-inch) and iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation) are classied as Class 1 Laser products per IEC60825-1:2007 and IEC60825-1:2014. These devices comply with 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50, dated June 24, 2007. Caution: These devices contain lasers. Use other than as described in the user guide, repair, or disassembly may cause damage, which could result in hazardous exposure to infrared laser emissions that are not visible. This equipment should be serviced by Apple or an authorized service provider. NAV TITLE: Apple and the environment Apple and the environment At Apple, we recognize our responsibility to minimize the environmental impacts of our operations and products. For more information, see our Environment website. NAV TITLE: Disposal and recycling information Disposal and recycling information for iPad Apple Recycling Program (available in some regions) For free recycling of your old iPad, a prepaid shipping label, and instructions, see the Trade in with Apple GiveBack website. 444 This symbol indicates that this product and/or battery should not be disposed of with household waste. You must dispose of iPad properly according to local laws and regulations. When iPad reaches its end of life, contact local authorities to learn about disposal and recycling options, or simply drop it o at your local Apple Retail Store or return it to Apple. The battery will be removed and recycled in an environmentally friendly manner. For more information, see the Trade in with Apple GiveBack website. European UnionDisposal Information The symbol above means that according to local laws and regulations your product and/or its battery shall be disposed of separately from household waste. When this product reaches its end of life, take it to a collection point designated by local authorities. The separate collection and recycling of your product and/or its battery at the time of disposal will help conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human health and the environment. Brasil Informaes sobre descarte e reciclagem O smbolo acima indica que este produto e/ou sua bateria no devem ser descartados no lixo domstico. Quando decidir descartar este produto e/ou sua bateria, faa-o de acordo com as leis e diretrizes ambientais locais. Para informaes sobre substncias de uso restrito, o programa de reciclagem da Apple, pontos de coleta e telefone de informaes, visite www.apple.com/br/environment. Informacin sobre eliminacin de residuos y reciclaje El smbolo de arriba indica que este producto y/o su batera no debe desecharse con los residuos domsticos. Cuando decidas desechar este producto y/o su batera, hazlo de conformidad con las leyes y directrices ambientales locales. Para obtener informacin sobre el programa de reciclaje de Apple, puntos de recoleccin para reciclaje, sustancias restringidas y otras iniciativas ambientales, visita www.apple.com/mx/environment o www.apple.com/la/environment. Turkey environmental information Trkiye Cumhuriyeti: AEEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur. Battery service The lithium-ion battery in iPad should be serviced by Apple or an authorized service provider. See the Battery Service and Recycling website. Dispose of batteries according to your local environmental laws and guidelines. China mainland battery statement APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 445 Taiwan battery statement NAV TITLE: ENERGY STAR compliance statement ENERGY STAR compliance statement for iPad To save energy, iPad is set to lock after two minutes of user inactivity. To change this setting, go to Settings
> Display & Brightness > Auto-Lock, then select an option. To unlock models with the Home button, press the top button or the Home button. To unlock other models, tap the screen or press the top button. iPad meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy eciency. Reducing energy consumption saves money and helps conserve valuable resources; see the Energy Star website. Copyright Apple Inc. 2019 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. Apple, the Apple logo, AirDrop, AirPlay, AirPods, AirPort, AirPrint, Animoji, Apple Music, Apple News, Apple Pay, Apple Pencil, Apple TV, Apple Watch, Face ID, FaceTime, Finder, Flyover, Guided Access, Hando, iMessage, iPad, iPad Air, iPad mini, iPad Pro, iPhone, iPod, iPod touch, iTunes, iTunes Pass, Keychain, Keynote, Lightning, Mac, macOS, Memoji, Numbers, Pages, Photo Booth, Retina, Retina HD, Safari, Siri, Smart Cover, Spotlight, Touch ID, TrueDepth, True Tone, and watchOS are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. Apple Books, Apple Wallet, HomeKit, HomePod, iPadOS, Live Photos, Multi-Touch, Smart Keyboard, Smart Keyboard Folio, and tvOS are trademarks of Apple Inc. App Store, Genius, iCloud, iCloud Drive, iCloud Keychain, iTunes Match, and iTunes Store are service marks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. Apple One Apple Park Way APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 446 One Apple Park Way Cupertino, CA 95014 apple.com Adobe and Adobe Photoshop Elements are trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the U.S. and/or other countries. Beats, Beats Studio, Beats , Powerbeats, and Solo are trademarks of Beats Electronics, LLC., registered in the U.S. and other countries. X Powerbeats Pro is a trademark of Beats Electronics, LLC. Beats 1 is a service mark of Beats Electronics, LLC., registered in the U.S. and other countries. IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under license. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Apple Inc. is under license. ENERGY STAR is a U.S. registered trademark. Other company and product names mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective companies. Every eort has been made to ensure that the information in this manual is accurate. Apple is not responsible for printing or clerical errors. Some apps and features are not available in all regions. App and features availability is subject to change. Asides NoIndex NoIndex Apple ID Your Apple ID is the account you use to access Apple services like the App Store, Apple Books, Apple Music, FaceTime, iCloud, iMessage, the iTunes Store, and more. And you can sign in to all Apple services with a single Apple ID and password. Sign in with your Apple ID Sign in with your Apple ID to access Apple services such as the App Store, the iTunes Store, Apple Books, Apple Music, FaceTime, iCloud, iMessage, and more. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 447 You can sign in during setup or go to Settings Apple ID and password. If you dont have an Apple ID, you can create one. You can view and change your Apple ID information, including your name, photo, contact information, password, security settings, and payment and shipping information.
, tap Sign in to your iPad, then enter your Your information and content are available on all your devices where youre signed in with your Apple ID. See the Apple Support article Sign in with your Apple ID. NoIndex Models that support Apple Pencil The following models support Apple Pencil (2nd generation):
iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation) iPad Pro (11-inch) The following models support Apple Pencil (1st generation):
iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (1st and 2nd generation) iPad Pro (10.5-inch) iPad Pro (9.7-inch) iPad Air (3rd generation) iPad (6th generation and later) iPad mini (5th generation) NoIndex Models that support Smart Keyboard and Smart Keyboard Folio The following models support Smart Keyboard:
iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (1st and 2nd generation) iPad Pro (10.5-inch) iPad Pro (9.7-inch) iPad Air (3rd generation) iPad (7th generation) The following models support Smart Keyboard Folio:
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 448 iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation) iPad Pro (11-inch) NoIndex Models with Face ID iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation) iPad Pro (11-inch) NoIndex Models with Touch ID iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (1st and 2nd generation) iPad Pro (10.5-inch) iPad Pro (9.7-inch) iPad (5th generation and later) iPad Air 2 and later iPad mini 4 and later NoIndex Models that support Memoji and Memoji stickers iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (1st and 2nd generation) iPad Pro (11-inch) iPad Pro (10.5-inch) iPad Pro (9.7-inch) iPad (5th generation and later) iPad Air (3rd generation and later) NoIndex APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 449 Models that support Tap to Wake iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation) iPad Pro (11-inch) NoIndex Models with Wi-Fi + Cellular iPad models with Wi-Fi + Cellular have a nano-SIM tray on the right side. If you dont see a nano-SIM tray, your iPad only has Wi-Fi. NoIndex Models that support 5G E iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation) iPad Pro (11-inch) iPad Air (3rd generation) iPad (7th generation) iPad mini (5th generation) NoIndex Models that support eSIM The following Wi-Fi + Cellular models support eSIM (except in China):
iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation) iPad Pro (11-inch) iPad Air (3rd generation) APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 450 Models with an embedded Apple SIM or Apple SIM card The following Wi-Fi + Cellular models have an embedded Apple SIM built into iPad (except in China):
The following Wi-Fi + Cellular models might come with an Apple SIM card (not available in all regions):
iPad (7th generation) iPad mini (5th generation) NoIndex iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (2nd generation) iPad Pro (10.5-inch) iPad Pro (9.7-inch) iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (1st generation) iPad (5th and 6th generation) iPad Air 2 iPad mini 4 NoIndex Models with True Tone Display iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (2nd generation and later) iPad Pro (11-inch) iPad Pro (10.5-inch) iPad Pro (9.7-inch) iPad Air (3rd generation) iPad (7th generation) iPad mini (5th generation) NoIndex APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 451 Models that support camera effects in Messages iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (2nd generation and later) iPad Pro (11-inch) iPad Pro (10.5-inch) iPad Pro (9.7-inch) iPad Air (3rd generation) iPad (5th generation and later) iPad mini (5th generation) NoIndex iPad Pro (11-inch) iPad Pro (10.5-inch) iPad Air (3rd generation) iPad (6th generation and later) iPad mini (5th generation) NoIndex iPad Pro (11-inch) iPad Pro (10.5-inch) iPad Pro (9.7-inch) iPad (5th generation and later) iPad Air 2 and later iPad mini (5th generation) NoIndex Models that support camera effects in FaceTime iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (2nd generation and later) Models that support moving the screen to use Flyover iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (2nd generation and later) APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 452 Models with a TrueDepth camera iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation) iPad Pro (11-inch) NoIndex Models that support Live Photos iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (2nd generation and later) iPad Pro (11-inch) iPad Pro (10.5-inch) iPad Pro (9.7-inch) iPad Air (3rd generation) iPad (5th generation and later) iPad mini (5th generation) NoIndex Models with True Tone Flash iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (2nd generation and later) iPad Pro (11-inch) iPad Pro (10.5-inch) iPad Pro (9.7-inch) NoIndex Models with Retina Flash iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (2nd generation and later) iPad Pro (11-inch) iPad Pro (10.5-inch) iPad Pro (9.7-inch) iPad Air (3rd generation) APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 453 Models that can take HDR (High Dynamic Range) photos Models that can take Auto HDR (High Dynamic Range) photos iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (2nd generation and later) iPad (5th generation and later) iPad mini (5th generation) NoIndex iPad Pro (all models) iPad (5th generation and later) iPad Air 2 and later iPad mini 4 and later NoIndex iPad Pro (11-inch) iPad Pro (9.7-inch) iPad Air (3rd generation) iPad mini (5th generation) NoIndex iPad Pro (11-inch) iPad Pro (10.5-inch) iPad (6th generation and later) iPad Air (3rd generation) iPad mini (5th generation) NoIndex Models that support Split View and Slide Over simultaneously iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (2nd generation and later) APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 454 Models that can limit the display frame rate to 60 frames per second iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (2nd generation and later) iPad Pro (11-inch) iPad Pro (10.5-inch) NoIndex Models that support Measure iPad Pro (all models) iPad Air (3rd generation) iPad (5th generation and later) iPad mini (5th generation) NoIndex Models that support front-camera Portrait mode iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation) iPad Pro (11-inch) NoIndex Models that support Portrait Lighting iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation) iPad Pro (11-inch) NoIndex Models on which you can adjust lighting effects and depth effects iPad Pro (all models) APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 455 iPad (5th generation and later) iPad Air (3rd generation) iPad mini 4 and later NoIndex Models that support Depth Control iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation) iPad Pro (11-inch) NoIndex Models that support Auto FPS iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation) iPad Pro (11-inch) NoIndex Models that support Audio Sharing iPad models:
iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (2nd generation and later) iPad Pro (11-inch) iPad Pro (10.5-inch) iPad (5th generation and later) iPad Air (3rd generation) iPad mini (5th generation) iPhone models:
iPhone 8 and later iPod touch models:
iPod touch (7th generation) NoIndex APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 456 Beats earphones and headphones that support Audio Sharing Powerbeats Pro Beats Solo Wireless 3 Beats X Beats Studio Wireless 3 Powerbeats 3 NoIndex NoIndex Unlock iPad NoIndex NoIndex Two-nger scrub Move two ngers back and forth three times quickly, making a z. Models with the Home button: Press the Home button, then enter the passcode if required. Other models: Tap the screen or press the top button to wake iPad, then swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen. Enter the passcode if required. Lock iPad Press the top button. iPad locks automatically if you dont touch the screen for a minute or so. Go to the Home screen Do any of the following:
Swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen. Pinch four or ve ngers together. APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 457 Press the Home button (models with the Home button). NoIndex NoIndex Open Control Center Swipe down from the top-right corner of the screen. Open the App Switcher Do any of the following:
Swipe up from the bottom edge and pause in the center of the screen. Double-click the Home button (models with the Home button). To see more apps, swipe right. To switch to another app, tap it. To close the App Switcher, tap the screen or press the Home button. NoIndex Summon Siri NoIndex Models with the Home button: Just say Hey Siri or press and hold the Home button, then make your request. Other models: Just say Hey Siri or press and hold the top button, then make your request. Use Accessibility Shortcut Models with the Home button: Triple-click the Home button. Other models: Triple-click the top button. NoIndex iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (3rd generation) APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 458
(table aria-label=iPad Pro features) Front-facing cameras Top button Volume buttons Rear camera Flash Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil NoIndex APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 459 iPad Pro (11-inch)
(table aria-label=iPad Pro features) Front-facing cameras Top button Volume buttons Rear camera Flash Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 460 NoIndex iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (1st and 2nd generation)
(table aria-label=iPad Pro features) Front-facing camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Flash Headphone jack Smart Connector APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 461 Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Note: Flash isnt available on iPad Pro (12.9-inch) (1st generation). NoIndex iPad Pro (10.5-inch)
(table aria-label=iPad Pro features) Front-facing camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 462 Rear camera Flash Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) NoIndex APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 463 iPad Pro (9.7-inch)
(table aria-label=iPad Pro features) Front-facing camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Flash Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 464 NoIndex iPad (7th generation)
(table aria-label=iPad features) Front-facing camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 465 Rear camera Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) NoIndex APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 466 iPad (6th generation)
(table aria-label=iPad features) Front-facing camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 467 NoIndex iPad (5th generation)
(table aria-label=iPad features) Front-facing camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 468 NoIndex iPad Air (3rd generation)
(table aria-label=iPad features) Front-facing camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 469 Rear camera Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) NoIndex APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 470 iPad Air 2
(table aria-label=iPad Air 2 features) Front-facing camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 471 NoIndex iPad mini (5th generation)
(table aria-label=iPad features) Front-facing camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 472 NoIndex iPad mini 4
(table aria-label=iPad mini features) Front-facing camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 473 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) 474 APPLE CONFIDENTIAL - NEED TO KNOW - iPAD USER GUIDE 475
1 2 3 | Internal Photographs | Internal Photos | 1.75 MiB | August 31 2019 / March 08 2020 | delayed release |
1 2 3 | External Photographs | External Photos | 562.42 KiB | August 31 2019 / March 08 2020 | delayed release |
1 2 3 | FCC E-Label Info | ID Label/Location Info | 242.78 KiB | August 31 2019 / September 10 2019 |
FCC E-Label Information:
Models A2197 A. Information to be displayed 1. The information that will be displayed on the e-label and information that will remain in the user manual is shown below:
on E-label Yes Yes No In Manual No No Yes Information FCC ID number DoC logo 15.19 statement (This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.) Class A / B Digital Device user manual statements1 DoC declaration1 Caution to the user that changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment1 Describe any other FCC regulatory information included in e-label 1 1 If the e-label includes information typically included in the manual then the e-label shall clearly differentiate between information required to be on the devices surface and information required to be in the manual refer to 784748 D02 e labelling v01 section II D 3(b) Yes Yes Yes No No No Image of the e-label screen are provided below:
Model A2197:
B. Access to the required information on the e-label v 1.1 Apple Proprietary and Confidential Page 1 of 2 Apple Inc. One Apple Park Way Cupertino, CA www.apple.com 1. Users are able to access the information in no more than three steps in a devices menu. The actual steps are:
To access the e-label information, in the device, Choose: Settings > General > Legal Regulatory No special access codes or permissions are required to go through the above steps beyond entering a user-defined password to protect against unauthorized access to the device. 2. The information is stored on the device, no special accessories or supplemental plug-ins (e.g., a SIM/USIM card) are required to access the information. Yes 3. Users are provided specific instructions on how to access the information. The information to the user is provided in the iPad Info document. A copy is attached as an exhibit document Info_Guide_v1.0.pdf. C. Labeling for Importation and Purchasing 1. Products utilizing e-labels are required to have a physical label on the product at the time of importation, marketing and sales. For devices imported in bulk and not packaged individually, a removable adhesive label or, for devices in protective bags, a label on the bags is acceptable for this purpose. Any removable label shall be of a type intended to survive normal shipping and handling and must only be removed by the customer after purchase. For devices imported already in individual packages ready for sale, the information may alternatively be provided on the package. It shall contain:
1. The FCC ID and/or the DoC logo (if applicable); and 2. Any other information required by specific rule to be provided on the surface of the product unless such information is permitted to be included in the Users manual or other packaging inserts. The DoC logo is present on the product packaging. FCC ID and model number are present on the device back plate D. Other considerations 1. The above information must be programmed by the responsible party and the information must be secured in such a manner that third-parties cannot modify it. The e-label information is pre-programmed by the grantee. The user cannot modify the e-label information. 2. All the applicable regulatory information required on the packaging or user instructions must be provided according to the rules even if it is displayed electronically. For example, hearing aid compatibility (HAC) ratings for the phones as specified in 47 C.F.R. 20.19. Yes it is provided. v 1.1 Apple Proprietary and Confidential Page 2 of 2 Apple Inc. One Apple Park Way Cupertino, CA www.apple.com
1 2 3 | FCC Regulatory Label Location | ID Label/Location Info | 29.67 KiB | August 31 2019 / September 10 2019 |
A2197 - Regulatory Label and Location The label is etched on the rear side exterior of the device and it is always visible without using any tool. Apple Condential
1 2 3 | Authorization Application Letter | Attestation Statements | 73.57 KiB | August 31 2019 / September 10 2019 |
Date: June 10, 2019 Federal Communications Commission Equipment Authorization Branch 7435 Oakland Mills Rd. Columbia MD 21046 Attn: Equipment Authorization Branch Ref: FCC ID numbers Model(s) A2197 A2200 A2198, A2199 FCC ID BCGA2197 BCGA2200 BCGA2198 To whom it may concern:
I, the undersigned, hereby authorize PCTEST Engineering Laboratory Inc. to act on our behalf in all manners relating to application for equipment authorization, including signing of all documents relating to these matters. Any and all acts carried out by PCTEST Engineering Laboratory Inc. on our behalf shall have the same effect as acts of our own. I, the undersigned, hereby certify that we are not subject to a denial of federal benefits, that includes FCC benefits, pursuant to Section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, 21 U.S.C. 853(a). In authorizing PCTEST Engineering Laboratory Inc. as our representative, we still recognize that we are responsible to:
a) comply with the relevant provisions of the certification program;
b) make all necessary arrangements for the conduct of the evaluation, including provision for examining documentation and access to all areas, records (including internal audit reports) and personnel for the purposes of evaluation (e.g. testing, inspection, assessment, surveillance, reassessment) and resolution of complaints;
c) make claims regarding certification only in respect of the scope for which certification has been granted;
v1.0 Apple Inc. One Apple Park Way Cupertino, CA www.apple.com d) do not use our product certification in such a manner as to bring the Certification Division into disrepute and not make any statement regarding our product certification which the Certification Division may consider misleading or unauthorized;
e) upon suspension or cancellation of certification, discontinue use of all advertising matter that contains any reference thereto and return any certification documents as required by the Certification Division;
f) use certification only to indicate the products are certified as being in conformity with specified standards;
misleading manner;
g) endeavor to ensure that no certificate or report nor any part thereof is used in a h) ensure that any reference to our product certification in communication media such as the documents, brochures or advertising, complies with Certification Division;
the requirements of i) keep a record of all complaints made known to the us relating to the products compliance with requirements of the relevant standard and to make these records available to the when requested;
take appropriate action with respect to such complaints and any deficiencies found in products or services that affect compliance with the requirements for certification;
k) document the actions taken. This authorization is valid until further written notice from the applicant. Sincerely, ____________________ Abhishek Rala Apple Inc. Global Certification Manager arala@apple.com v1.0 Apple Inc. One Apple Park Way Cupertino, CA www.apple.com j)
1 2 3 | Authorization Letter | Attestation Statements | 33.92 KiB | August 31 2019 / September 10 2019 |
Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia MD 21046 Date:
Subject:
February 25, 2015 Authorized Individual To Whom It May Concern:
Pursuant to the provisions of KDB 852134 D01 Authorized Policy Form 731, I, grantee contact, hereby authorize Abhishek Rala to act on behalf of Apple Inc. for all matters relating to equipment authorization, including signing Form 731, attestations, and confidentiality request letters. This authorized individual may also assign another party to act as an authorized agent. This authorization is valid until further written notice from the grantee contact. Marc Douat Apple Inc. 1 Infinite Loop Cupertino, CA 95014
1 2 3 | Confidentiality Request Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 82.65 KiB | August 31 2019 / September 10 2019 |
Date: June 10, 2019 Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology Laboratory Division 7435 Oakland Mills Rd. Columbia MD 21046 Subject: Request for Confidentiality Ref: FCC ID numbers Model(s) A2197 A2200 A2198, A2199 FCC ID BCGA2197 BCGA2200 BCGA2198 To whom it may concern:
Pursuant to the provisions of Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions rules (47 CFR 0.457, 0.459), Apple Inc. hereby requests confidential treatment for documents filed with the Commission in connection with the application for equipment authorization referenced above. Permanent Confidentiality Apple Inc. requests that the Commission withholds the following documents from public viewing indefinitely:
Block Diagrams Electrical Schematic Diagrams Technical Descriptions, Product Specifications Antenna Gain, Antenna Locations Tune-up Procedure Software Security Description These documents reveal detailed technical and design information that is protected by Apple Inc. as confidential and proprietary trade secrets. This information has been disclosed to those required to maintain its confidentiality and is not customarily disclosed to the public even after commercial release of a device. As a result, disclosure of this information by the Commission would harm Apple Inc. by giving competitors an unfair advantage even after commercial release of the device. Apple Inc. One Apple Park Way Cupertino, CA www.apple.com v1.0 Short Term Confidentiality In addition to the above mentioned documents, pursuant to Public Notice DA 04-1705 of the Commissions policy, in order to comply with the marketing regulations in 47 CFR 2.803 and the importation rules in 47 CFR 2.1204, while ensuring that business sensitive information remains confidential until the actual marketing of newly authorized devices, Apple Inc. requests that the Commission withholds the following documents from public viewing for one hundred eighty days after the date the grant of equipment authorization is issued:
External Photographs Internal Photographs Test Setup Photographs User Manual These documents reveal technical and design information that has not been publicly disclosed in marketing materials and is protected by Apple Inc. as confidential and proprietary trade secrets. This information has been disclosed to those required to maintain its confidentiality and is not customarily disclosed publicly prior to the commercial release of the device. As a result, disclosure of this information by the Commission prior to commercial release would harm Apple Inc. by giving competitors an unfair market advantage. Apple Inc. believes the period of confidentiality requested is necessary to protect the information until the commercial release of a device. It is our understanding that measurement test reports and FCC ID label format cannot be granted as confidential documents and this information will be available for public review once the grant of equipment authorization is issued. Sincerely, ____________________ Abhishek Rala Apple Inc. Global Certification Manager arala@apple.com v1.0 Apple Inc. One Apple Park Way Cupertino, CA www.apple.com
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2019-09-10 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | Original Equipment |
2 | 2412 ~ 2472 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||
3 | 5745 ~ 5825 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 | Effective |
2019-09-10
|
||||
1 2 3 | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
Apple Inc.
|
||||
1 2 3 | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0005899216
|
||||
1 2 3 | Physical Address |
One Apple Park Way
|
||||
1 2 3 |
Cupertino, California 95014
|
|||||
1 2 3 |
United States
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
1 2 3 | TCB Application Email Address |
t******@pctest.com
|
||||
1 2 3 | TCB Scope |
A4: UNII devices & low power transmitters using spread spectrum techniques
|
||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
1 2 3 | Grantee Code |
BCG
|
||||
1 2 3 | Equipment Product Code |
A2197
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
1 2 3 | Name |
M****** D******
|
||||
1 2 3 | Title |
EMC Engineer
|
||||
1 2 3 | Telephone Number |
408 9********
|
||||
1 2 3 | Fax Number |
408 9********
|
||||
1 2 3 |
m******@apple.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
1 2 3 | Firm Name |
Apple Inc.
|
||||
1 2 3 | Name |
A****** R******
|
||||
1 2 3 | Physical Address |
One Appele Way Park
|
||||
1 2 3 |
Cupertino, California 95014
|
|||||
1 2 3 |
United States
|
|||||
1 2 3 | Telephone Number |
65070********
|
||||
1 2 3 |
a******@apple.com
|
|||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
1 2 3 | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 | If so, specify the short-term confidentiality release date (MM/DD/YYYY format) | 03/08/2020 | ||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
1 2 3 | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | Equipment Class | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | ||||
1 2 3 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | |||||
1 2 3 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | |||||
1 2 3 | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | Apple iPad | ||||
1 2 3 | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | Modular Equipment Type | Does not apply | ||||
1 2 3 | Purpose / Application is for | Original Equipment | ||||
1 2 3 | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | Grant Comments | Power output is conducted. The highest reported SAR for stand-alone and simultaneous transmission use conditions is 1.08 W/kg and 1.35 W/kg, respectively. | ||||
1 2 3 | Output power is peak conducted. Device supports 2 x 2 MIMO configuration, enabled for 2.4 GHz operations as described in this filing. The highest reported SAR for stand-alone and simultaneous transmission use conditions is 0.96 W/kg and 1.35 W/kg, respectively. | |||||
1 2 3 | Power output is conducted. Device supports 2 x 2 MIMO configuration, enabled for 5 GHz band operations as described in this filing. This device supports 20, 40, and 80 MHz BW modes. The highest reported SAR for stand-alone and simultaneous transmission use conditions is 1.14 W/kg and 1.35 W/kg, respectively. | |||||
1 2 3 | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
1 2 3 | Firm Name |
PCTEST Engineering Laboratory, Inc.
|
||||
1 2 3 | Name |
R**** O******
|
||||
1 2 3 | Telephone Number |
41029********
|
||||
1 2 3 | Fax Number |
41029********
|
||||
1 2 3 |
r******@pctest.com
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0650000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 15C | CC MO | 2412 | 2472 | 0.561 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 2 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.058 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 1 | 15E | CC MO | 5180 | 5240 | 0.086 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 2 | 15E | CC MO | 5260 | 5320 | 0.097 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 3 | 15E | CC MO | 5500 | 5720 | 0.109 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 4 | 15E | CC MO | 5745 | 5825 | 0.087 |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC